MORRISON - knoll.com · Morrison veneer finishes apply to top caps and trim, veneer and combination panels and add-on panels, hinged doors, worksurfaces, desk support panels, pedestal
Post on 19-Aug-2020
2 Views
Preview:
Transcript
Morrison P
rice List F
ebruary 2014
PLM0214 © Knoll, Inc. All rights reserved.Printed in the United States on paper that contains
50% recycled content and 15% post consumer waste.
Knoll, Inc.P.O. Box 1571235 Water StreetEast Greenville, PA 18041
knoll.com
MORRISONPrice ListFebruary 2014
Table of Contents
Introduction Knoll and Sustainable Design 3Introduction 4Morrison System Finishes 5Knoll Color Program 6Morrison System Legacy Finishes 8
Panel Planning Panels 10Doors 42Windows 44Markerboard and combination add-on panels 46Upholstered add-on panels 47Upholstered Options add-on panels 48Veneer and combination add-on panels 49Add-on connectors, post assemblies 50Connectors, post assemblies 54High-low connectors 60High-low post assemblies 62Panel accessories 68Trim covers for reconfiguration 70Morrison Access 72Currents trim for Morrison 78Top cap and raceway cover kits 79High-low top caps 81PDC and multiple outlet covers 82Stackable add-up panels 83Stackable add-up connectors and trim caps 86Power distribution components 89Power distribution 101
Worksurface Planning Worksurfaces, 1 3/4 103Worksurfaces, 1 1/4 109Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4 120Currents worksurfaces for Morrison 131Cascade edge worksurfaces 137Universal and conference desk end panels 144VDT corner and transitional end panels 145Kneehole filler and transitional filler panels 146Return and bridge filler panels 147Brackets 148Fixed Height and Height Adjustable C-Leg and T-Leg Bases 154Morrison Network Desk System 158Power distribution components 164
Morrison
PLMORR02141
Copyright � 2014 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 2/15/2014.
Storage Floorstanding pedestals 172Double-width floorstanding pedestals and cabinets 173Mobile pedestals 175Pedestal accessories 176Intermediate shelves 177Aluminum shelf 178Shelves and flush counter surfaces, 13/4� 179Shelves and flush counter surfaces, 11/4� 181Morrison overhead cabinets 183Task lights for panel or wall mounted storage 184Morrison Network overhead storage 185Overhead Storage 188Morrison Options overhead cabinets and shelves 189Morrison Options 190Reuter open shelf 192Reuter open overhead 193Reuter overhead cabinet 194Reuter overhead storage 198Reuter flat front overhead cabinet 200Task Lights for Reuter Overhead Storage 201Morrison Network privacy screens 202Kiosk vertical storage 205
Accessories Accessories 206Wall Mounting of Knoll Products 207
Alpha-Numeric Index 209
Selling Policy 218
KnollKey Lock Program 220
General Ordering Information 221
Morrison
2
Knoll and Sustainable Design
Each year Knoll sets key initiatives in our journey to sustainability. We are members of a global consortium on energy, have adopted ascientific, metrics-based approach to sustainable product design, and maintain a leadership position in establishing universal,verifiable, sustainability standards for our industry.
Knoll promotes independent third-party certification because it provides the most impartial and trustworthy foundation for industry-wideenvironmental compliance. Certification by established and respected third parties ensures that all manufacturers are held to the samehigh standards and that customers can trust a company’s declaration about the environmental benefits of its products. Knoll third-partypartners include: the International Standards Organization (ISO); Forest Stewardship Council (FSC�); Rainforest Alliance;GREENGUARD� Environmental Institute; and The Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association (BIFMA) level�certification from Scientific Certification Systems (SCS).
In addition, Knoll is aligned with the U.S. Green Building Council and can help companies, healthcare organizations and educationalinstitutions achieve Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED�) workplace certification.
Global Climate Change• Knoll is a sponsor of the Clinton Global Initiative, which brings together a community of global leaders to devise and implement
solutions to some of the world’s most pressing challenges, including environmental change.
• Knoll has a comprehensive Energy Management Program to increase energy efficiency in products and processes.
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) Tool• Life Cycle Assessment is a science-based measurement of a product’s environmental impacts throughout its life cycle, from raw
materials sourcing through manufacture, shipping, use and re-use or end-of-life. LCA enables cradle-to-cradle implementation ofsustainable practices.
• Knoll has partnered with The Green Standard.org to develop an affordable, universal ISO-compliant computer-based LCA tool thatcan be used by the entire contract furniture industry and is partnering on the development of an Environmental Product DeclarationSystem (EPDs) for Knoll products. EPDs are verified documents containing LCA results and additional environmental performanceinformation about a product.
Setting Industry Standards• Knoll partners with MTS (The Institute for Market Transformation to Sustainability) to develop the SMaRT© Consensus Sustainable
Products Standards, a set of consensus-based sustainable product standards based on the LEED� model, for all building products,fabric, apparel, flooring and carpet. MTS, the developer of SMaRT©, is an accredited American National Standards Institute (ANSI)standard developer.
• Knoll also partners with BIFMA (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association) to promote level� sustainabilitystandards for the contract furniture industry.
• Knoll has established FSC� (Forest Stewardship Council) certified wood as the standard for general office open plan office systems,casegoods and tables.
• Knoll has launched Full Circle, a resource recovery program developed with ANEW, to help customers extend the life cycle of surplusfurniture, fixtures and equipment (FF&E) in an economically, socially and environmentally responsible manner.
• Our goal is to encourage all manufacturers in the contract furniture industry and related industries to adopt standards that will lead tosustainable products and practices.
For more information about Knoll and sustainable design, visit knoll.com/environment.
3
Introduction
This price list provides you with theproduct information you need tospecify and order Knoll Morrison.
Morrison is a completely integratedoffice system, capable of all typesof office planning. Morrison mayplan as a panel system, with panelmounted components, or as afreestanding desk system. Morrisoncan also be combined with theCurrents service wall for superiorwire management, cable access andoff-module planning. Majorcomponents – panels, worksurfacesand storage – may be configured orreconfigured in all types ofplanning listed above.
Information about Morrison is foundin three companion books: thisPrice List, the Planning Guide andthe Brochure.
The Price List arranges componentsin a logical sequence.
The first section includes all majorcomponents required for panelsystem planning: Morrison andOptions panels, add-on panels,connectors, doors, Morrison Access,top cap kits, stackable add-uppanels and power distribution.
The second section includes thosecomponents required forworksurface planning and support:Morrison and Options worksurfaces,Currents worksurfaces for Morrison,desk panels, Morrison Network desksupports, brackets, and powercomponents.
The third section includes storagecomponents for panel based orfreestanding planning: pedestals,Intermediate shelves, Morrison,Options and Reuter overheadstorage and lighting, screens, andvertical storage.
The fourth section includesaccessories. The complete range ofcomputer support and accessoriescan be found in the KnollExtraprice list.
How to order MorrisonMorrison is a component-basedsystem. To ensure a complete orderfor a workstation or project, specifycomponents in the same order asthe price list.
You will find that Morrison patternnumbers contain a logical,alphanumeric sequence describingthe type, size, features, and finishof the component.
To specify components, consult theordering code examples andapplication notes provided.
For example, to order a 13/4�folkstone grey laminate worksurfacewith grommets, 48�W by 24�Dspecify:MW2-S4824A114. Details follow:
MW2 13/4� worksurfaceS Straight48 Width24 DepthA With grommets114 Folkstone Grey
laminate
For further assistance with orderingor specifying Morrison, consult yourKnoll representative or Knolldealer.
Please note that pattern numbersbeginning with the letter A- areCurrents pattern numbers andpatterns beginning with the letterR- are Reuter storage patternnumbers.
Note to Knoll Dealer Sellers:The products contained in thisprice list are also available throughthe Knoll Essentials program, withlimited exceptions. For additionalinformation, please contact yourcustomer service representative orvisit Knoll Exchange.
Morrison
4
Morrison System FinishesKnollTextiles
KNOLLTEXTILES
Approved for vertical panels andprivacy screens.
Fabric Group 10Annex (W1360)Beacon (W1597)Broadcloth II (W1619)Element (W1077)Foundation (W351)Growth Spurt (W692)Skylark (W1718)Symbolic Details (W693)Tailor Made II (W1610)Versatility (W432)
Fabric Group 20Bauhaus Block (W296)Circle Line (W1146)Clarity (W281)Criss Cross (W305)Labyrinth (W352)Logic (W1318)Mainframe (W1783)Nematic II (W1620)Photon II (W1695)Reflect (W884)Resolution (W280)Weave Three (W298)
Fabric Group 30Basket Draft (W249)Flow (W565)Harmony (W232)Interknit (W1090)Match Point (W1145)Micro (W465)Relay (W1020)
Fabric Group 40Amplify (W1215)Bandwidth (W1219)Clarkson (W1218)panel and trim only
Ornament (W1078)Palladium (W1030)Spellbound (W1464)
*Not available for upholsteredconnector trim covers
Fabric Group 50Presto (K1000)Trophy (K1709)Versa (K1698)
Fabric Group 55Ransom (K1298)Transition (W816)
Ported panels can only beupholstered with textiles approvedfor application on Reff panels.
Customer’s Own Material is subjectto an application testing fee of perfabric and a fee for UL testing.Fabric requirements - applicationtest, 10 yards; UL test, 15 yards.COM is also subject to extendedleadtimes. COM panels are priced atGroup 10 plus cost of fabric.
Morrison
5
Knoll Color ProgramMorrison System Finishes
Core paint and laminate finishes
Specify Core finishes for all new customers
Core Legacy
Topcapsandtrim,
Panels(veneer
only)
Glazedpanel,
window,door
frames(tex-
tured)
Deskpanels,storagefronts
Hingeddoors
Desksup-
ports,stan-
chion,storage,brack-
ets,racewaycovers
Work-sur-
facesand
shelves(all)
Work-sur-
facesand
shelves(post-
formed)
CascadeEdgework-sur-
faces Pedestals
ReuterOver-head
611 Beige Mist Metallic • • • • P2 P2
118 Bright White • • • • • • • P3 P3
112 Brown • • • • P1 P1
113 Dark Grey Y3 • • • • P1 P1
114 Folkstone Grey LA • • • • • • • P1 P1
111 Jet Black • • • • • • P1 P1
115 Medium Grey Y2 • • • • P1 P1
612 Medium Metallic Grey J • • • • P2 P2
119 Pumice F • • •116 Sandstone • • • • P1 P1
613 Silver 3 • • • • P3 P3
117 Soft Grey E/M42 • • • • • • • P1 P1
128 Fog G • •129 Micro Sand •121 Micro Grey •122 Brushed Sand •123 Brushed Grey •124 Medium Cherry • •125 Natural Maple • •126 Natural Cherry • •127 Walnut • •
This price list contains pricing for Core finishes. For detailed pricing of Legacy finishes, please refer to the latest release of CAP worksheet or contact yourcustomer service representative.
The new, Core P1 finishes in Morrison have the same list prices as P2. Additionally, Pedestals and Reuter overhead storage have a separate P3 price point forSilver and Bright White.
The new Core finish 113 Dark Grey is not a match to the Morrison Legacy finish NV. It is a match to the Dividends Legacy finish Y3.
The new Core finish 115 Medium Grey is not a match to the Morrison Legacy finish NJ. It is a match to the Dividends Legacy finish Y2.
Patterned laminates (Micro, Brushed and Wood grain laminates) are available on Morrison postformed worksurfaces and shelves (straight, trapezoidal, VDT).
Wood grain laminates are also available on Cascade Edge worksurfaces.
Morrison
6
Knoll Color ProgramMorrison System Finishes
Core Veneer Finishes
V1 Techwood Closed PoreY811 Natural (Legacy: T)Y821 Blond Maple (�Discontinued� 4/M/C6J2, Maple)Y831 Light Cherry (�Discontinued� 6/R/C6J3, Cherry)Y851 Black OakY316 MapleY319 CherryY323 Medium WalnutY326 Dark MahoganyY329 Medium OakY341 WengeY342 Medium TeakY344 EspressoY881 Light WalnutY882 Dove Grey
V2 Natural Veneer Closed PoreV312 Bronzed CherryV316 Maple (Legacy: K)V319 Medium CherryV411 Light WalnutV412 Natural CherryV413 Sand OakV414 Natural OakV415 Peacock Green WalnutV417 Old English WalnutV421 Chalk OakV423 Light OakV433 Light Fawn CherryV436 Medium Brown CherryV439 Straight AnigreV440 Natural HemlockY841 EbonyY861 Grigio
Morrison veneer finishes apply to top caps and trim, veneer and combination panels and add-on panels, hinged doors, worksurfaces, desk support panels,pedestal fronts, shelves, Network, Options and Flat Front Reuter overhead storage fronts. Please consult the individual price list pages for details on price andavailability.
In September 2008 all existing Morrison finishes were transferred from our East Greenville Plant to our Toronto plant. All existing finishes were changed toclosed pore finishing and assigned new finish codes.
This price list contains pricing for Core finishes. Core finishes include some existing Morrison finishes formally referred to as Techgrain (cross-referenced above)as well as numerous new veneer finishes now available on Morrison. For detailed pricing of Legacy finishes, please refer to the latest release of CAP worksheetor contact your customer service representative.
Morrison
7
Morrison System Legacy Finishes
Work-surfaces Panels
DeskPanels Shelves
Top caps/Trim
covers
GlazedPanel/
Window/Door
Frames*Storagefronts
StorageCases
Desk Supports,Stanchions, Steelshelves, brackets,
raceway covers
Plastic Laminates Light Grey L L
Medium Grey G G
Sand D D
Pumice F F
Snow B B
Wood GrainLaminates
Clear Maple(Currents forMorrisonworksurfaces only)
CM
Paint Group 2 Metallic Flint 2 2 2 2 2 2
Light metallic grey U U U U U U
Medium metallicgrey
J J J J J J
Dark metallic grey V V V V V V
Light metallic tan W W W W W W
Metallic beige H H H H H H
Paint Group 3 Silver 3 3 3 3 3 3
White B B B B B B
* Paint finishes for glazed panels, window and door frames are textured only.Specify legacy finishes to match existing product only. Legacy finishes are not available for new customers.
This price list contains pricing for Core finishes. For detailed pricing of Legacy finishes, please refer to the latest release of CAP worksheet or contact yourcustomer service representative.
In September 2008 all existing Morrison veneer finishes were transferred to our Toronto plant. All existing finishes were changed to closed pore finishing andassigned new finish codes. The older, semi-open pore finishes are no longer available.
As of February 2009 Legacy laminates will be priced 10% higher than Core laminates.
Morrison
8
This page intentionally left blank
Panels30�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 30� MP2-3018-( ) $413. $452. $467. $536. $621. $659.24� 21/4� 30� MP2-3024-( ) 450. 516. 533. 613. 678. 734.30� 21/4� 30� MP2-3030-( ) 509. 566. 586. 674. 734. 813.36� 21/4� 30� MP2-3036-( ) 564. 635. 654. 750. 835. 913.42� 21/4� 30� MP2-3042-( ) 642. 716. 734. 844. 927. 1,028.48� 21/4� 30� MP2-3048-( ) 697. 779. 803. 921. 1,045. 1,122.60� 21/4� 30� MP2-3060-( ) 809. 912. 936. 1,076. 1,200. 1,295.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 30� MP2-3018-N( ) 390. 415. 431. 494. 566. 604.24� 21/4� 30� MP2-3024-N( ) 428. 477. 491. 562. 622. 677.30� 21/4� 30� MP2-3030-N( ) 477. 518. 536. 615. 677. 748.36� 21/4� 30� MP2-3036-N( ) 530. 582. 600. 688. 764. 837.42� 21/4� 30� MP2-3042-N( ) 602. 655. 677. 774. 850. 945.48� 21/4� 30� MP2-3048-N( ) 655. 716. 734. 845. 959. 1,030.60� 21/4� 30� MP2-3060-N( ) 759. 835. 856. 985. 1,102. 1,188.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3030-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel30 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Fabric Groups can be found on page5.
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g. 10/20) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
10
Panels30� H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 30� MP2-3018-C/T-( ) $921.24� 21/4� 30� MP2-3024-C/T-( ) 1,030.30� 21/4� 30� MP2-3030-C/T-( ) 1,146.36� 21/4� 30� MP2-3036-C/T-( ) 1,235.42� 21/4� 30� MP2-3042-C/T-( ) 1,383.48� 21/4� 30� MP2-3048-C/T-( ) 1,489.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3030-T-613
MP2 Panel30 Height30 WidthT Acid etched tempered
glass613 Frame finish
Specification Notes
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
11
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels30�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 30� MP2-3018-( )-( ) $645. $664. $666. $704. $746. $764.24� 21/4� 30� MP2-3024-( )-( ) 693. 724. 731. 772. 803. 834.30� 21/4� 30� MP2-3030-( )-( ) 776. 799. 809. 849. 884. 922.36� 21/4� 30� MP2-3036-( )-( ) 850. 883. 889. 944. 984. 1,022.42� 21/4� 30� MP2-3042-( )-( ) 985. 1,016. 1,030. 1,083. 1,150. 1,188.48� 21/4� 30� MP2-3048-( )-( ) 1,111. 1,151. 1,166. 1,235. 1,298. 1,346.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 30� MP2-3018-( )-( ) 774. 794. 801. 845. 891. 918.24� 21/4� 30� MP2-3024-( )-( ) 835. 871. 881. 925. 966. 998.30� 21/4� 30� MP2-3030-( )-( ) 932. 955. 970. 1,021. 1,059. 1,109.36� 21/4� 30� MP2-3036-( )-( ) 1,024. 1,056. 1,071. 1,129. 1,180. 1,228.42� 21/4� 30� MP2-3042-( )-( ) 1,183. 1,222. 1,234. 1,303. 1,380. 1,427.48� 21/4� 30� MP2-3048-( )-( ) 1,332. 1,383. 1,400. 1,482. 1,557. 1,614.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3030-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel30 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, the upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixesFor upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
12
Panels30�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 30� MP2-3018-V-( ) $871. $1,039.24� 21/4� 30� MP2-3024-V-( ) 927. 1,115.30� 21/4� 30� MP2-3030-V-( ) 1,031. 1,237.36� 21/4� 30� MP2-3036-V-( ) 1,131. 1,355.42� 21/4� 30� MP2-3042-V-( ) 1,251. 1,503.48� 21/4� 30� MP2-3048-V-( ) 1,395. 1,675.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3030-V-Y811
MP2 Panel30 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces
Morrison
13
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels39�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-( ) $448. $495. $507. $585. $674. $718.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-( ) 491. 564. 583. 667. 736. 801.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-( ) 553. 615. 639. 729. 801. 886.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-( ) 611. 689. 714. 812. 910. 990.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-( ) 694. 777. 801. 918. 1,007. 1,115.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-( ) 756. 847. 875. 1,001. 1,142. 1,223.60� 21/4� 39� MP2-3960-( ) 882. 988. 1,019. 1,167. 1,304. 1,412.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-N( ) 428. 451. 465. 533. 615. 656.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-N( ) 462. 514. 532. 610. 677. 732.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-N( ) 516. 564. 585. 669. 732. 812.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-N( ) 577. 633. 653. 748. 831. 911.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-N( ) 655. 715. 732. 843. 923. 1,024.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-N( ) 715. 777. 801. 919. 1,044. 1,117.60� 21/4� 39� MP2-3960-N( ) 826. 910. 933. 1,073. 1,197. 1,291.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3930-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel39 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g. 10/20) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
14
Panels39�H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-C/T-( ) $1,022.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-C/T-( ) 1,131.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-C/T-( ) 1,254.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-C/T-( ) 1,359.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-C/T-( ) 1,517.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-C/T-( ) 1,638.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3930-C-613
MP2 Panel39 Height30 WidthC Clear tempered glass613 Frame finish
Specification Information
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
15
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels39�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-( )-( ) $700. $722. $724. $765. $809. $831.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-( )-( ) 754. 785. 794. 840. 875. 909.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-( )-( ) 844. 871. 882. 922. 959. 1,003.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-( )-( ) 925. 956. 970. 1,022. 1,068. 1,110.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-( )-( ) 1,071. 1,105. 1,117. 1,183. 1,250. 1,291.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-( )-( ) 1,206. 1,251. 1,267. 1,345. 1,413. 1,464.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-( )-( ) 843. 862. 871. 919. 970. 997.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-( )-( ) 910. 946. 953. 1,006. 1,045. 1,083.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-( )-( ) 1,010. 1,039. 1,053. 1,109. 1,151. 1,201.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-( )-( ) 1,111. 1,150. 1,162. 1,228. 1,281. 1,331.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-( )-( ) 1,282. 1,323. 1,343. 1,416. 1,502. 1,547.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-( )-( ) 1,449. 1,503. 1,522. 1,612. 1,694. 1,757.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3930-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel39 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, the upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixesFor upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
16
Panels39�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-V-( ) $946. $1,133.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-V-( ) 1,007. 1,210.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-V-( ) 1,118. 1,345.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-V-( ) 1,230. 1,474.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-V-( ) 1,359. 1,635.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-V-( ) 1,517. 1,819.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3930-V-Y811
MP2 Panel39 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
17
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels42�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-( ) $473. $522. $532. $613. $707. $753.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-( ) 514. 596. 611. 703. 776. 843.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-( ) 582. 650. 671. 770. 843. 932.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-( ) 645. 726. 750. 852. 953. 1,040.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-( ) 732. 816. 843. 967. 1,065. 1,174.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-( ) 799. 891. 919. 1,052. 1,197. 1,284.60� 21/4� 42� MP2-4260-( ) 923. 1,039. 1,073. 1,231. 1,372. 1,482.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-N( ) 446. 479. 487. 564. 650. 690.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-N( ) 485. 546. 562. 644. 714. 772.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-N( ) 547. 596. 613. 704. 772. 852.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-N( ) 605. 666. 687. 785. 876. 954.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-N( ) 689. 751. 772. 886. 973. 1,078.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-N( ) 751. 816. 843. 968. 1,099. 1,177.60� 21/4� 42� MP2-4260-N( ) 872. 953. 984. 1,128. 1,260. 1,357.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4230-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel42 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g. 10/20) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
18
Panels42�H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-C/T-( ) $1,077.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-C/T-( ) 1,189.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-C/T-( ) 1,320.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-C/T-( ) 1,432.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-C/T-( ) 1,596.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-C/T-( ) 1,727.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4230-T-613
MP2 Panel42 Height30 WidthT Acid etched tempered
glass613 Frame finish
Specification Notes
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
19
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels42�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-( )-( ) $737. $756. $762. $807. $849. $876.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-( )-( ) 794. 828. 838. 885. 919. 952.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-( )-( ) 887. 915. 923. 972. 1,009. 1,053.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-( )-( ) 976. 1,007. 1,021. 1,076. 1,122. 1,168.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-( )-( ) 1,124. 1,165. 1,177. 1,244. 1,317. 1,359.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-( )-( ) 1,270. 1,318. 1,332. 1,414. 1,483. 1,537.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-( )-( ) 886. 911. 917. 968. 1,021. 1,047.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-( )-( ) 953. 995. 1,004. 1,063. 1,102. 1,145.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-( )-( ) 1,067. 1,095. 1,110. 1,167. 1,211. 1,267.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-( )-( ) 1,170. 1,210. 1,225. 1,289. 1,349. 1,404.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-( )-( ) 1,351. 1,396. 1,414. 1,490. 1,579. 1,635.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-( )-( ) 1,524. 1,583. 1,598. 1,695. 1,778. 1,846.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4230-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel42 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, then upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixesFor upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
20
Panels42�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-V-( ) $994. $1,190.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-V-( ) 1,065. 1,275.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-V-( ) 1,180. 1,415.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-V-( ) 1,294. 1,553.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-V-( ) 1,432. 1,720.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-V-( ) 1,596. 1,916.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4230-V-Y811
MP2 Panel42 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
21
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels48�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818-( ) $518. $570. $586. $677. $779. $828.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824-( ) 567. 653. 676. 772. 850. 925.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830-( ) 640. 715. 736. 845. 925. 1,027.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836-( ) 713. 801. 823. 946. 1,047. 1,148.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842-( ) 807. 897. 925. 1,065. 1,168. 1,293.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848-( ) 881. 983. 1,009. 1,159. 1,318. 1,414.60� 21/4� 48� MP2-4860-( ) 984. 1,146. 1,180. 1,352. 1,513. 1,631.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818N( ) 487. 525. 536. 621. 716. 759.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824N( ) 532. 598. 616. 707. 782. 849.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830N( ) 600. 654. 677. 776. 849. 944.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836N( ) 667. 732. 753. 862. 961. 1,050.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842N( ) 756. 826. 849. 973. 1,073. 1,186.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848N( ) 826. 897. 925. 1,065. 1,207. 1,295.60� 21/4� 48� MP2-4860N( ) 922. 1,049. 1,080. 1,240. 1,388. 1,493.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4830-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel48 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g., 15/40) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
22
Panels48�H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818-C/T-( ) $1,118.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824-C/T-( ) 1,238.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830-C/T-( ) 1,377.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836-C/T-( ) 1,490.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842-C/T-( ) 1,663.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848-C/T-( ) 1,796.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4830-C-613
MP2 Panel48 Height30 WidthC Clear tempered glass613 Frame finish
Specification Information
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
23
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels48�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818-( )-( ) $770. $787. $794. $840. $891. $917.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824-( )-( ) 831. 859. 879. 921. 966. 1,001.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830-( )-( ) 921. 952. 966. 1,021. 1,059. 1,110.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836-( )-( ) 1,024. 1,059. 1,071. 1,131. 1,185. 1,232.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842-( )-( ) 1,142. 1,186. 1,197. 1,265. 1,319. 1,380.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848-( )-( ) 1,264. 1,318. 1,331. 1,406. 1,485. 1,534.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818-( )-( ) 922. 947. 953. 1,006. 1,073. 1,097.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824-( )-( ) 997. 1,034. 1,049. 1,106. 1,155. 1,200.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830-( )-( ) 1,106. 1,145. 1,155. 1,225. 1,270. 1,331.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836-( )-( ) 1,230. 1,270. 1,282. 1,355. 1,419. 1,477.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842-( )-( ) 1,366. 1,424. 1,434. 1,519. 1,585. 1,655.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848-( )-( ) 1,517. 1,583. 1,597. 1,688. 1,784. 1,840.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4830-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel48 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, then upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixesFor upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
24
Panels48�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818-V-( ) $1,004. $1,203.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824-V-( ) 1,076. 1,289.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830-V-( ) 1,190. 1,430.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836-V-( ) 1,317. 1,579.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842-V-( ) 1,472. 1,765.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848-V-( ) 1,690. 1,986.
Order Code
Example: MP2-4830-V-Y811
MP2 Panel48 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finish
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
25
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels56�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618-( ) $536. $635. $652. $750. $822. $887.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624-( ) 621. 704. 726. 835. 932. 1,019.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630-( ) 689. 801. 826. 947. 1,040. 1,129.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636-( ) 753. 879. 897. 1,031. 1,174. 1,264.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642-( ) 814. 949. 973. 1,117. 1,264. 1,372.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648-( ) 883. 1,039. 1,073. 1,231. 1,372. 1,483.60� 21/4� 56� MP2-5660-( ) 1,007. 1,194. 1,228. 1,406. 1,572. 1,698.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618N( ) 507. 582. 597. 687. 752. 812.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624N( ) 583. 645. 666. 764. 852. 933.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630N( ) 649. 732. 754. 863. 954. 1,034.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636N( ) 707. 803. 826. 946. 1,078. 1,161.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642N( ) 768. 872. 891. 1,028. 1,161. 1,260.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648N( ) 828. 953. 984. 1,128. 1,260. 1,359.60� 21/4� 56� MP2-5660N( ) 949. 1,092. 1,122. 1,289. 1,442. 1,560.
Order Code
Example: MP2-5630-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel56 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixesUpholstered panels:
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g., 20/40) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
26
Panels56�H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618-C/T-( ) $1,201.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624-C/T-( ) 1,343.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630-C/T-( ) 1,481.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636-C/T-( ) 1,620.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642-C/T-( ) 1,802.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648-C/T-( ) 1,945.
Order Code
Example: MP2-5630-C-613
MP2 Panel56 Height30 WidthC Clear tempered glass613 Frame finish
Specification Information
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Panel stiffeners should be specifiedwith glazed panels in straight orcorner configurations. See page 42 .
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
27
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels56�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618-( )-( ) $783. $827. $835. $885. $919. $952.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624-( )-( ) 857. 894. 910. 959. 1,007. 1,050.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630-( )-( ) 954. 1,001. 1,013. 1,074. 1,122. 1,167.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636-( )-( ) 1,056. 1,110. 1,118. 1,187. 1,255. 1,303.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642-( )-( ) 1,183. 1,238. 1,250. 1,320. 1,395. 1,448.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648-( )-( ) 1,309. 1,377. 1,393. 1,472. 1,540. 1,598.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618-( )-( ) 938. 994. 1,000. 1,063. 1,102. 1,145.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624-( )-( ) 1,033. 1,077. 1,085. 1,151. 1,210. 1,263.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630-( )-( ) 1,148. 1,200. 1,220. 1,286. 1,349. 1,402.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636-( )-( ) 1,268. 1,331. 1,345. 1,426. 1,509. 1,565.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642-( )-( ) 1,416. 1,485. 1,502. 1,586. 1,675. 1,737.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648-( )-( ) 1,572. 1,652. 1,669. 1,765. 1,851. 1,921.
Order Code
Example: MP2-5630-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel56 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric group no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, then upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixesFor upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.
10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Application Notes
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
28
Panels56�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618-V( ) $1,019. $1,223.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624-V( ) 1,085. 1,304.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630-V( ) 1,201. 1,444.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636-V( ) 1,343. 1,610.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642-V( ) 1,526. 1,831.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648-V( ) 1,712. 2,059.
Example: MP2-5630-V-Y811
MP2 Panel56 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finish
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Application Notes
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
29
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels64�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418-( ) $582. $671. $690. $787. $932. $1,019.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424-( ) 645. 746. 765. 882. 1,019. 1,110.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430-( ) 732. 838. 856. 990. 1,129. 1,222.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436-( ) 799. 912. 944. 1,076. 1,240. 1,329.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442-( ) 857. 1,004. 1,034. 1,187. 1,329. 1,440.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448-( ) 923. 1,078. 1,110. 1,270. 1,440. 1,572.60� 21/4� 64� MP2-6460-( ) 1,078. 1,228. 1,260. 1,446. 1,684. 1,815.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418N( ) 547. 613. 635. 724. 852. 933.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424N( ) 605. 682. 700. 807. 933. 1,016.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430N( ) 689. 768. 788. 911. 1,034. 1,117.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436N( ) 751. 835. 859. 986. 1,137. 1,220.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442N( ) 809. 921. 949. 1,085. 1,220. 1,320.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448N( ) 872. 988. 1,016. 1,166. 1,320. 1,442.60� 21/4� 64� MP2-6460N( ) 1,009. 1,122. 1,155. 1,327. 1,540. 1,668.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6430-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel64 Height30 Width15 Surface typeW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixesUpholstered panels:
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g., 20/40) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
30
Panels64�H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418-C/T( ) $1,294.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424-C/T( ) 1,454.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430-C/T( ) 1,596.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436-C/T( ) 1,757.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442-C/T( ) 1,897.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448-C/T( ) 2,100.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6430-T-613
MP2 Panel64 Height30 WidthT Acid etched tempered
glass613 Frame finish
Specification Information
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glasscT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Panel stiffeners should be specifiedwith glazed panels in all straight orcorner configurations. See page 42
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
31
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels64�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418-( )-( ) $881. $913. $921. $972. $1,044. $1,085.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424-( )-( ) 954. 998. 1,007. 1,066. 1,135. 1,183.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430-( )-( ) 1,080. 1,122. 1,136. 1,198. 1,268. 1,317.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436-( )-( ) 1,195. 1,243. 1,254. 1,321. 1,406. 1,450.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442-( )-( ) 1,303. 1,380. 1,395. 1,472. 1,539. 1,598.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448-( )-( ) 1,454. 1,522. 1,537. 1,620. 1,703. 1,767.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418-( )-( ) 1,052. 1,092. 1,106. 1,167. 1,252. 1,304.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424-( )-( ) 1,148. 1,197. 1,210. 1,279. 1,359. 1,416.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430-( )-( ) 1,298. 1,349. 1,363. 1,440. 1,523. 1,579.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436-( )-( ) 1,432. 1,489. 1,505. 1,587. 1,688. 1,740.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442-( )-( ) 1,565. 1,655. 1,675. 1,765. 1,849. 1,921.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448-( )-( ) 1,746. 1,827. 1,846. 1,940. 2,043. 2,123.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6430-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel64 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, then upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Application Notes
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
32
Panels64�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418-V-( ) $1,154. $1,388.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424-V-( ) 1,250. 1,502.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430-V-( ) 1,413. 1,694.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436-V-( ) 1,573. 1,888.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442-V-( ) 1,757. 2,106.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448-V-( ) 1,964. 2,359.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6430-V-Y811
MP2 Panel64 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finish
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Application Notes
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
33
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels80�H upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
High performance panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-( ) $831. $984. $1,007. $1,159. $1,318. $1,414.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-( ) 895. 1,082. 1,115. 1,280. 1,414. 1,513.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-( ) 995. 1,167. 1,200. 1,377. 1,513. 1,635.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-( ) 1,067. 1,245. 1,283. 1,472. 1,635. 1,803.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-( ) 1,137. 1,330. 1,368. 1,571. 1,757. 1,926.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-( ) 1,203. 1,432. 1,473. 1,692. 1,903. 2,045.
Options panels, upholstered both sides 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-N( ) 779. 897. 925. 1,066. 1,207. 1,295.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-N( ) 844. 995. 1,024. 1,173. 1,295. 1,388.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-N( ) 935. 1,071. 1,102. 1,264. 1,388. 1,493.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-N( ) 1,003. 1,145. 1,176. 1,349. 1,493. 1,654.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-N( ) 1,068. 1,220. 1,254. 1,440. 1,604. 1,766.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-N( ) 1,135. 1,316. 1,352. 1,547. 1,743. 1,876.
Order Code
Example: MP2-8030-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel80 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixesUpholstered panels:
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g., 20/40) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
High performance panel acousticalratings:NRC .80, STC 24
Options panel acoustical ratings:NRC .75, STC 8
Upholstered panels may bespecified to achieve ASTM E-84Class ‘‘A’’ flamespread rating.
Morrison
34
Panels80�H glazed
description w d h pattern no. C/T
Glazed panels 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-C/T-( ) $1,680.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-C/T-( ) 1,806.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-C/T-( ) 2,011.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-C/T-( ) 2,187.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-C/T-( ) 2,417.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-C/T-( ) 2,647.
Order Code
Example: MP2-8030-C-613
MP2 Panel80 Height30 WidthC Clear tempered glass613 Frame finish
Specification Information
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Panel stiffeners should be specifiedwith glazed panels in all straight orcorner configurations. See page 42.
60�W panels are not available.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W glazed panels are notavailable.
Morrison
35
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panels80�H combination veneer/upholstery
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination Veneer 1/upholstery 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-( )-( ) $1,170. $1,267. $1,283. $1,356. $1,434. $1,483.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-( )-( ) 1,267. 1,380. 1,396. 1,481. 1,546. 1,590.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-( )-( ) 1,393. 1,500. 1,517. 1,601. 1,675. 1,732.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-( )-( ) 1,526. 1,640. 1,661. 1,757. 1,832. 1,921.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-( )-( ) 1,675. 1,797. 1,818. 1,917. 2,011. 2,094.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-( )-( ) 1,831. 1,973. 1,995. 2,106. 2,212. 2,281.
Combination Veneer 2/upholstery 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-( )-( ) 1,405. 1,522. 1,539. 1,630. 1,727. 1,778.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-( )-( ) 1,522. 1,655. 1,676. 1,772. 1,858. 1,914.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-( )-( ) 1,669. 1,799. 1,819. 1,925. 2,010. 2,078.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-( )-( ) 1,831. 1,969. 1,993. 2,106. 2,199. 2,305.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-( )-( ) 2,010. 2,155. 2,183. 2,298. 2,412. 2,516.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-( )-( ) 2,197. 2,370. 2,396. 2,526. 2,653. 2,741.
Order Code
Example: MP2-8030-Y811-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel80 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, the upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Application Notes
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
36
Panels80�H veneer both sides
description w d h pattern no. V1 V2
Veneer both sides 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-V-( ) $1,553. $1,866.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-V-( ) 1,680. 2,014.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-V-( ) 1,831. 2,197.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-V-( ) 2,035. 2,443.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-V-( ) 2,265. 2,717.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-V-( ) 2,519. 3,025.
Order Code
Example: MP2-8030-V-Y811
MP2 Panel80 Height30 WidthV Veneer both sidesY811 Veneer finish
Specification Information
For veneer panels specify:
Veneer finishes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Application Notes
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
60�W panels are not available withveneer surfaces.
Morrison
37
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panelsported panel39�, 42� and 48� H
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Ported panels, upholstered both sides 39�H 18� 21/4� 39� MP2-3918-P( ) $561. $621. $633. $731. $840. $894.24� 21/4� 39� MP2-3924-P( ) 613. 704. 728. 837. 920. 1,000.30� 21/4� 39� MP2-3930-P( ) 690. 771. 797. 913. 1,000. 1,109.36� 21/4� 39� MP2-3936-P( ) 765. 859. 889. 1,013. 1,135. 1,237.42� 21/4� 39� MP2-3942-P( ) 873. 972. 1,000. 1,148. 1,263. 1,395.48� 21/4� 39� MP2-3948-P( ) 948. 1,063. 1,089. 1,251. 1,426. 1,526.
42�H 18� 21/4� 42� MP2-4218-P( ) 590. 653. 667. 768. 886. 945.24� 21/4� 42� MP2-4224-P( ) 645. 746. 765. 881. 971. 1,050.30� 21/4� 42� MP2-4230-P( ) 727. 811. 839. 961. 1,050. 1,166.36� 21/4� 42� MP2-4236-P( ) 807. 910. 935. 1,071. 1,190. 1,300.42� 21/4� 42� MP2-4242-P( ) 918. 1,022. 1,050. 1,206. 1,328. 1,469.48� 21/4� 42� MP2-4248-P( ) 998. 1,116. 1,149. 1,318. 1,499. 1,604.
48�H 18� 21/4� 48� MP2-4818-P( ) 650. 716. 732. 845. 973. 1,037.24� 21/4� 48� MP2-4824-P( ) 713. 814. 844. 967. 1,068. 1,156.30� 21/4� 48� MP2-4830-P( ) 799. 891. 920. 1,053. 1,156. 1,282.36� 21/4� 48� MP2-4836-P( ) 887. 1,000. 1,031. 1,180. 1,313. 1,433.42� 21/4� 48� MP2-4842-P( ) 1,006. 1,123. 1,156. 1,328. 1,463. 1,619.48� 21/4� 48� MP2-4848-P( ) 1,099. 1,228. 1,264. 1,449. 1,646. 1,766.
Order Code
Example: MP2-3918-P-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel39 Height18 WidthP Ported panel15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixesUpholstered panels:
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Ported panels are upholstered bothsides and may be upholstered withtextiles approved for application onReff panels only.For combination of fabrics list bothsuffixes and upholstery patternnumbers. List price is the average ofthe two fabric grades.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Vertical duplexes, power and dataports and connectors are specifiedseparately.
Morrison
38
Panelsported panel56�, 64� and 80� H
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Ported panels, upholstered both sides 56�H 18� 21/4� 56� MP2-5618-P( ) $674. $790. $813. $935. $1,030. $1,110.24� 21/4� 56� MP2-5624-P( ) 774. 882. 910. 1,042. 1,166. 1,275.30� 21/4� 56� MP2-5630-P( ) 859. 1,000. 1,032. 1,183. 1,300. 1,413.36� 21/4� 56� MP2-5636-P( ) 945. 1,095. 1,123. 1,286. 1,469. 1,579.42� 21/4� 56� MP2-5642-P( ) 1,021. 1,187. 1,220. 1,397. 1,579. 1,719.48� 21/4� 56� MP2-5648-P( ) 1,102. 1,299. 1,337. 1,537. 1,719. 1,852.
64�H 18� 21/4� 64� MP2-6418-P( ) 727. 839. 862. 985. 1,166. 1,275.24� 21/4� 64� MP2-6424-P( ) 807. 929. 956. 1,100. 1,275. 1,390.30� 21/4� 64� MP2-6430-P( ) 918. 1,044. 1,076. 1,237. 1,413. 1,524.36� 21/4� 64� MP2-6436-P( ) 998. 1,142. 1,176. 1,344. 1,550. 1,663.42� 21/4� 64� MP2-6442-P( ) 1,077. 1,254. 1,293. 1,483. 1,663. 1,801.48� 21/4� 64� MP2-6448-P( ) 1,155. 1,348. 1,390. 1,588. 1,801. 1,964.
80�H 18� 21/4� 80� MP2-8018-P( ) 1,038. 1,230. 1,263. 1,449. 1,646. 1,766.24� 21/4� 80� MP2-8024-P( ) 1,122. 1,355. 1,395. 1,598. 1,766. 1,890.30� 21/4� 80� MP2-8030-P( ) 1,244. 1,461. 1,502. 1,723. 1,890. 2,042.36� 21/4� 80� MP2-8036-P( ) 1,331. 1,557. 1,602. 1,837. 2,042. 2,256.42� 21/4� 80� MP2-8042-P( ) 1,424. 1,664. 1,710. 1,963. 2,194. 2,409.48� 21/4� 80� MP2-8048-P( ) 1,506. 1,792. 1,839. 2,115. 2,377. 2,559.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6418-P-15-W210/20
MP2 Panel64 Height18 WidthP Ported panel15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixesUpholstered panels:
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Ported panels are upholstered bothsides and may be upholstered withtextiles approved for application onReff panels only.For combination of fabrics list bothsuffixes and upholstery patternnumbers. List price is the average ofthe two fabric grades.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk shipped to facilitateinstallation.
Vertical duplexes, power and dataports and connectors are specifiedseparately.
Morrison
39
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panelscombination upholstered/markerboard
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Combination upholstered/markerboard 48�H 24� 2� 48� MP2-4824-M-( ) $728. $770. $782. $831. $872. $910.30� 2� 48� MP2-4830-M-( ) 806. 843. 851. 911. 949. 998.36� 2� 48� MP2-4836-M-( ) 894. 944. 952. 1,010. 1,067. 1,115.42� 2� 48� MP2-4842-M-( ) 1,007. 1,053. 1,071. 1,137. 1,190. 1,251.48� 2� 48� MP2-4848-M-( ) 1,116. 1,167. 1,185. 1,255. 1,334. 1,386.
56�H 24� 2� 56� MP2-5624-M-( ) 770. 811. 822. 879. 923. 968.30� 2� 56� MP2-5630-M-( ) 845. 897. 915. 972. 1,022. 1,066.36� 2� 56� MP2-5636-M-( ) 944. 1,001. 1,010. 1,078. 1,150. 1,195.42� 2� 56� MP2-5642-M-( ) 1,042. 1,110. 1,122. 1,195. 1,267. 1,321.48� 2� 56� MP2-5648-M-( ) 1,149. 1,230. 1,244. 1,321. 1,396. 1,449.
64�H 24� 2� 64� MP2-6424-M-( ) 823. 875. 884. 944. 1,007. 1,053.30� 2� 64� MP2-6430-M-( ) 944. 992. 1,003. 1,068. 1,137. 1,185.36� 2� 64� MP2-6436-M-( ) 1,052. 1,110. 1,124. 1,194. 1,276. 1,319.42� 2� 64� MP2-6442-M-( ) 1,159. 1,231. 1,245. 1,320. 1,394. 1,448.48� 2� 64� MP2-6448-M-( ) 1,275. 1,351. 1,367. 1,446. 1,530. 1,597.
80�H 24� 2� 80� MP2-8024-M-( ) 1,133. 1,227. 1,240. 1,320. 1,392. 1,437.30� 2� 80� MP2-8030-M-( ) 1,235. 1,320. 1,336. 1,428. 1,490. 1,553.36� 2� 80� MP2-8036-M-( ) 1,349. 1,437. 1,458. 1,548. 1,634. 1,719.42� 2� 80� MP2-8042-M-( ) 1,473. 1,570. 1,587. 1,690. 1,778. 1,868.48� 2� 80� MP2-8048-M-( ) 1,610. 1,725. 1,740. 1,851. 1,959. 2,030.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6436-M-15-W210/2
MP2 Panel64 Height36 WidthM Markerboard15 Fabric groupW210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withmarkerboard code, then theupholstery finish code and patternnumber.
Surface type/finish suffixes:M- Markerboard surface10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk packed to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
Markerboard surface isnon-metallic.
Morrison
40
Panelsmarkerboard both sides
description type w d h pattern no.markerboard
both sides
Markerboard both sides 48�H 24� 2� 48� MP2-4824-M $886.30� 2� 48� MP2-4830-M 970.36� 2� 48� MP2-4836-M 1,080.42� 2� 48� MP2-4842-M 1,210.48� 2� 48� MP2-4848-M 1,353.
56�H 24� 2� 56� MP2-5624-M 918.30� 2� 56� MP2-5630-M 1,000.36� 2� 56� MP2-5636-M 1,124.42� 2� 56� MP2-5642-M 1,270.48� 2� 56� MP2-5648-M 1,416.
64�H 24� 2� 64� MP2-6424-M 1,000.30� 2� 64� MP2-6430-M 1,147.36� 2� 64� MP2-6436-M 1,309.42� 2� 64� MP2-6442-M 1,454.48� 2� 64� MP2-6448-M 1,625.
80�H 24� 2� 80� MP2-8024-M 1,365.30� 2� 80� MP2-8030-M 1,474.36� 2� 80� MP2-8036-M 1,631.42� 2� 80� MP2-8042-M 1,804.48� 2� 80� MP2-8048-M 2,011.
Order Code
Example: MP2-6436-M
MP2 Panel64 Height36 WidthM Markerboard
Specification Information
For markerboard surface on bothsides, no finish code is required.
Surface type/finish suffixes:M- Markerboard surface
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits, and arebulk packed to facilitateinstallation.
Non-powered panel racewaysaccommodate 96 or more 4-pairunshielded twisted pair cables(Category 5, 5E or 6). Poweredpanel raceways accommodate up to48 4-pair cables. Power componentsare ordered separately andfield-installed.
Markerboard surface isnon-metallic.
Morrison
41
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Doorsrolling door
description type w d h pattern no. paint RC C T
Rolling door 64�H with lock 36� 2� 64� MRD-6436-(L/R)-( )-( )-L $2,954. $3,080. $3,321.42� 2� 64� MRD-6442-(L/R)-( )-( )-L 3,065. 3,227. 3,501.48� 2� 64� MRD-6448-(L/R)-( )-( )-L 3,104. 3,265. 3,536.
64�H no lock 36� 2� 64� MRD-6436-(L/R)-( )-( )-N 2,738. 2,869. 3,110.42� 2� 64� MRD-6442-(L/R)-( )-( )-N 2,853. 3,013. 3,287.48� 2� 64� MRD-6448-(L/R)-( )-( )-N 2,893. 3,050. 3,328.
80�H with lock 36� 2� 80� MRD-8036-(L/R)-( )-( )-L 3,115. 3,471. 3,834.42� 2� 80� MRD-8042-(L/R)-( )-( )-L 3,238. 3,501. 3,852.48� 2� 80� MRD-8048-(L/R)-( )-( )-L 3,292. 3,538. 3,905.
80�H no lock 36� 2� 80� MRD-8036-(L/R)-( )-( )-N 2,900. 3,256. 3,622.42� 2� 80� MRD-8042-(L/R)-( )-( )-N 3,026. 3,287. 3,638.48� 2� 80� MRD-8048-(L/R)-( )-( )-N 3,079. 3,329. 3,693.
Threshold for rolling door 36� door 731/4� 3� 3/8� MRD-FT36 226.42� door 851/4� 3� 3/8� MRD-FT42 237.48� door 971/4� 3� 3/8� MRD-FT48 256.
Panel stiffeners for 80�H doors 90° 2-way L MM1-DSL2 50.In-line post MM1-DSP1 50.Straight MM1-DSS1 50.
Masts for doors (set of 2) AYI-DMK 50.
Post trim covers for 64�H door 90° 2-way L 21/4� – 64� MT1-64XL2-( ) 77.90° 3-way T 21/4� – 64� MT1-64XT3-( ) 57.
Post trim covers for 80�H door 90° 2-way L 21/4� – 80� MT1-80XL2-( ) 89.90° 3-way T 21/4� – 80� MT1-80XT3-( ) 71.
Order Code
Example: MRD-6436-L-C-613-N
M MorrisonRD Rolling door64 Height36 WidthL LeftC Door finish613 Frame finishN No lock
Specification Information
Specify:
Left / Right Hand
Glazing for rolling door:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glassRC- Ribbed polycarbonate
Frame finish
Lock / No Lock
Rolling doors mount to the outsideof Morrison workstations.
Application Notes
64�H rolling door kit includes doorpanel, post with mounting bracket,and door jamb (for door sideopposite to mounting bracket).Specify post high-low top cap (seepage ) for Morrison panel adjacentto the door jamb.
80�H rolling door kit includes doorpanel, post with mounting bracket,door jamb (for door side opposite tomounting bracket), header, top capfor header and two corner brackets.Top caps for panels adjacent to 80�rolling doors must be modified inthe field. Header for 80� doormounts with two corner brackets.
Specify separately straightconnector tracks to connect doorpost and door jamb to adjacentpanels.
A full threshold may be specifiedseparately. A threshold is requiredto assure the ADA requirement formaximum pull force of 5 lbs. is met.
Rolling door post with mountingbracket must attach to a Morrisonpanel, or panel run, of width equalor greater than the nominal width ofthe door. When fully open, the doorwill extend 13/16� (half the width of auniversal post) beyond a panel ofcorresponding width.
Door jamb may be attached to aMorrison panel or to a universalpost. When attaching to a post,specify separately dedicatedvertical trims for 90° 2-way L or3-way T connections.
Masts for doors combine with panelstiffeners for 80� doors to mountstackable add-up panels overMorrison doors.
Morrison
42
Doorshinged door
description type w d h pattern no. laminate paint V1 V2
Hinged door with frame
left hand shown
no lock 36� 2� 80� MHD-8036-(L/R)-(P/L/V)-( )-( )-N $2,378. $2,612. $3,076. $3,685.42� 2� 80� MHD-8042-(L/R)-(P/L/V)-( )-( )-N 2,514. 2,692. 3,364. 4,034.
with lock 36� 2� 80� MHD-8036-(L/R)-(P/L/V)-( )-( )-L 3,204. 3,437. 3,900. 4,512.42� 2� 80� MHD-8042-(L/R)-(P/L/V)-( )-( )-L 3,336. 3,520. 4,189. 4,858.
Panel stiffeners for 80�H doors 90° 2-way L MM1-DSL2 50.In-line post MM1-DSP1 50.Straight MM1-DSS1 50.
Post trim covers for 80�H door 90° 2-way L 21/4� – 80� MT1-80XL2-( ) 89.90° 3-way T 21/4� – 80� MT1-80XT3-( ) 71.
Masts for doors (set of 2) AYI-DMK 50.
Order Code
Example: MHD-8042-L-V-Y811-613-L
M MorrisonHD Hinged door80 Height42 WidthL LeftV VeneerY811 Door finish613 Frame finishL With lock
Specification Information
Specify:
Left / Right hand.
Door Panel finish type:P PaintL LaminateV Veneer
Door panel finish
Frame finish
Lock/ No lock
Application Notes
Specify separately two straightconnector tracks to connect door toadjacent panels or posts. Whenattaching to a post, specifyseparately dedicated vertical trimsfor 90° 2-way L or 3-way Tconnections.
Hinged door with no lock isintended to allow specifiers to usenon-Knoll hardware to match otherarchitectural details. Lock andhandle are not included and must bepurchased separately from anon-Knoll source. Hinged door withno lock is a solid panel. It is notdrilled for lock and handleassembly. Lock and handle,purchased separately, must be fielddrilled and installed.
Masts for doors combine with panelstiffeners for 80� doors to mountstackable add-up panels overMorrison doors.
Morrison
43
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Windows9�, 16�, 18�, 22� and 32�H
description w d h pattern no. C T
Windows, 9�H 18� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0918-C/T-( ) $455. $512.24� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0924-C/T-( ) 512. 569.30� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0930-C/T-( ) 569. 628.36� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0936-C/T-( ) 628. 704.42� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0942-C/T-( ) 685. 760.48� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0948-C/T-( ) 744. 839.60� 21/4� 9� MP3-W0960-C/T-( ) 852. 972.
Windows, 16�H 18� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1618-C/T-( ) 484. 543.24� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1624-C/T-( ) 543. 601.30� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1630-C/T-( ) 601. 664.36� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1636-C/T-( ) 664. 744.42� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1642-C/T-( ) 722. 802.48� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1648-C/T-( ) 782. 884.60� 21/4� 16� MP3-W1660-C/T-( ) 897. 1,024.
Windows, 18�H 18� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1818-C/T-( ) 502. 562.24� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1824-C/T-( ) 562. 626.30� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1830-C/T-( ) 626. 688.36� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1836-C/T-( ) 688. 771.42� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1842-C/T-( ) 750. 834.48� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1848-C/T-( ) 812. 919.60� 21/4� 18� MP3-W1860-C/T-( ) 938. 1,067.
Windows, 22�H 18� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2218-C/T-( ) 536. 601.24� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2224-C/T-( ) 601. 667.30� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2230-C/T-( ) 667. 734.36� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2236-C/T-( ) 734. 826.42� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2242-C/T-( ) 802. 889.48� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2248-C/T-( ) 873. 982.60� 21/4� 22� MP3-W2260-C/T-( ) 1,005. 1,135.
Order Code
Example: MP3-W2230-C-613
MP3 PanelW Window22 Height30 WidthC Window finish613 Frame finish
Specification Information
Specify glazing for windows:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Application Notes
Windows mount on any heightMorrison vertical panel of the samewidth with add-on connectors or fullheight connectors.
All windows are1/4� less thannominal height to allow for a1/4�horizontal reveal with light seal.
9�H windows may be mounted on30�H and 39�H vertical panels andconnected, respectively, withstandard 39�H and 48�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
16�H windows may be mounted on48�H and 64�H vertical panels andconnected, respectively, withstandard 64�H and 80�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
18�H windows may be mounted on30�H and 56�H vertical panels andconnected, respectively, withstandard 48�H and 74�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
22�H windows may be mounted on42�H vertical panels and connectedwith standard 64�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
32�H windows may be mounted on48�H vertical panels and connectedwith standard 80�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
Full height 48� and 64� connectorspermit cantilevered shelves andoverhead cabinets.
Two 16�H windows may be mountedon a 48�H upholstered panel onlywhen using 80�H full heightconnector tracks and postassemblies.
Morrison
44
Windows9�, 16�, 18�, 22� and 32�H
description w d h pattern no. C T
Windows, 32�H 18� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3218-C/T-( ) $779. $875.24� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3224-C/T-( ) 875. 968.30� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3230-C/T-( ) 968. 1,067.36� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3236-C/T-( ) 1,067. 1,196.42� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3242-C/T-( ) 1,162. 1,293.48� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3248-C/T-( ) 1,263. 1,419.60� 21/4� 32� MP3-W3260-C/T-( ) 1,461. 1,644.
Order Code
Example: MP3-W2230-C-613
MP3 PanelW Window22 Height30 WidthC Window finish613 Frame finish
Specification Information
Specify glazing for windows:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Frame finish
Application Notes
Windows mount on any heightMorrison vertical panel of the samewidth with add-on connectors or fullheight connectors.
All windows are1/4� less thannominal height to allow for a1/4�horizontal reveal with light seal.
9�H windows may be mounted on30�H and 39�H vertical panels andconnected, respectively, withstandard 39�H and 48�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
16�H windows may be mounted on48�H and 64�H vertical panels andconnected, respectively, withstandard 64�H and 80�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
18�H windows may be mounted on30�H and 56�H vertical panels andconnected, respectively, withstandard 48�H and 74�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
22�H windows may be mounted on42�H vertical panels and connectedwith standard 64�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
32�H windows may be mounted on48�H vertical panels and connectedwith standard 80�H connectortracks and post assemblies.
Full height 48� and 64� connectorspermit cantilevered shelves andoverhead cabinets.
Two 16�H windows may be mountedon a 48�H upholstered panel onlywhen using 80�H full heightconnector tracks and postassemblies.
Morrison
45
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Markerboard and combination add-on panels16�, 18�, 22� and 32�H
description w d h pattern no.combination
10 15 20 30 40 45marker
both sides
16�H 24� 2� 16� MP3-A1624-M( ) $487. $512. $516. $550. $590. $613. $590.30� 2� 16� MP3-A1630-M( ) 544. 569. 578. 613. 659. 687. 652.36� 2� 16� MP3-A1636-M( ) 601. 635. 642. 681. 731. 762. 723.42� 2� 16� MP3-A1642-M( ) 674. 707. 718. 764. 822. 852. 797.48� 2� 16� MP3-A1648-M( ) 747. 784. 794. 844. 909. 945. 893.
18�H 24� 2� 18� MP3-A1824-M( ) 511. 536. 546. 577. 616. 643. 622.30� 2� 18� MP3-A1830-M( ) 567. 598. 604. 644. 689. 718. 685.36� 2� 18� MP3-A1836-M( ) 631. 664. 671. 715. 765. 797. 759.42� 2� 18� MP3-A1842-M( ) 703. 742. 751. 801. 856. 893. 838.48� 2� 18� MP3-A1848-M( ) 782. 822. 834. 885. 948. 986. 945.
22�H 24� 2� 22� MP3-A2224-M( ) 544. 567. 577. 610. 655. 682. 655.30� 2� 22� MP3-A2230-M( ) 602. 635. 643. 682. 731. 762. 723.36� 2� 22� MP3-A2236-M( ) 667. 703. 714. 754. 811. 845. 801.42� 2� 22� MP3-A2242-M( ) 747. 784. 794. 846. 913. 949. 883.48� 2� 22� MP3-A2248-M( ) 827. 873. 883. 936. 1,004. 1,044. 992.
32�H 24� 2� 32� MP3-A3224-M( ) 609. 645. 654. 694. 728. 759. 747.30� 2� 32� MP3-A3230-M( ) 677. 707. 718. 762. 797. 838. 816.36� 2� 32� MP3-A3236-M( ) 751. 787. 799. 846. 891. 933. 911.42� 2� 32� MP3-A3242-M( ) 838. 879. 887. 946. 988. 1,039. 1,001.48� 2� 32� MP3-A3248-M( ) 928. 972. 1,038. 1,045. 1,112. 1,153. 1,128.
Order Code
Example: MP3-A1636-M15-W210/20
MP3 PanelA Add-on16 Height36 WidthM Markerboard15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes:
For markerboard surface on bothsides, follow add-on panel size withfinish code M.
When specifying combinationpanels, follow add-on panel sizewith markerboard code, thenupholstery finish code and patternnumber.M- Markerboard surface10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Add-on panels mount on any heightMorrison vertical panel of the samewidth with add-on connectors or fullheight connectors.
All add-on panels are1/4� less thannominal height to allow for a1/4�horizontal reveal with light seal.
16�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H and 74�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 64�H and 80�connector tracks and postassemblies.
18�H add-on panels may bemounted on 30�H and 56�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 48�H and 74�connector tracks and postassemblies.
22�H add-on panels may bemounted on 42�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 64�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
32�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 80�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
Full height 48� and 64� connectorspermit cantilevered shelves andoverhead cabinets. Add-on panelsmay also span two lower panels ofthe same total width.
Markerboard surface isnon-metallic.
Morrison
46
Upholstered add-on panels16�, 18�, 22� and 32�H
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Add-on panels, upholstered, 16�H 18� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1618-( ) $352. $401. $413. $477. $549. $593.24� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1624-( ) 386. 435. 446. 510. 590. 639.30� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1630-( ) 435. 491. 505. 578. 667. 722.36� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1636-( ) 483. 546. 559. 642. 744. 802.42� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1642-( ) 548. 616. 639. 731. 845. 915.48� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1648-( ) 597. 676. 693. 790. 917. 990.60� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1660-( ) 690. 779. 806. 919. 1,063. 1,148.
Add-on panels, upholstered, 18�H 18� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1818-( ) 367. 415. 433. 495. 569. 615.24� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1824-( ) 400. 450. 465. 530. 611. 664.30� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1830-( ) 450. 511. 525. 601. 692. 750.36� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1836-( ) 501. 565. 582. 666. 771. 834.42� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1842-( ) 567. 643. 664. 760. 882. 950.48� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1848-( ) 621. 700. 723. 826. 952. 1,031.60� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1860-( ) 719. 811. 838. 954. 1,104. 1,194.
Add-on panels, upholstered, 22�H 18� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2218-( ) 397. 446. 462. 529. 609. 656.24� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2224-( ) 431. 484. 496. 566. 655. 707.30� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2230-( ) 484. 547. 561. 643. 744. 802.36� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2236-( ) 533. 604. 622. 714. 823. 888.42� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2242-( ) 606. 688. 707. 812. 944. 1,013.48� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2248-( ) 664. 750. 771. 884. 1,019. 1,099.60� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2260-( ) 768. 863. 891. 1,022. 1,180. 1,271.
Add-on panels, upholstered, 32�H 18� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3218-( ) 435. 479. 489. 564. 652. 690.24� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3224-( ) 476. 546. 562. 645. 714. 772.30� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3230-( ) 532. 597. 613. 706. 772. 852.36� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3236-( ) 593. 666. 687. 785. 879. 955.42� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3242-( ) 674. 751. 772. 886. 973. 1,078.48� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3248-( ) 732. 816. 950. 968. 1,099. 1,180.60� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3260-( ) 847. 954. 985. 1,129. 1,260. 1,359.
Order Code
Example: MP3-A2230-15-W210/20
MP3 PanelA Add-on22 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered add-on panels may beordered in a combination of fabrics.List price is the average of the twofabric grades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g. 10/20) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Add-on panels mount on any heightMorrison vertical panel of the samewidth with add-on connectors or fullheight connectors.
All add-on panels are1/4� less thannominal height to allow for a1/4�horizontal reveal with light seal.
16�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H and 64�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 64�H and 80�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
18�H add-on panels may bemounted on 30�H and 56�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 48�H and 74�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
22�H add-on panels may bemounted on 42�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 64�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
32�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 80�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
Full height 48� and 64� connectorspermit cantilevered shelves andoverhead cabinets.
Upholstered panel ratings are highperformance acoustical:NRC .80, STC 24 - acoustic rating.
Two 16�H add-on panels may bemounted on a 48�H upholsteredpanel only when using 80�H fullheight connector track and postassemblies.
Morrison
47
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Upholstered Options add-on panels16�, 18�, 22� and 32�H
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Options add-on panels, upholstered, 16�H 18� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1618N-( ) $332. $365. $378. $435. $501. $543.24� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1624N-( ) 360. 397. 404. 465. 541. 580.30� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1630N-( ) 407. 447. 455. 525. 606. 655.36� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1636N-( ) 450. 495. 509. 583. 677. 728.42� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1642N-( ) 513. 562. 580. 666. 770. 831.48� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1648N-( ) 561. 611. 633. 723. 834. 897.60� 21/4� 16� MP3-A1660N-( ) 652. 713. 731. 837. 967. 1,042.
Options add-on panels, upholstered, 18�H 18� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1818N-( ) 346. 383. 393. 449. 518. 561.24� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1824N-( ) 378. 412. 422. 484. 557. 602.30� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1830N-( ) 429. 467. 479. 548. 631. 681.36� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1836N-( ) 471. 513. 529. 605. 700. 756.42� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1842N-( ) 533. 585. 602. 692. 801. 863.48� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1848N-( ) 583. 640. 656. 751. 863. 936.60� 21/4� 18� MP3-A1860N-( ) 677. 737. 762. 872. 1,003. 1,083.
Options add-on panels, upholstered, 22�H 18� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2218N-( ) 372. 404. 419. 483. 555. 598.24� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2224N-( ) 401. 438. 450. 514. 597. 644.30� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2230N-( ) 451. 496. 510. 585. 677. 728.36� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2236N-( ) 504. 550. 565. 649. 750. 810.42� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2242N-( ) 569. 626. 644. 742. 852. 922.48� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2248N-( ) 623. 681. 700. 803. 925. 1,001.60� 21/4� 22� MP3-A2260N-( ) 723. 787. 812. 928. 1,074. 1,155.
Options add-on panels, upholstered, 32�H 18� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3218N-( ) 407. 436. 446. 512. 590. 628.24� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3224N-( ) 446. 495. 511. 588. 649. 703.30� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3230N-( ) 502. 544. 559. 643. 703. 779.36� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3236N-( ) 557. 605. 626. 716. 797. 873.42� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3242N-( ) 633. 682. 703. 807. 886. 983.48� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3248N-( ) 689. 747. 863. 883. 1,001. 1,074.60� 21/4� 32� MP3-A3260N-( ) 799. 872. 894. 1,028. 1,148. 1,238.
Order Code
Example: MP3-A2230-15-W210/2
MP3 PanelA Add-on22 Height30 Width15 Surface type and group
no.W210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes
For upholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Upholstered add-on panels may beordered in a combination of fabrics.List price is the average of the twofabric grades.
For combinations of fabrics list bothsuffixes (e.g. 10/20) and upholsterypattern numbers.
Application Notes
Add-on panels mount on any heightMorrison vertical panel of the samewidth with add-on connectors or fullheight connectors.
All add-on panels are1/4� less thannominal height to allow for a1/4�horizontal reveal with light seal.
16�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H and 64�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 64�H and 80�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
18�H add-on panels may bemounted on 30�H and 56�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 48�H and 74�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
22�H add-on panels may bemounted on 42�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 64�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
32�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 80�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
Full height 48� and 64� connectorspermit cantilevered shelves andoverhead cabinets.
Two 16�H add-on panels may bemounted on a 48�H upholsteredpanel only when using 80�H fullheight connector track and postassemblies.
Morrison
48
Veneer and combination add-on panelsveneer group 116�, 18�, 22� and 32�H
description w d h pattern no.combination
10 15 20 30 40 45Veneer
both sides
16�H 18� 2� 16� MP3-A1618-( )( ) $522. $547. $553. $583. $621. $643. $689.24� 2� 16� MP3-A1624-( )( ) 561. 586. 590. 623. 665. 688. 736.30� 2� 16� MP3-A1630-( )( ) 627. 655. 664. 697. 746. 770. 816.36� 2� 16� MP3-A1636-( )( ) 689. 723. 728. 770. 820. 849. 895.42� 2� 16� MP3-A1642-( )( ) 771. 807. 814. 862. 920. 953. 995.48� 2� 16� MP3-A1648-( )( ) 850. 889. 903. 950. 1,009. 1,047. 1,109.
18�H 18� 2� 18� MP3-A1818-( )( ) 548. 569. 578. 609. 650. 671. 726.24� 2� 18� MP3-A1824-( )( ) 588. 613. 621. 654. 693. 722. 776.30� 2� 18� MP3-A1830-( )( ) 656. 687. 692. 731. 777. 806. 857.36� 2� 18� MP3-A1836-( )( ) 724. 754. 764. 807. 856. 888. 947.42� 2� 18� MP3-A1842-( )( ) 809. 845. 852. 909. 966. 1,000. 1,045.48� 2� 18� MP3-A1848-( )( ) 891. 933. 946. 997. 1,059. 1,097. 1,166.
22�H 18� 2� 22� MP3-A2218-( )( ) 580. 604. 611. 649. 687. 714. 764.24� 2� 22� MP3-A2224-( )( ) 622. 652. 656. 692. 736. 762. 814.30� 2� 22� MP3-A2230-( )( ) 693. 727. 732. 774. 826. 851. 910.36� 2� 22� MP3-A2236-( )( ) 765. 801. 809. 851. 912. 945. 995.42� 2� 22� MP3-A2242-( )( ) 852. 893. 909. 955. 1,022. 1,059. 1,102.48� 2� 22� MP3-A2248-( )( ) 947. 988. 1,000. 1,053. 1,122. 1,165. 1,228.
32�H 18� 2� 32� MP3-A3218-( )( ) 652. 674. 680. 718. 759. 779. 871.24� 2� 32� MP3-A3224-( )( ) 700. 736. 747. 787. 820. 849. 927.30� 2� 32� MP3-A3230-( )( ) 783. 812. 823. 872. 903. 946. 1,031.36� 2� 32� MP3-A3236-( )( ) 859. 895. 911. 956. 1,003. 1,042. 1,131.42� 2� 32� MP3-A3242-( )( ) 961. 1,001. 1,010. 1,071. 1,112. 1,166. 1,251.48� 2� 32� MP3-A3248-( )( ) 1,066. 1,106. 1,173. 1,183. 1,247. 1,286. 1,395.
Order Code
Example: MP3-A2230-Y811-15-W210/20
MP3 PanelA Add-on22 Height30 WidthY811 Veneer finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type/finish suffixes:
When specifying combinationpanels, follow panel size withveneer finish code, the upholsteryfinish code and pattern number.Forupholstered panels, specifyupholstery pattern number after thefabric group number.
10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
To order veneer on both sides, followpanel size with suffix V- and veneerfinish code.Example: MP3-A2230-V-8.
Application Notes
Add-on panels mount on any heightMorrison vertical panel of the samewidth with add-on connectors or fullheight connectors.
All add-on panels are1/4� less thannominal height to allow for a 1/4�horizontal reveal with light seal.
16�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H and 74�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 64�H and 80�connector tracks and postassemblies.
18�H add-on panels may bemounted on 30�H and 56�H verticalpanels and connected, respectively,with standard 48�H and 74�connector tracks and postassemblies.
22�H add-on panels may bemounted on 42�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 64�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
32�H add-on panels may bemounted on 48�H vertical panelsand connected with standard 80�Hconnector tracks and postassemblies.
Full height 48� and 64� connectorspermit cantilevered shelves andoverhead cabinets.
Morrison
49
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Add-on connectors, post assembliesupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. no trim 10 15 20 30 40 45
Connector track No trim – – 9� MC1-A09S1 $50.- – 16� MC1-A16S1 50.- – 18� MC1-A18S1 52.- – 22� MC1-A22S1 52.- – 32� MC1-A32S1 55.
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09L2-( ) 177. 196. 196. 196. 210. 210.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16L2-( ) 177. 196. 196. 196. 210. 210.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18L2-( ) 179. 199. 199. 199. 215. 215.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22L2-( ) 179. 199. 199. 199. 215. 215.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32L2-( ) 189. 210. 210. 210. 227. 227.
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09T3-( ) 216. 235. 235. 235. 249. 269.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16T3-( ) 216. 235. 235. 235. 249. 269.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18T3-( ) 223. 243. 243. 243. 255. 274.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22T3-( ) 223. 243. 243. 243. 255. 274.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32T3-( ) 231. 256. 256. 256. 266. 286.
90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ No trim 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09X4 239.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16X4 239.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18X4 247.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22X4 247.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32X4 262.
End Upholstered 21/4� 1� 9� MC1-A09E1-( ) 83. 95. 95. 95. 106. 124.21/4� 1� 16� MC1-A16E1-( ) 83. 95. 95. 95. 106. 124.21/4� 1� 18� MC1-A18E1-( ) 86. 97. 97. 97. 107. 128.21/4� 1� 22� MC1-A22E1-( ) 86. 97. 97. 97. 107. 128.21/4� 1� 32� MC1-A32E1-( ) 88. 102. 102. 102. 112. 133.
End Post Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09P1-( ) 177. 196. 196. 196. 210. 210.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16P1-( ) 177. 196. 196. 196. 210. 210.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18P1-( ) 179. 199. 199. 199. 215. 215.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22P1-( ) 179. 199. 199. 199. 215. 215.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32P1-( ) 189. 210. 210. 210. 227. 227.
Order Code
Example: MC1-A16L2-15-W210/20
MC1 ConnectorA Add-on16 HeightL2 2 way ‘‘L’’15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Assembly:S1- Straight connector trackL2- 90° 2-way post assemblyT3- 90° 3-way post assemblyX4- 4-way post assemblyE1- End connector assemblyP1- End post assemblyS2 Straight post assembly
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Post assembly pricing includesconnector tracks, posts, and trimcovers when required. Top caps/raceway covers are specified asseparate kits and bulk shipped tofacilitate installation.
Add-on connectors include bracketsto add panels or windows to the topof any Morrison vertical panelexcept glazed panels.
Add-on connectors must bespecified in the same height as theadd-on panel or window.
Add-on connectors do not supportcantilevered shelves or overheadcabinets. For these applications,specify full height connectors.
Add-on end post should bespecified when add-on panels endover L or T post.
2-way straight post should bespecified when add-on panelsconnect in a straight line over an Xor T post.
Morrison
50
Add-on connectors, post assembliesupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. no trim 10 15 20 30 40 45
180° 2-way straight post Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09S2-( ) $216. $235. $235. $235. $249. $269.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16S2-( ) 216. 235. 235. 235. 249. 269.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18S2-( ) 223. 243. 243. 243. 255. 274.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22S2-( ) 223. 243. 243. 243. 255. 274.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32S2-( ) 231. 256. 256. 256. 266. 286.
Order Code
Example: MC1-A16L2-15-W210/20
MC1 ConnectorA Add-on16 HeightL2 2 way ‘‘L’’15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Assembly:S1- Straight connector trackL2- 90° 2-way post assemblyT3- 90° 3-way post assemblyX4- 4-way post assemblyE1- End connector assemblyP1- End post assemblyS2 Straight post assembly
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Post assembly pricing includesconnector tracks, posts, and trimcovers when required. Top caps/raceway covers are specified asseparate kits and bulk shipped tofacilitate installation.
Add-on connectors include bracketsto add panels or windows to the topof any Morrison vertical panelexcept glazed panels.
Add-on connectors must bespecified in the same height as theadd-on panel or window.
Add-on connectors do not supportcantilevered shelves or overheadcabinets. For these applications,specify full height connectors.
Add-on end post should bespecified when add-on panels endover L or T post.
2-way straight post should bespecified when add-on panelsconnect in a straight line over an Xor T post.
Morrison
51
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Add-on connectors, post assembliesnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. no trim Paint V1
Connector track No trim – – 9� MC1-A09S1 $50.- – 16� MC1-A16S1 50.- – 18� MC1-A18S1 52.- – 22� MC1-A22S1 52.- – 32� MC1-A32S1 55.
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09L2-( ) 170. 241.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16L2-( ) 170. 241.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18L2-( ) 177. 247.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22L2-( ) 177. 247.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32L2-( ) 185. 262.
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09T3-( ) 216. 298.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16T3-( ) 216. 298.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18T3-( ) 223. 310.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22T3-( ) 223. 310.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32T3-( ) 232. 324.
90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ No trim 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09X4 239.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16X4 239.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18X4 247.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22X4 247.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32X4 262.
End Non-upholstered 21/4� 1� 9� MC1-A09E1-( ) 72. 124.21/4� 1� 16� MC1-A16E1-( ) 72. 124.21/4� 1� 18� MC1-A18E1-( ) 74. 130.21/4� 1� 22� MC1-A22E1-( ) 74. 130.21/4� 1� 32� MC1-A32E1-( ) 77. 134.
End Post Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09P1-( ) 170. 292.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16P1-( ) 170. 292.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18P1-( ) 177. 296.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22P1-( ) 177. 296.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32P1-( ) 185. 316.
Order Code
Example: MC1-A16L2-613
MC1 ConnectorA Add-on16 HeightL2 2 way ‘‘L’’613 Paint finish
Specification Information
Assembly:S1- Straight connector trackL2- 90° 2-way post assemblyT3- 90° 3-way post assemblyX4- 4-way post assemblyE1- End connector assemblyP1- End post assemblyS2- Straight post assembly
Application Notes
Please see previous page forApplication Notes.
Morrison
52
Add-on connectors, post assembliesnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. no trim Paint V1
180° 2-way straight post Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 9� MC1-A09S2-( ) $216. $365.21/4� 21/4� 16� MC1-A16S2-( ) 216. 365.21/4� 21/4� 18� MC1-A18S2-( ) 223. 378.21/4� 21/4� 22� MC1-A22S2-( ) 223. 378.21/4� 21/4� 32� MC1-A32S2-( ) 232. 395.
Order Code
Example: MC1-A16L2-613
MC1 ConnectorA Add-on16 HeightL2 2 way ‘‘L’’613 Paint finish
Specification Information
Assembly:S1- Straight connector trackL2- 90° 2-way post assemblyT3- 90° 3-way post assemblyX4- 4-way post assemblyE1- End connector assemblyP1- End post assemblyS2- Straight post assembly
Application Notes
Please see previous page forApplication Notes.
Morrison
53
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Connectors, post assembliesupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. no trim 10 15 20 30 40 45
Connector track No trim – – 30� MC1-30S1 $52.- – 39� MC1-39S1 53.- – 42� MC1-42S1 53.- – 48� MC1-48S1 61.- – 56� MC1-56S1 64.- – 64� MC1-64S1 65.- – 80� MC1-80S1 76.
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30L2-( ) 178. 196. 196. 196. 210. 230.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39L2-( ) 186. 201. 201. 201. 216. 233.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42L2-( ) 184. 203. 203. 203. 217. 234.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48L2-( ) 189. 214. 214. 214. 226. 251.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56L2-( ) 194. 217. 217. 217. 229. 262.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64L2-( ) 201. 229. 229. 229. 234. 270.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80L2-( ) 257. 282. 282. 282. 306. 351.
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30T3-( ) 218. 241. 241. 241. 251. 270.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39T3-( ) 227. 247. 247. 247. 256. 276.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42T3-( ) 228. 249. 249. 249. 262. 280.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48T3-( ) 234. 262. 262. 262. 270. 296.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56T3-( ) 244. 270. 270. 270. 280. 310.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64T3-( ) 256. 280. 280. 280. 290. 324.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80T3-( ) 324. 356. 356. 356. 386. 419.
90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ No trim 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30X4 244.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39X4 251.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42X4 255.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48X4 279.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56X4 294.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64X4 310.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80X4 385.
End Upholstered 21/4� 1� 30� MC1-30E1-( ) 83. 95. 95. 95. 106. 124.21/4� 1� 39� MC1-39E1-( ) 86. 97. 97. 97. 107. 128.21/4� 1� 42� MC1-42E1-( ) 87. 98. 98. 98. 110. 129.21/4� 1� 48� MC1-48E1-( ) 94. 106. 106. 106. 116. 134.21/4� 1� 56� MC1-56E1-( ) 97. 110. 110. 110. 119. 144.21/4� 1� 64� MC1-64E1-( ) 101. 112. 112. 112. 121. 155.21/4� 1� 80� MC1-80E1-( ) 134. 134. 134. 134. 161. 205.
Order Code
Example: MC1-42L2-15-W210/20
MC1 Connector42 HeightL2 2 way ‘‘L’’15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Assembly:S1- Straight connectorL2- 90° 2-way post assemblyT3- 90° 3-way post assemblyX4- 90° 4-way post assemblyE1- End connector assembly
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Post assembly pricing includesconnector tracks, posts and trimcovers when required. Top caps andraceway covers are specified asseparate kits and bulk shipped tofacilitate installation.
Morrison
54
Connectors, post assembliesnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. no trim Paint V1 V2
Connector track No trim – – 30� MC1-30S1 $52.- – 39� MC1-39S1 53.- – 42� MC1-42S1 53.- – 48� MC1-48S1 61.- – 56� MC1-56S1 64.- – 64� MC1-64S1 65.- – 80� MC1-80S1 76.
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30L2-( ) 175. 244. 294.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39L2-( ) 178. 251. 302.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42L2-( ) 179. 252. 304.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48L2-( ) 186. 265. 317.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56L2-( ) 191. 276. 332.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64L2-( ) 199. 283. 342.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80L2-( ) 252. 365. 438.
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30T3-( ) 218. 276. 332.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39T3-( ) 227. 281. 336.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42T3-( ) 228. 283. 342.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48T3-( ) 235. 302. 361.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56T3-( ) 243. 317. 383.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64T3-( ) 256. 328. 395.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80T3-( ) 319. 436. 522.
90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ No trim 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30X4 244.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39X4 251.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42X4 255.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48X4 279.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56X4 294.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64X4 310.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80X4 385.
End Non-upholstered 21/4� 1� 30� MC1-30E1-( ) 74. 136. 164.21/4� 1� 39� MC1-39E1-( ) 76. 144. 168.21/4� 1� 42� MC1-42E1-( ) 76. 146. 169.21/4� 1� 48� MC1-48E1-( ) 86. 153. 183.21/4� 1� 56� MC1-56E1-( ) 89. 157. 186.21/4� 1� 64� MC1-64E1-( ) 95. 165. 199.21/4� 1� 80� MC1-80E1-( ) 117. 217. 263.
Order Code
Example: MC1-42L2-V-Y811
MC1 Connector42 HeightL2 2 way ‘‘L’’V Surface typeY811 Veneer
Specification Information
Assembly:S1- Straight connectorL2- 90° 2-way post assemblyT3- 90° 3-way post assemblyX4- 90° 4-way post assemblyE1- End connector assembly
Application Notes
Post assembly pricing includesconnector tracks, posts and trimcovers when required. Top caps andraceway covers are specified asseparate kits and bulk shipped tofacilitate installation.
Morrison
55
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Connectors, post assemblies120-degreeupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint 10 15 20 30 40 45
120° 2-way, ‘‘V’’ Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30V2-( )( ) $194. $214. $214. $214. $229. $244.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39V2-( )( ) 199. 218. 218. 218. 232. 249.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42V2-( )( ) 197. 223. 223. 223. 233. 251.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48V2-( )( ) 201. 230. 230. 230. 238. 266.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56V2-( )( ) 207. 233. 233. 233. 243. 276.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64V2-( )( ) 218. 243. 243. 243. 251. 286.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80V2-( )( ) 274. 298. 298. 298. 322. 366.
Top cap andraceway cover kits
120° 2-way, ‘‘V’’ – – – MT5-CV2-( )( ) 4.120° 3-way, ‘‘Y’’ – – – MT5-CY3-( ) 4.
Order Code
Example: MC1-64V2-15-W210/20613
MC1 Connector64 HeightV2 120° 2 way ‘‘V’’15 Fabric gradeW210/20 Upholstery613 Inside trim finish
Specification Information
Assembly:V2- 120-° 2-way connector
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Inside trimFinish
Application Notes
Post assembly pricing includesconnector tracks, posts and trimcovers when required.
2-way ‘‘V’’ post assemblies includeone outside trim, upholstered, andone inside trim, painted.
3-way ‘‘Y’’ post assemblies includethree inside trims, painted.
Top caps and raceway covers arespecified separately.
Veneer trim finishes are notavailable on 120° post assemblies.
Morrison
56
Connectors, post assemblies120-degreenon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint
120° 2-way, ‘‘V’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30V2-( )( ) $191.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39V2-( )( ) 194.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42V2-( )( ) 195.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48V2-( )( ) 199.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56V2-( )( ) 205.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64V2-( )( ) 217.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80V2-( )( ) 268.
120° 3-way, ‘‘Y’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 30� MC1-30Y3-( ) 234.21/4� 21/4� 39� MC1-39Y3-( ) 239.21/4� 21/4� 42� MC1-42Y3-( ) 241.21/4� 21/4� 48� MC1-48Y3-( ) 252.21/4� 21/4� 56� MC1-56Y3-( ) 257.21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64Y3-( ) 273.21/4� 21/4� 80� MC1-80Y3-( ) 336.
Top cap andraceway cover kits
120° 2-way, ‘‘V’’ – – – MT5-CV2-( )( ) 4.120° 3-way, ‘‘Y’’ – – – MT5-CY3-( ) 4.
Order Code
Example: MC1-64V2-613-613
MC1 Connector64 HeightV2 120° 2-way ‘‘V’’613 Outside trim finish613 Inside trim finish
Specification Information
Assembly:V2- 120° 2-wayY3- 120° 3-way
Outside and inside trim paint finish.
Veneer trim finishes are notavailable on 120° post assemblies.
Application Notes
Post assembly pricing includesconnector tracks, posts and trimcovers when required.
2-way ‘‘V’’ post assemblies includeone outside trim and one insidetrim, painted.
3-way ‘‘Y’’ post assemblies includethree inside trims, painted.
Top caps and raceway covers arespecified separately.
Morrison
57
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Connectors, post assembliesvariable anglesupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Variable angle Upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64H1-( ) $676. $685. $685. $685. $707. $737.
Order Code
Example: MC1-64H1-15-W210/20
MC1 Morrison accessory64 HeightH1 Variable angle15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Finishes for variable angle:
Upholstered:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Variable angle connector includesconnector tracks, continuous hinge,and trim covers. Specify top cap andraceway cover kit separately.
Morrison
58
Connectors, post assembliesvariable anglesnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Variable angle Non-upholstered 21/4� 21/4� 64� MC1-64H1-( ) $677. $771. $923.
Order Code
Example: MC1-64H1-613
MC1 Morrison accessory64 HeightH1 Variable angle613 Painted finish
Specification Information
Specify non-upholstered surface type:( ) Painted (finish code)V( ) Veneer (finish code)
Application Notes
Variable angle connector includesconnector tracks, continuous hinge,and trim covers. Specify top cap andraceway cover kit separately.
Morrison
59
Pan
elP
lann
ing
High-low connectorsstraightupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Straight high-low connectors 39� H 21/4� – 39� M2-9030-( )-( ) $164. $177. $177. $177. $186. $218.
48� H 21/4� – 48� M2-8030-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 48� M2-8040-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 48� M2-8090-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.
56� H 21/4� – 56� M2-5030-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 56� M2-5040-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 56� M2-5080-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.
64� H 21/4� – 64� M2-6030-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 64� M2-6040-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 64� M2-6050-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.21/4� – 64� M2-6080-( )-( ) 164. 177. 177. 177. 186. 218.
80� H 21/4� – 80� M2-1060-( )-( ) 227. 247. 247. 247. 283. 328.21/4� – 80� M2-1080-( )-( ) 227. 247. 247. 247. 283. 328.
Order Code
Example: M2-5040-613-15-W210/20
M2 Connector5040 Configuration613 Top cap finish15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
First finish suffix is for top cap,second is surface type.
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. For V2finishes, add $65 to the price listedabove.
Specify finish for top cap as shown(included in high-low postassemblies).
Application Notes
High-low connectors are used tojoin panels of two heights in astraight line. Assemblies comecomplete with connector track,hardware and trim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panel in astraight high-low configuration.
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code toaccommodate the range of high-lowconnections in which 30,’’ is 3, 39�is 9, 42� is 4, 48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64�is 6, and 80� is 1. To specify astraight high-low connectionbetween a 54� panel and a 42�panel:1. Start with the highest panel, 56�
= ‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise; hold this digitwith a ‘‘0’’.
3. Denote the next highest panel,42� = ‘‘4’’.
4. Hold the next place with a ‘‘0’’.
The correct code is M2-5040.
Morrison
60
High-low connectorsstraightnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Painted V1 V2
Straight high-low connectors 39� H 21/4� – 39� M2-9030-( )-( ) $159. $233. $281.
48� H 21/4� – 48� M2-8030-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 48� M2-8040-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 48� M2-8090-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.
56� H 21/4� – 56� M2-5030-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 56� M2-5040-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 56� M2-5080-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.
64� H 21/4� – 64� M2-6030-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 64� M2-6040-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 64� M2-6050-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.21/4� – 64� M2-6080-( )-( ) 159. 233. 281.
80� H 21/4� – 80� M2-1060-( )-( ) 216. 335. 402.21/4� – 80� M2-1080-( )-( ) 216. 335. 402.
Order Code
Example: M2-5040-613-V-Y811
M2 Connector5040 Configuration613 Top cap finishV Surface typeY811 Veneer
Specification Information
First finish suffix is for top cap,second is surface type.
When ordering non-upholsteredtrims, surface type must match topcap type.
Non-upholstered surface type:( ) Painted (finish code)V( ) Veneer (finish code)
For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. Paintedhigh-low connectors are notavailable with wood top caps. ForV2 finishes, add $65 to the pricelisted above.
Specify finish for top cap as shown(included in high-low postassemblies).
Application Notes
High-low connectors are used tojoin panels of two heights in astraight line. Assemblies comecomplete with connector track,hardware and trim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panel in astraight high-low configuration.
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code toaccommodate the range of high-lowconnections in which 30� is 3, 39� is9, 42� is 4, 48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is6, and 80� is 1. To specify a straighthigh-low connection between a 54�panel and a 42� panel:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise; hold this digitwith a ‘‘0’’.
3. Denote the next highest panel,42�=‘‘4’’.
4. Hold the next place with a ‘‘0’’.
The correct code is M2-5040.
Morrison
61
Pan
elP
lann
ing
High-low post assemblies90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ high-low assemblies 39� H 21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9300-( )-( )-( ) $317. $330. $330. $330. $339. $372.
48� H 21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8300-( )-( )-( ) 317. 330. 330. 330. 339. 372.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8400-( )-( )-( ) 317. 330. 330. 330. 339. 372.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8900-( )-( )-( ) 317. 330. 330. 330. 339. 372.
56� H 21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5300-( )-( )-( ) 317. 330. 330. 330. 339. 372.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5400-( )-( )-( ) 317. 330. 330. 330. 339. 372.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5800-( )-( )-( ) 317. 330. 330. 330. 339. 372.
64� H 21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6300-( )-( )-( ) 330. 339. 339. 339. 348. 385.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6400-( )-( )-( ) 330. 339. 339. 339. 348. 385.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6500-( )-( )-( ) 330. 339. 339. 339. 348. 385.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6800-( )-( )-( ) 330. 339. 339. 339. 348. 385.
80� H 21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1600-( )-( )-( ) 428. 428. 428. 428. 486. 541.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1800-( )-( )-( ) 428. 428. 428. 428. 486. 541.
Order Code
Example: M2-5400-613-613-15-W210/20
M2 Connector5400 Configuration613 Top cap finish613 Raceway finish15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
First suffix is for top cap finish,second is for raceway cover finish.Final suffix is for trim coverssurface type. When orderingnon-upholstered trims, surface typemust match top cap type.
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. For V2finishes, add $65 to the price listedabove.
Painted high-low connectors are notavailable with wood top caps.Specify finish for top cap andraceway covers, as shown (includedin high-low post assemblies).
Application Notes
High-low post assemblies are usedto join panels of two heights in acorner configuration. Assembliescome complete with post, hardware,and trim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panel in acorner high-low configuration.
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code toaccommodate the range of high-lowconnections in which 30� is 3, 39� is9, 42� is 4, 48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is6, and 80� is 1. To specify an Lhigh-low connection between a 54�panel and a 42� panel:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise to the lowerpanel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
3. Hold the next two places with a‘‘0’’.
The correct code is M2-5400.
Morrison
62
High-low post assemblies90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’non-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ 39� H 21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9300-( )-( )-( ) $307. $397. $476.
48� H 21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8300-( )-( )-( ) 307. 397. 476.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8400-( )-( )-( ) 307. 397. 476.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8900-( )-( )-( ) 307. 397. 476.
56� H 21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5300-( )-( )-( ) 307. 397. 476.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5400-( )-( )-( ) 307. 397. 476.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5800-( )-( )-( ) 307. 397. 476.
64� H 21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6300-( )-( )-( ) 318. 402. 485.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6400-( )-( )-( ) 318. 402. 485.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6500-( )-( )-( ) 318. 402. 485.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6800-( )-( )-( ) 318. 402. 485.
80� H 21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1600-( )-( )-( ) 437. 562. 676.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1800-( )-( )-( ) 437. 562. 676.
Order Code
Example: M2-5400-613-613-V-Y811
M2 Connector5400 Configuration613 Top cap finish613 Raceway finishV Surface typeY811 Veneer
Specification Information
First suffix is for top cap finish,second is for raceway cover finish.Final suffix is for trim coverssurface type. When orderingnon-upholstered trims, surface typemust match top cap type.
Non-upholstered surface types:( ) Painted (finish code)V( ) Veneer (finish code)
For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. For V2finishes, add $65 to the price listedabove.
Painted high-low connectors are notavailable with wood top caps.
Specify finish for top cap andraceway covers, as shown (includedin high-low post assemblies).
Application Notes
High-low post assemblies are usedto join panels of two heights in acorner configuration. Assembliescome complete with post, hardware,and trim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panel in acorner high-low configuration.
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code toaccommodate the range of high-lowconnections in which 30� is 3, 39� is9, 42� is 4, 48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is6, and 80� is 1. To specify an Lhigh-low connection between a 54�panel and a 42� panel:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise to the lowerpanel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
3. Hold the next two places with a‘‘0’’.
The correct code is M2-5400.
Morrison
63
Pan
elP
lann
ing
High-low post assemblies90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ high-low assemblies (code 5404shown)
39� H 21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9303-( )-( )-( ) $407. $431. $431. $431. $450. $484.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9330-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9390-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9930-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.
48� H 21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8**0-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8*0*-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8*80-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-88*0-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.
56� H 21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5**0-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5*0*-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5*50-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-55*0-( )-( )-( ) 407. 431. 431. 431. 450. 484.
80� H 21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1**0-( )-( )-( ) 593. 602. 602. 602. 633. 681.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1*0*-( )-( )-( ) 593. 602. 602. 602. 633. 681.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1*10-( )-( )-( ) 593. 602. 602. 602. 633. 681.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-11*0-( )-( )-( ) 593. 602. 602. 602. 633. 681.
64� H 21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6**0-( )-( )-( ) 431. 450. 450. 450. 462. 494.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6*0*-( )-( )-( ) 431. 450. 450. 450. 462. 494.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6*60-( )-( )-( ) 431. 450. 450. 450. 462. 494.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-66*0-( )-( )-( ) 431. 450. 450. 450. 462. 494.
Order Code
Example: M2-5404-613-613-15-W210/20
M2 Connector5404 Configuration613 Top cap finish613 Raceway finish15 Fabric groupW210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code inwhich 30� is 3, 39� is 9, 42� is 4,48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is 6, and 80�is 1.
* Indicate height of lower panelsreplace * with one of the following:3 30�H9 39�H4 42�H8 48�H5 56�H6 64�H1 80�HThe following high-low connectionsare available as standard product:panel connection to39� 30�48� 42�, 39�, 30�56� 48�, 42�, 30�64� 56�, 48�, 42�, 30�80� 64�, 48�
For all other connections, pleasecontact your Custom ProductDevelopment representative.
First suffix is for top cap finish,second is for raceway finish. Finalsuffix is for trim covers surfacetype.Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. For V2finishes, add $65 to the price listedabove.
Application Notes
High-low post assemblies are usedto join panels of two heights in a Tconfiguration. Assemblies comecomplete with post, hardware, andtrim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panels in aT-configuration.
To specify a 90° 3-way high-lowconnection of 42� panels with a 56�panel between:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise to the nexthighest panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
3. Hold the next digit with a ‘‘0’’.4. Continue in the same direction to
the last panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
The correct code is M2-5404.
Morrison
64
High-low post assemblies90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’non-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ high-low assemblies (code 5404shown)
48� H 21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8**0-( )-( )-( ) $398. $505. $605.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8*0*-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8*80-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-88*0-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.
56� H 21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5**0-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5*0*-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5*50-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-55*0-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.
64� H 21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6**0-( )-( )-( ) 416. 513. 616.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6*0*-( )-( )-( ) 416. 513. 616.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6*60-( )-( )-( ) 416. 513. 616.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-66*0-( )-( )-( ) 416. 513. 616.
80� H 21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1**0-( )-( )-( ) 596. 713. 850.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1*0*-( )-( )-( ) 596. 713. 850.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1*10-( )-( )-( ) 596. 713. 850.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-11*0-( )-( )-( ) 596. 713. 850.
39� H 21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9303-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9330-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9390-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9930-( )-( )-( ) 398. 505. 605.
Order Code
Example: M2-5404-613-613-V-Y811
M2 Connector5404 Configuration613 Top cap finish613 Raceway finishV Surface typeY811 Veneer
Specification Information
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code inwhich 30� is 3, 39� is 9, 42� is 4,48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is 6, and 80�is 1.
*Indicate height of lower panelsreplace * with one of the following:3 30�H9 39�H4 42�H8 48�H5 56�H6 64�H1 80�H
The following high-low connectionsare available as standard product:panel
ht.connection to
39� 30�48� 42�, 39�, 30�56� 48�, 42�, 30�64� 56�, 48�, 42�, 30�80� 64�, 48�
For all other connections, pleasecontact your Custom ProductDevelopment representative.Firstsuffix is for top cap finish, second isfor raceway cover finish. Final suffixis for trim covers surface type.When ordering non-upholsteredtrims, surface type must match topcap type.Surface type:V( ) Veneer (finish code)( ) Painted (finish code)
Application Notes
High-low post assemblies are usedto join panels of two heights in a Tconfiguration. Assemblies comecomplete with post, hardware, andtrim as required.
For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. For V2finishes, add $65 to the price listedabove.
Painted high-low connectors are notavailable with wood top caps.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panels in aT-configuration.
To specify a 90° 3-way high-lowconnection of 42� panels with a 56�panel between:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise to the nexthighest panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
3. Hold the next digit with a ‘‘0’’.4. Continue in the same direction to
the last panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
The correct code is M2-5404.
Morrison
65
Pan
elP
lann
ing
High-low post assemblies90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ high-low assemblies (code 5454shown)
39� H 21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9333-( )-( ) $472. $494. $494. $494. $502. $533.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9393-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9933-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9993-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.
48� H 21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8***-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8*8*-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-88**-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-888*-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.
56� H 21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5***-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5*5*-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-55**-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-555*-( )-( ) 472. 494. 494. 494. 502. 533.
64� H 21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6***-( )-( ) 494. 502. 502. 502. 512. 547.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6*6*-( )-( ) 494. 502. 502. 502. 512. 547.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-66**-( )-( ) 494. 502. 502. 502. 512. 547.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-666*-( )-( ) 494. 502. 502. 502. 512. 547.
80� H 21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1***-( )-( ) 669. 693. 693. 693. 722. 760.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1*1*-( )-( ) 669. 693. 693. 693. 722. 760.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-11**-( )-( ) 669. 693. 693. 693. 722. 760.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-111*-( )-( ) 669. 693. 693. 693. 722. 760.
Order Code
Example: M2-5444-613-15-W210/5
M2 Connector5444 Configuration613 Top cap finish15 Fabric groupW210/5 Upholstery
Specification Information
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code inwhich 30� is 3, 39� is 9, 42� is 4,48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is 6, and 80�is 1.
* Indicate height of lower panelsreplace * with one of the following:3 30�H9 39�H4 42�H8 48�H5 56�H6 64�H1 80�HThe following high-low connectionsare available as standard product:panel connection to39� 30�48� 42�, 39�, 30�56� 48�, 42�, 30�64� 56�, 48�, 42�, 30�80� 64�, 48�
For all other connections, pleasecontact your Custom ProductDevelopment representative. Firstsuffix is for top cap finish, second isfor raceway cover finish. Racewaycovers will always be matched withthe metallic finish corresponding totop cap finish. Final suffix is fortrim covers surface type. Whenordering non-upholstered trims,surface type must match top captype.Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. For V2finishes, add $65 to the price listedabove.
Application Notes
High-low post assemblies are usedto join panels of two heights in an Xconfiguration. Assemblies comecomplete with post, hardware, andtrim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panel in anX configuration.
To specify a 90° 4-way high-lowconnection of a 56� panel and three42� panels:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise to the nexthighest panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
3. Continue in the same direction tothe next panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
4. Continue in the same direction tothe last panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
The correct code is M2-5444.
Morrison
66
High-low post assemblies90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’non-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ high-low assemblies (code 5404shown)
39� H 21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9333-( )-( ) $471. $549. $659.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9393-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9933-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 39� M2-9993-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.
48� H 21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8***-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-8*8*-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-88**-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 48� M2-888*-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.
56� H 21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5***-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-5*5*-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-55**-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.21/4� 21/4� 56� M2-555*-( )-( ) 471. 549. 659.
64� H 21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6***-( )-( ) 494. 559. 671.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-6*6*-( )-( ) 494. 559. 671.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-66**-( )-( ) 494. 559. 671.21/4� 21/4� 64� M2-666*-( )-( ) 494. 559. 671.
80� H 21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1***-( )-( ) 667. 777. 933.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-1*1*-( )-( ) 667. 777. 933.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-11**-( )-( ) 667. 777. 933.21/4� 21/4� 80� M2-111*-( )-( ) 667. 777. 933.
Order Code
Example: M2-5444-613-V-Y811
M2 Connector5444 Configuration613 Top cap finishV VeneerY811 Finish
Specification Information
All high-low pattern numberscontain a logical four digit code inwhich 30� is 3, 39� is 9, 42� is 4,48� is 8, 56� is 5, 64� is 6, and 80�is 1.
*Indicate height of lower panelsreplace * with one of the following:3 30�H9 39�H4 42�H8 48�H5 56�H6 64�H1 80�H
The following high-low connectionsare available as standard product:panel
ht.connection to
39� 30�48� 42�, 39�, 30�56� 48�, 42�, 30�64� 48�, 42�, 30�80� 64�, 48�
For all other connections, pleasecontact your Custom ProductDevelopment representative.Firstsuffix is for top cap finish (integralcolor or P2), second is for racewaycover finish. Raceway covers willalways be matched with the metallicfinish corresponding to top capfinish. Final suffix is for trim coverssurface type. When orderingnon-upholstered trims, surface typemust match top cap type (integralcolor or P2).Surface type:( ) Painted (finish code)V( ) Veneer (finish code)
Application Notes
For a high-low configuration withwood top caps, change patternnumber prefix to M3. Paintedhigh-low connectors are notavailable with wood top caps. ForV2 finishes, add $65 to the pricelisted above.
High-low post assemblies are usedto join panels of two heights in an Xconfiguration. Assemblies comecomplete with post, hardware, andtrim as required.
Order dedicated high-low top capsseparately for the lower panel in anX configuration.
To specify a 90° 4-way high-lowconnection of a 56� panel and three42� panels:1. Start with the highest panel,
56�=‘‘5’’.2. Proceed either clockwise or
counter-clockwise to the nexthighest panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
3. Continue in the same direction tothe next panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
4. Continue in the same direction tothe last panel, 42�=‘‘4’’.
The correct code is M2-5444.
Morrison
67
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Panel accessorieswall starters
description type w d h pattern no. Paint
Wall starter 1� 21/4� 30� MM1-WS30( ) $206.1� 21/4� 39� MM1-WS39( ) 214.1� 21/4� 42� MM1-WS42( ) 215.1� 21/4� 48� MM1-WS48( ) 238.1� 21/4� 56� MM1-WS56( ) 257.1� 21/4� 64� MM1-WS64( ) 282.1� 21/4� 80� MM1-WS80( ) 318.
Order Code
Example: MM1-WS56-613
MM1 Morrison accessoryWS Wall starter56 Height613 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finishes for wallstarter.
Application Notes
Wall starters connect a panel runperpendicular to a fixed wall. Wallstarter includes connector track,wall mount bracket, and paintedend top cap.
For wood top caps, order wood endtrim top cap (MT5-CE1) separately.
Morrison
68
Panel accessoriesaccessories
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Panel stiffeners Corner – – – MM1-PSL2 $50.Straight – – – MM1-PSS1 27.
Stabilizer foot 2� 13� 14� MM1-SF( ) 302.
Carpet grips (10) MM2-CG 23.
Top Capconnector
(set of 50) – – – MM1-CNP2 45.
Order Code
Example: MM1-PSS1
MM1 Morrison accessoryPSS1 Panel stiffener
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for stabilizerfoot.
Applicatin Notes
Panel stiffeners add rigidity tostraight or corner connections, andshould be used with glazed panels.Bracket is concealed under topcaps.
Stabilizer foot attaches to connectortrack to stabilize panel runs.
Carpet grips snap onto panel glidesto prevent panel runs from shiftingon carpet. Glide rotates in carpetgrip to permit leveling
For applications involving RollingDoors use stiffeners found on page42.
Morrison
69
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Trim covers for reconfigurationupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ Upholstery 21/4� – 9� MT1-09L2-( ) $65. $74. $74. $74. $89. $98.21/4� – 16� MT1-16L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 18� MT1-18L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 22� MT1-22L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 30� MT1-30L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 32� MT1-32L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 39� MT1-39L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 42� MT1-42L2-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 48� MT1-48L2-( ) 70. 80. 80. 80. 95. 105.21/4� – 56� MT1-56L2-( ) 74. 87. 87. 87. 98. 110.21/4� – 64� MT1-64L2-( ) 87. 97. 97. 97. 110. 120.21/4� – 80� MT1-80L2-( ) 102. 112. 112. 112. 129. 136.
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ Upholstery 21/4� – 9� MT1-09T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 16� MT1-16T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 18� MT1-18T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 22� MT1-22T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 30� MT1-30T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 32� MT1-32T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 39� MT1-39T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 42� MT1-42T3-( ) 45. 55. 55. 55. 66. 76.21/4� – 48� MT1-48T3-( ) 50. 63. 63. 63. 70. 83.21/4� – 56� MT1-56T3-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 64� MT1-64T3-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 80� MT1-80T3-( ) 77. 90. 90. 90. 104. 114.
End Upholstery 21/4� – 9� MT1-09E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 16� MT1-16E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 18� MT1-18E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 22� MT1-22E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 30� MT1-30E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 32� MT1-32E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 39� MT1-39E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 42� MT1-42E1-( ) 55. 65. 65. 65. 76. 89.21/4� – 48� MT1-48E1-( ) 63. 70. 70. 70. 83. 95.21/4� – 56� MT1-56E1-( ) 65. 74. 74. 74. 89. 98.21/4� – 64� MT1-64E1-( ) 74. 87. 87. 87. 98. 110.21/4� – 80� MT1-80E1-( ) 90. 102. 102. 102. 104. 129.
Order Code
Example: MT1-42L2-15-W210/2
MT1 Trim cover42 HeightL2 Assembly15 Surface typeW210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Order trim covers for replacement orreconfiguration only.
Trim covers are included in allconnector kits.
Morrison
70
Trim covers for reconfigurationnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� – 9� MT1-09L2-( ) $57. $111. n/a21/4� – 16� MT1-16L2-( ) 57. 111. n/a21/4� – 18� MT1-18L2-( ) 57. 111. n/a21/4� – 22� MT1-22L2-( ) 57. 111. n/a21/4� – 30� MT1-30L2-( ) 57. 111. 133.21/4� – 32� MT1-32L2-( ) 57. 111. n/a21/4� – 39� MT1-39L2-( ) 57. 111. 133.21/4� – 42� MT1-42L2-( ) 57. 111. 133.21/4� – 48� MT1-48L2-( ) 63. 117. 146.21/4� – 56� MT1-56L2-( ) 68. 121. 152.21/4� – 64� MT1-64L2-( ) 76. 132. 160.21/4� – 80� MT1-80L2-( ) 89. 152. 179.
90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ Non-upholstered 21/4� – 9� MT1-09T3-( ) 38. 90. n/a21/4� – 16� MT1-16T3-( ) 38. 90. n/a21/4� – 18� MT1-18T3-( ) 38. 90. n/a21/4� – 22� MT1-22T3-( ) 38. 90. n/a21/4� – 30� MT1-30T3-( ) 38. 90. 110.21/4� – 32� MT1-32T3-( ) 38. 90. n/a21/4� – 39� MT1-39T3-( ) 38. 90. 110.21/4� – 42� MT1-42T3-( ) 38. 90. 110.21/4� – 48� MT1-48T3-( ) 40. 97. 114.21/4� – 56� MT1-56T3-( ) 48. 101. 119.21/4� – 64� MT1-64T3-( ) 57. 111. 133.21/4� – 80� MT1-80T3-( ) 70. 130. 157.
End Non-upholstered 21/4� – 9� MT1-09E1-( ) 48. 101. n/a21/4� – 16� MT1-16E1-( ) 48. 101. n/a21/4� – 18� MT1-18E1-( ) 48. 101. n/a21/4� – 22� MT1-22E1-( ) 48. 101. n/a21/4� – 30� MT1-30E1-( ) 48. 101. 119.21/4� – 32� MT1-32E1-( ) 48. 101. n/a21/4� – 39� MT1-39E1-( ) 48. 101. 119.21/4� – 42� MT1-42E1-( ) 48. 101. 119.21/4� – 48� MT1-48E1-( ) 53. 106. 129.21/4� – 56� MT1-56E1-( ) 57. 111. 133.21/4� – 64� MT1-64E1-( ) 68. 121. 152.21/4� – 80� MT1-80E1-( ) 80. 138. 165.
Order Code
Example: MT1-22E1-613
MT1 Trim cover22 HeightE1 Configuration613 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint surface or veneer finish.
Application Notes
Order trim covers for replacement orreconfiguration only. Trim coversare included in all connector kits.
Morrison
71
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Morrison Accessvertical raceway panelsframe and face plates
description type w d h pattern no. no finish paint
Vertical raceway panel frame 6� 21/4� 42� MA1-V4206 $349.6� 21/4� 48� MA1-V4806 402.6� 21/4� 56� MA1-V5606 436.6� 21/4� 64� MA1-V6406 473.6� 21/4� 80� MA1-V8006 550.
Face plates kit for vertical raceway 4 openings one side 6� – 42� MA1-F4240( ) n/c6� – 48� MA1-F4840( ) n/c6� – 56� MA1-F5640( ) n/c6� – 64� MA1-F6440( ) n/c6� – 80� MA1-F8040( ) n/c
4 openings two sides (or 8 one side) 6� – 42� MA1-F4244( ) n/c6� – 48� MA1-F4844( ) n/c6� – 56� MA1-F5644( ) n/c6� – 64� MA1-F6444( ) n/c6� – 80� MA1-F8044( ) n/c
8 openings two sides 6� – 42� MA1-F4288( ) n/c6� – 48� MA1-F4888( ) n/c6� – 56� MA1-F5688( ) n/c6� – 64� MA1-F6488( ) n/c6� – 80� MA1-F8088( ) n/c
No openings 6� – 42� MA1-F4200( ) n/c6� – 48� MA1-F4800( ) n/c6� – 56� MA1-F5600( ) n/c6� – 64� MA1-F6400( ) n/c6� – 80� MA1-F8000( ) n/c
Order Code
Example: MA1-V4206
MA1 Morrison AccessV Vertical raceway42 Height06 Width
Specification Information
For face plates, specify surface paintfinish. n/c = No charge.
Vertical raceway extends panel baseraceway to top cap, providingdesk-height access and continuitywith Highway and top cap raceway.
Vertical raceway plans as 6� widepanel, requiring standardconnectors to join to adjacentvertical panels. Specify 6� top capand raceway cover kit separately.
Vertical raceway panel has two full2� x 2� lay-in channels for powertrack, PDC connectors or lay-incable management, and one centereasy-access channel.
Application Notes
Specify face plates kit with coversfor all vertical raceway panels, withoutlets one or both sides. Kit withfour openings has two outletopenings just above worksurfaceand two outlets below theworksurface, in one channel. Otherchannel and all other covers have nooutlet openings. Face plates kit witheight openings has four outletsabove and four below, in twochannels.
All kits include covers for bothsides of vertical raceway.
Outlet openings accept PDCmodules, blank filler plates, orpower outlets (specify outlets andpower components separately).
Morrison
72
Morrison Accessvertical raceway panelsfabric covers
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Full fabric cover, no outlets (one side of panelonly)
6� 21/4� 42� MA1-F42F( ) $166. $175. $179. $193. $210. $217.6� 21/4� 48� MA1-F48F( ) 183. 190. 195. 210. 228. 232.6� 21/4� 56� MA1-F56F( ) 196. 202. 207. 228. 243. 252.6� 21/4� 64� MA1-F64F( ) 210. 218. 226. 246. 264. 273.6� 21/4� 80� MA1-F80F( ) 237. 247. 256. 277. 299. 313.
Fabric covers with center channel, no outlets (oneside of panel only)
6� 21/4� 14� MA1-F14C( ) 202. 216. 218. 232. 256. 266.6� 21/4� 22� MA1-F22C( ) 228. 240. 247. 265. 283. 296.6� 21/4� 32� MA1-F32C( ) 256. 270. 276. 296. 317. 329.6� 21/4� 38� MA1-F38C( ) 265. 279. 283. 306. 329. 337.6� 21/4� 42� MA1-F42C( ) 279. 296. 301. 326. 347. 360.6� 21/4� 48� MA1-F48C( ) 299. 317. 327. 349. 368. 387.6� 21/4� 56� MA1-F56C( ) 327. 344. 350. 374. 400. 412.6� 21/4� 64� MA1-F64C( ) 349. 366. 378. 402. 424. 436.6� 21/4� 80� MA1-F80C( ) 397. 422. 429. 473. 483. 495.
Order Code
Example: MA1-F42-F10
MA1 Morrison AccessF Facecover42 HeightF Full cover10 Fabric group
Specification Information
Specify fabric grade for fabric covers:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2025- Fabric group 2530- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Application Notes
Full fabric cover replaces standardpainted covers on one side ofvertical raceway panel, with nooutlet openings and no access tocenter channel.
Fabric covers with center channelreplace the standard painted coversabove outlet openings, from 42�H tothe top of the panel. Specify 14�Hcovers for 56�H panel, 22�H coversfor 64�H panel, or 38�H covers for80�H panel.
Fabric covers with center channelmay also be specified in anystandard panel height, with nooutlet openings.
Morrison
73
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Morrison Accessceiling infeed panels
description w d h pattern no. paint
Ceiling infeed panel 6� 21/4� 48� MA1-CI48( ) $436.6� 21/4� 60� MA1-CI60( ) 488.6� 21/4� 72� MA1-CI72( ) 541.
Order Code
Example: MA1-CI48-613
MA1 Morrison AccessCI Ceiling infeed48 Height613 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for ceilinginfeed panel.
Application Notes
Ceiling infeed panel mountsbetween vertical raceway panel andceiling, and may be trimmed on site.
Morrison
74
Morrison AccessHighwayhorizontal channels
description type w d h pattern no. black
Highway Panels 6� 21/4� 1� MA1-H6 $39.18� 21/4� 1� MA1-H18 44.24� 21/4� 1� MA1-H24 48.30� 21/4� 1� MA1-H30 56.36� 21/4� 1� MA1-H36 66.42� 21/4� 1� MA1-H42 74.48� 21/4� 1� MA1-H48 87.60� 21/4� 1� MA1-H60 110.
Highway for high/low panels 5� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL6 39.17� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL18 44.23� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL24 48.29� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL30 56.35� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL36 66.41� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL42 74.47� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL48 87.59� 21/4� 1� MA1-HHL60 110.
Highway Corner connector MA1-CL 8.End connector MA1-CE 8.End post MA1-CP 8.Straight post MA1-CS 8.T connector MA1-CT 8.X connector MA1-CX 8.
Order Code
Example: MA1-H42
MA1 Morrison AccessH Highway42 Width
Specification Information
Highway for panels is blackanodized aluminum with black vinylflaps. Highway connectors are blackcolor-integral molded plastic.
Highway snaps onto top of verticalpanel to provide accessiblehorizontal cable channel on eachside of panel.
Highway may be planned on allsame-height panels in a cluster oronly on center spine panels.
Highway accepts standard top caps.
Highway capacity is approximatelythirty-two Category 5 4-pair UTPcables ( 3/16�dia. or equivalent), orsixteen each side.
Highways for high-low panels aresized for the lower panel in straighthigh-low configurations.
Application Notes
When Highway is planned only onthe center spine of a cluster specifystraight post Highway connectors atT and X connections; specifyHighway end post connector atcorner or T at end of spine. Specifystraight post or end post top capsseparately (see page 79) for all L, Tand X connections.
Highway connectors permitcontinuous lay-in cabling at all postconnections. For full cableenclosure over L or T connectionsspecify top cap raceway connectors(page 77).
Morrison
75
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Morrison AccessHighwayvertical wire management
description type w d h pattern no. black paint
Change of height highway Straight 1� 21/4� 6� MA1-HCS6( ) $14.1� 21/4� 8� MA1-HCS8( ) 23.1� 21/4� 9� MA1-HCS9( ) 26.1� 21/4� 10� MA1-HCS10( ) 27.1� 21/4� 14� MA1-HCS14( ) 32.1� 21/4� 16� MA1-HCS16( ) 35.1� 21/4� 18� MA1-HCS18( ) 37.1� 21/4� 22� MA1-HCS22( ) 44.1� 21/4� 26� MA1-HCS26( ) 48.1� 21/4� 32� MA1-HCS32( ) 62.
Vertical wire manager 39�H panel 2� 3/8� 35� MA1-VWM39( ) 5. 8.42�H panel 2� 3/8� 38� MA1-VWM42( ) 7. 10.48�H panel 2� 3/8� 44� MA1-VWM48( ) 8. 11.56�H panel 2� 3/8� 52� MA1-VWM56( ) 10. 12.64�H panel 2� 3/8� 60� MA1-VWM64( ) 11. 13.80�H panel 2� 3/8� 76� MA1-VWM80( ) 13. 22.
Order Code
Example: MA1-VWM42-612
MA1 Morrison AccessV Vertical racewayWM Wire manager42 Height612 Finish
Specification Information
Change of height Highway arepainted finish.
Vertical wire managers are black (N)or painted finish:
Application Notes
Change of height Highway managescables from one panel height toanother in high-low straightconfigurations. Specify kit to matchheight difference in panels (e.g.,MA1-HCS22 for change of heightfrom 64� to 42�).
Specify Highway for high/low panels(see page 75) for lower panel instraight high/low connection.
Vertical wire manager attaches toHighway rim anywhere along face ofpanel to control cables fromHighway to worksurface, panel baseraceway, or lower panels in corner T,or X configurations.
Vertical wire manager isdimensioned to fit in the3/8� cableclearance behind the worksurface.
Morrison
76
Morrison Accesstop cap raceway
description type w d h pattern no. black
Top Cap Raceway Panels 6� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC6 $39.18� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC18 44.24� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC24 48.30� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC30 56.36� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC36 66.42� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC42 74.48� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC48 87.60� 21/4� 1� MA1-TC60 110.
Top cap raceway connectors Corner MA1-TCL 8.End MA1-TCE 8.End post MA1-TCP 8.Straight post MA1-TCS 8.T MA1-TCT 8.
Order Code
Example: MA1-TC42
MA1 Morrison AccessTC Top Cap Raceway42 Width
Specification Information
Top Cap Raceway for panels isblack anodized aluminum.Connectors are black color-integralmolded plastic.
Top Cap Raceway snaps onto top ofvertical panel to provide horizontalcable channel.
Top Cap Raceway accepts standardpanel top caps.
With top caps removed,unobstructed, lay-in cable capacityis approximately thirty three 4-pairUTP cables ( 3/16� diameter).Cross-section area is 1 1/2 squareinches.
Top Cap Raceway connectorsprovide full cable enclosure aboveany panel connection. No connectoris required above X posts. Top capraceway connectors may also beused with Highway (see page 75) forfull cable enclosure over L or Tconnections.
Application Notes
When Top Cap Raceway is plannedonly on the center spine of a clusterspecify straight post top capraceway connectors at T and Xconnections; specify end postconnector at corner or T at end ofspine. Specify straight post or endpost top caps separately (see pages79-80).
Specify Vertical Raceway (see page76) to distribute cables from top capraceway to worksurface height orpanel base raceway. Cables alsomay pass from Top Cap Raceway topanel base raceway in L, T, or Xconnector post (six 25-pair cables).
Top Cap Raceway does not acceptpower components.
Morrison
77
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Currents trim for Morrisontrim covers for reconfiguration
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Top trim 6� 2� – AA1 T06 $9.18� 2� – AA1 T18 12.24� 2� – AA1 T24 15.30� 2� – AA1 T30 24.36� 2� AA1 T36 26.42� 2� – AA1 T42 27.48� 2� – AA1 T48 29.60� 2� – AA1 T60 32.72� 2� – AA1 T72 35.
Top caps for Morrison post assemblies (90° 4-way‘‘X’’ shown)
End post AA1 TMP1 11.Straight post AA1 TMS2 11.90° 2-way ‘‘L’’ AA1 TML2 11.90° 3-way ‘‘T’’ AA1 TMT3 11.90° 4-way ‘‘X’’ AA1 TMX4 11.
End connector (with connector track) 1� 2� 39� AC1-39E1 72.1� 2� 48� AC1-48E1 76.1� 2� 64� AC1-64E1 85.
End trim (no connector) 39� panel – 2� 39� AA1 39E 45.48� panel – 2� 48� AA1 48E 47.64� panel – 2� 64� AA1 64E 48.
Raceway cover for end trim on Morrison panel AA1 RE( ) 31.
Order Code
Example: AA1 T36
AA1 T Top trim, panel36 Width
Specification Information
End and top trims are trim greyintegral finish.
Specify painted finish for racewaycover.
Application Notes
Currents-style trim covers found onthis page may be retrofitted to newand existing Morrison panels.
When using Currents top trims,Currents for Morrison end correctorsor end trims must also be used.
Top trim corresponds in width toMorrison panels.
Top cap for post assemblies can beretrofitted to Morrison postassemblies.
End connector includes top cap andconnector track.
End trim may be specified insteadof an end connector if cantilevercapability is not required. End trimincludes top cap.
Raceway cover encloses end ofMorrison panel raceway underCurrents end trim.
Morrison
78
Top cap and raceway cover kitspainted finish top caps
description type w d h pattern no. Paint
Straight - no outlet plates 6� – 4� MT5-N6-( )( ) $8.18� – 4� MT5-N18-( )( ) 10.24� – 4� MT5-N24-( )( ) 11.30� – 4� MT5-N30-( )( ) 12.36� – 4� MT5-N36-( )( ) 13.42� – 4� MT5-N42-( )( ) 17.48� – 4� MT5-N48-( )( ) 17.60� – 4� MT5-N60-( )( ) 26.
Straight - with outlet plates 24� – 4� MT5-E24-( )( ) 11.30� – 4� MT5-E30-( )( ) 12.36� – 4� MT5-E36-( )( ) 13.42� – 4� MT5-E42-( )( ) 17.48� – 4� MT5-E48-( )( ) 17.60� – 4� MT5-E60-( )( ) 26.
Top cap andraceway cover kits
End post (top cap only) MT5-CP1-( ) 2.Straight post (top cap only) MT5-CS2-( ) 2.End – – – MT5-CE1-( )( ) 2.Variable angle – – – MT5-CH1-( )( ) 2.90° 2-way, ‘‘L’’ – – – MT5-CL2-( )( ) 2.90° 3-way, ‘‘T’’ – – – MT5-CT3-( )( ) 2.90° 4-way, ‘‘X’’ – – – MT5-CX4-( ) 2.
Order Code
Example: MT5-N36-612-612
MT5 Top cap/raceway coverkit
N Type36 Panel width612 Paint finish612 Raceway finish
Specification Information
N- No outlet filler platesE- With outlet filler platesC- Post assembly
For Chicago code raceway coverswith outlet plates, see page 101.
Specify finish for top cap andraceway covers.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits and bulkshipped to facilitate installation.High-low post assemblies come withconnector top cap/raceway coverkits; they do not have to be specifiedseparately.
18� powered panels can transmitpower but do not accept outlets.24�W panels accept only onereceptacle each side. All poweredpanels over 24�W have tworeceptacles on each side (4 duplexoutlets per panel).
Raceway covers with additionalreceptacle openings on panels over42�W may be specified separately(in addition to top cap/covers kit).See Multiple outlet covers, page 82.
Morrison
79
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Top cap and raceway cover kitswood top caps
description type w d h pattern no. PV1 PV2
Straight - no outlet plates 6� – 4� MT5-N6-( )( ) $8. $65.18� – 4� MT5-N18-( )( ) 10. 177.24� – 4� MT5-N24-( )( ) 11. 189.30� – 4� MT5-N30-( )( ) 12. 196.36� – 4� MT5-N36-( )( ) 13. 210.42� – 4� MT5-N42-( )( ) 17. 226.48� – 4� MT5-N48-( )( ) 17. 232.60� – 4� MT5-N60-( )( ) 26. 256.
Straight - with outlet plates 24� – 4� MT5-E24-( )( ) 11. 189.30� – 4� MT5-E30-( )( ) 12. 196.36� – 4� MT5-E36-( )( ) 13. 210.42� – 4� MT5-E42-( )( ) 17. 226.48� – 4� MT5-E48-( )( ) 17. 232.60� – 4� MT5-E60-( )( ) 26. 256.
Top cap andraceway cover kits
End post (top cap only) MT5-CP1-( ) 2. 128.Straight post (top cap only) MT5-CS2-( ) 2. 128.End – – – MT5-CE1-( )( ) 2. 117.Variable angle – – – MT5-CH1-( )( ) 2. 177.90°, 2-way, ‘‘L’’ – – – MT5-CL2-( )( ) 2. 128.90°, 3-way, ‘‘T’’ – – – MT5-CT3-( )( ) 2. 128.90°, 4-way, ‘‘X’’ – – – MT5-CX4-( ) 2. 128.
Order Code
Example: MT5-N36-Y811-612
MT5 Top cap/raceway coverkit
N Type36 Panel widthY811 Top cap612 Raceway cover paint
finish
Specification Information
N- No outlet filler platesE- With outlet filler platesC- Post assembly
Specify top cap veneer suffix, thenraceway cover finish suffix.PV1- Painted covers, V1 top capPV2- Painted covers, V2 top cap
For Chicago code raceway coverswith outlet plates, see page 102.
Application Notes
Top caps/raceway covers arespecified as separate kits and bulkshipped to facilitate installation.High-low post assemblies come withconnector top cap/raceway coverkits; order top caps for lower panelsseparately.
18� powered panels can transmitpower but do not accept outlets.24�W powered panels accept onereceptacle each side.
All powered panels over 24�W havetwo receptacles on each side (4 perpanel).
Raceway covers with additionalreceptacle openings on panels over42�W may be specified separately(in addition to top cap/covers kit).See multiple outlet covers, page 82.
Morrison
80
High-low top caps
description w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
High-low dedicated width top cap - Straight 17� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS18-( ) $46. $46. $233.23� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS24-( ) 50. 50. 244.29� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS30-( ) 55. 55. 256.35� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS36-( ) 64. 64. 269.41� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS42-( ) 66. 66. 279.47� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS48-( ) 69. 69. 286.59� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLS60-( ) 76. 76. 310.
High-low dedicated width top cap - Post 171/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC18-( ) 46. 46. 233.231/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC24-( ) 50. 50. 244.291/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC30-( ) 55. 55. 256.351/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC36-( ) 64. 64. 269.411/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC42-( ) 66. 66. 279.471/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC48-( ) 69. 69. 286.591/2� 21/4� 1/4� MT5-HLC60-( ) 76. 76. 310.
Order Code
Example: MT5-HLC36-612
MT5 Top cap kitHLC Type36 Panel width612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify finish for top cap.
Application Notes
For panels used in high-lowconfigurations, order standard topcap/raceway cover kits on previouspages. Then order one dedicatedwidth top cap for each of the lowerpanels in the high-lowconfiguration. Install the standardraceway covers, but replace thestandard top cap with the high-lowtop cap. Save the standard top capfor future reconfiguration.
High-low top caps for straightconfigurations are used only withhigh-low straight connectors.High-low top caps for postconfigurations are used with allcorner, T, or X high-low postassemblies.
Morrison
81
Pan
elP
lann
ing
PDC and multiple outlet covers
description type w d h pattern no. painted
Power, data, and communications (PDC) outlets 24� – 4� MT5-PDC-24-( ) $34.30� – 4� MT5-PDC-30-( ) 37.36� – 4� MT5-PDC-36-( ) 39.42� – 4� MT5-PDC-42-( ) 44.48� – 4� MT5-PDC-48-( ) 46.60� – 4� MT5-PDC-60-( ) 53.
Multiple power outlets Four outlets 48� – 4� MT5-EX48-( ) 46.Four outlets 60� – 4� MT5-EX60-( ) 53.
Order Code
Example: MT5-PDC-48612
M MorrisonT5 Top capPDC PDC raceway48 Width612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish.
Application Notes
Specify PDC covers when planningvoice/data outlets in a poweredpanel. PDC covers provide oneprotected opening for PDC modules6� from each end of panel, inaddition to standard power outletopenings.
Specify multiple power outlet coversin addition to standard panel topcap/raceway cover kits, whenplanning more than two duplexoutlets on a panel face.
Multiple outlet covers haveopenings for four duplex outlets.
Power, data and communicationsoutlets covers cannot be used withMorrison panels produced prior to1995; specify standard powered ormultiple outlet covers and plandata/communications outlets inpass-through or non-poweredpanels.
For Chicago code PDC covers, referto page 102.
Morrison
82
Stackable add-up panelsupholstered
description h w d pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
First up panel on Morrison panels 16� 18� 2� AY1-1618M-A( ) $457. $498. $506. $561. $619. $656.24� 2� AY1-1624M-A( ) 483. 525. 530. 587. 655. 692.30� 2� AY1-1630M-A( ) 525. 571. 582. 646. 720. 761.36� 2� AY1-1636M-A( ) 564. 615. 626. 694. 782. 830.42� 2� AY1-1642M-A( ) 618. 677. 692. 772. 864. 922.48� 2� AY1-1648M-A( ) 658. 723. 742. 824. 925. 986.60� 2� AY1-1660M-A( ) 738. 811. 832. 926. 1,046. 1,116.
25� 18� 2� AY1-2518M-A( ) 501. 544. 560. 615. 686. 726.24� 2� AY1-2524M-A( ) 529. 576. 590. 651. 725. 770.30� 2� AY1-2530M-A( ) 576. 628. 646. 714. 798. 849.36� 2� AY1-2536M-A( ) 620. 682. 694. 773. 867. 925.42� 2� AY1-2542M-A( ) 685. 752. 770. 859. 968. 1,034.48� 2� AY1-2548M-A( ) 730. 802. 826. 920. 1,036. 1,104.60� 2� AY1-2560M-A( ) 820. 904. 927. 1,039. 1,174. 1,256.
Next up panel on stackable add-up panels 16� 18� 2� AY1-1618S-A( ) 452. 494. 501. 552. 614. 651.24� 2� AY1-1624S-A( ) 476. 520. 528. 581. 649. 685.30� 2� AY1-1630S-A( ) 520. 566. 577. 640. 713. 754.36� 2� AY1-1636S-A( ) 558. 608. 620. 687. 775. 822.42� 2� AY1-1642S-A( ) 613. 671. 685. 762. 855. 914.48� 2� AY1-1648S-A( ) 653. 717. 735. 815. 916. 977.60� 2� AY1-1660S-A( ) 731. 804. 825. 917. 1,037. 1,107.
Order Code
Example: AY1-1618M-A-15-W210/2
AY1 Stackable panel16 Height18 WidthM Mounting kitA Surface type15 Fabric groupW210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
First suffix indicates application:M Morrison panelsS Stackable add-up panels
Surface type:A Tackable upholstered
Specify fabric group:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Fabric groups can be found on page5.
Upholstered panels may be orderedin a combination of fabrics. Listprice is the average of the two fabricgrades.
For combinations of fabrics, listboth suffixes (e.g. 20/40) andupholstery pattern numbers.
Specify trim caps and connectorsseparately (see page 86).
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on Morrisonpanels.
First up panels include top trim,edge trim in Currents trim grey andbayonet supports that bolt on to topof a Morrison panel.
Next up panels include intermediatemasts that engage into the sides offirst up (or next up) panels ofcorresponding width. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Currents for Morrison end connectoror end trim (page 78) must bespecified when stacking over aMorrison panel in end condition.
Top and edge trims are Currentstrim grey.
Morrison
83
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Stackable add-up panelsglazed
description h w d pattern no. C T
First up panel on Morrison panels 16� 18� 2� AY1-1618M-W( )( ) $565. $613.24� 2� AY1-1624M-W( )( ) 613. 665.30� 2� AY1-1630M-W( )( ) 662. 723.36� 2� AY1-1636M-W( )( ) 716. 782.42� 2� AY1-1642M-W( )( ) 761. 833.48� 2� AY1-1648M-W( )( ) 813. 890.60� 2� AY1-1660M-W( )( ) 884. 962.
25� 18� 2� AY1-2518M-W( )( ) 718. 784.24� 2� AY1-2524M-W( )( ) 784. 858.30� 2� AY1-2530M-W( )( ) 852. 934.36� 2� AY1-2536M-W( )( ) 921. 1,015.42� 2� AY1-2542M-W( )( ) 990. 1,088.48� 2� AY1-2548M-W( )( ) 1,062. 1,169.60� 2� AY1-2560M-W( )( ) 1,130. 1,241.
Next up panel on stackable add-up panels 16� 18� 2� AY1-1618S-W( )( ) 560. 606.24� 2� AY1-1624S-W( )( ) 606. 658.30� 2� AY1-1630S-W( )( ) 656. 717.36� 2� AY1-1636S-W( )( ) 709. 775.42� 2� AY1-1642S-W( )( ) 754. 826.48� 2� AY1-1648S-W( )( ) 805. 882.60� 2� AY1-1660S-W( )( ) 876. 954.
Order Code
Example: AY1-1636M-W-C-612
AY1 Stackable add-up16 Height36 WidthM Mounting kitW Surface typeC Glazing finish612 Frame finish
Specification Information
First suffix indicates application:M Morrison panelsS Stackable add-up panels
Second suffix indicatessurface type:W Glazed
For glazed panels specify:C- Clear tempered glassT- Acid etched tempered glass
Specify trim caps and connectorsseparately (see page 86).
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on Morrisonpanels.
First up panels include top trim,edge trim in Currents trim grey andbayonet supports that bolt on to topof a Morrison panel.
Next up panels include intermediatemasts that engage into the sides offirst up (or next up) panels ofcorresponding width. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Currents for Morrison end connectoror end trim (page 78) must bespecified when stacking over aMorrison panel in end condition.
Top and edge trim are Currents trimgrey.
Morrison
84
Stackable add-up panelstranslucent and marker surface on both sides
description h w d pattern no. M
First up panel on Morrison panels 16� 24� 2� AY1-1624M-( ) $655.30� 2� AY1-1630M-( ) 704.36� 2� AY1-1636M-( ) 762.42� 2� AY1-1642M-( ) 827.48� 2� AY1-1648M-( ) 907.60� 2� AY1-1660M-( ) n/a
25� 24� 2� AY1-2524M-( ) 729.30� 2� AY1-2530M-( ) 792.36� 2� AY1-2536M-( ) 855.42� 2� AY1-2542M-( ) 936.48� 2� AY1-2548M-( ) 1,021.60� 2� AY1-2560M-( ) n/a
Next up panel on stackable add-up panels 16� 24� 2� AY1-1624S-( ) 649.30� 2� AY1-1630S-( ) 698.36� 2� AY1-1636S-( ) 755.42� 2� AY1-1642S-( ) 818.48� 2� AY1-1648S-( ) 898.60� 2� AY1-1660S-( ) n/a
Order Code
Example: AY1-1636-M-TC
AY1 Stackable add-up16 Height36 WidthM Mounting kitM Surface type
Specification Information
First suffix indicates application:M Morrison panelsS Stackable add-up panels
Second suffix indicatessurface type:M Marker surface (both sides)
Specify trim caps and connectorsseparately (see page 86).
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on Morrisonpanels.
First up panels include top trim,edge trim in Currents trim grey andbayonet supports that bolt on to topof a Morrison panel.
Next up panels include intermediatemasts that engage into the sides offirst up (or next up) panels ofcorresponding width. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Currents for Morrison end connectoror end trim (page 78) must bespecified when stacking over aMorrison panel in end condition.
Top and edge trim are Currents trimgrey.
Markerboard surface isnon-metallic.
Morrison
85
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Stackable add-up connectors and trim capsMorrison applications - first up
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Trim caps End cap AY1-CE $5.Straight cap 2� 2� – AY1 CS 5.
Stackable first up connectors over Morrisonpanels - Corner
2� 2� 16� AY1 ML16-( ) 265.2� 2� 25� AY1 ML25-( ) 307.
Stackable first up connectors over Morrisonpanels - T
2� 2� 16� AY1 MT16-( ) 319.2� 2� 25� AY1 MT25-( ) 391.
Stackable first up connectors over Morrisonpanels - X
2� 2� 16� AY1 MX16 379.2� 2� 25� AY1 MX25 476.
Stackable first up connectors over Morrisonpanels - Straight post
2� 2� 16� AY1 MP16-( ) 265.2� 2� 25� AY1 MP25-( ) 307.
Order Code
Example: AY1 CS
AY1 Stackable add-upCS Connector type
Specification Information
Trim caps are Currents trim grey.
Top caps for Stackable connectorsover Morrison panels are Currentstrim grey.
Specify paint finish for Stackableconnector vertical trims.
Application Notes
Trim caps are specified byapplication to fill top corners ofstackable add-up panels. Straightcap aligns adjacent add-up panels.End cap finishes the end of the runof add-up panels.
Stackable connectors join stackableadd-up panels over a Morrisonconnector.
Morrison
86
Stackable add-up connectors and trim capsMorrison applications - first up
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Masts for Morrison panel (replacement part) AY1-MMK $60.
Order Code
Example: AY1 CS
AY1 Stackable add-upCS Connector type
Specification Information
Trim caps are Currents trim grey.
Top caps for Stackable connectorsover Morrison panels are Currentstrim grey.
Specify paint finish for Stackableconnector vertical trims.
Application Notes
Trim caps are specified byapplication to fill top corners ofstackable add-up panels. Straightcap aligns adjacent add-up panels.End cap finishes the end of the runof add-up panels.
Stackable connectors join stackableadd-up panels over a Morrisonconnector.
Morrison
87
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Stackable add-up connectors and trim capsMorrison applications - next up
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Trim caps End cap AY1-CE $5.Straight cap 2� 2� – AY1 CS 5.
Stackable next up connectors
(X shown)
Corner 2� 2� 16� AY1 SML16-( ) 235.Straight post 2� 2� 16� AY1 SMP16-( ) 235.T 2� 2� 16� AY1 SMT16-( ) 291.X 2� 2� 16� AY1 SMX16-( ) 348.
High/low adapter kit AY1-HLA 75.
Stacking hardware kit (replacement part) AY1-SMK 43.
Order Code
Example: AY1 CS
AY1 Stackable add-upCS Connector type
Specification Information
Trim caps are Currents trim grey.
Top caps for Stackable connectorsover Morrison panels are Currentstrim grey.
Specify paint finish for Stackableconnector vertical trims.
Application Notes
Trim caps are specified byapplication to fill top corners ofstackable add-up panels. Straightcap aligns adjacent add-up panels.End cap finishes the end of the runof add-up panels.
Stackable connectors join stackableadd-up panels over a Morrisonconnector.
Next up connectors correspond tonext up panels.
High-low adapter kit includes anend cap and a bayonet withattachment holes to join stackableadd-up panels in a straight high-lowconfiguration. The kit also adapts acorner T or X post for high-lowconfigurations.
Morrison
88
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for panelspower rails
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power rail for panel base 24�w 6� 2� 2� MR3-E24 $175.30�w 12� 2� 2� MR3-E30NS 194.36�w 18� 2� 2� MR3-E36NS 210.42�w 24� 2� 2� MR3-E42NS 226.48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-E48NS 233.60�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-E60NS 249.
Multiple outlet power rails 48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-E48-4 332.60�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-E60-4 350.
Power rail for vertical raceway 2� 2� 30� MR3-EVR 496.
Data Shield 1 pair MR3-DATSHD 34.
Order Code
Example: MR3-E48-4
MR3 MorrisonE Eight wire 2 + 248 For 48� panel4 Multiple outlets
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power rails are the primary powerdistribution component of theMorrison 2 + 2 Raceway. Each railprovides outlet mounting positionson both sides, and receptacles fortwo branching power connectors ateach end. Center supports permitlay-in cabling from either side of theraceway.
Rail for 24� wide panel accepts oneduplex outlet or power infeedcentered on each side. Rails for 30�and wider panels accept two outlets(or one outlet and one infeed) eachside, 12� from either end of thepanel. Multiple outlet power railsaccept up to four duplex outletseach side.
Power rail for vertical racewayaccepts up to four duplex outletseach side, two above and two belowstandard worksurface height. Powerrail for vertical raceway includespower connector from adjacentpowered panel base.
If separation of cabling andelectrical wires is required, a datashield can be attached below thepower rail. Data shields are fieldinstalled.
Morrison
89
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for panelsconnectors and jumpers
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power connector Straight 18� 2� 2� MR3-EPCM $101.Post 21� 2� 2� MR3-EPCPM 101.
Jumper 6� panel 24� 2� 2� MR3-EJ6 111.6� + 6� panel 30� 2� 2� MR3-EJ12 120.18� panel 36� 2� 2� MR3-EJ18 130.24� panel 42� 2� 2� MR3-EJ24 137.30� panel 48� 2� 2� MR3-EJ30 146.36� panel 54� 2� 2� MR3-EJ36 160.42� panel 60� 2� 2� MR3-EJ42 167.48� panel 66� 2� 2� MR3-EJ48 175.54� panel run 75� 2� 2� MR3-EJ54P 185.60� panel 81� 2� 2� MR3-EJ60P 194.66� panel run 87� 2� 2� MR3-EJ66P 202.72� panel run 93� 2� 2� MR3-EJ72P 210.78� panel run 99� 2� 2� MR3-EJ78P 226.84� panel run 105� 2� 2� MR3-EJ84P 233.90� panel run 111� 2� 2� MR3-EJ90P 240.96� panel run 117� 2� 2� MR3-EJ96P 249.
Extended jumper 6� + post 27� 2� 2� MR3-EJ6P 111.6� + post + 6� panel 33� 2� 2� MR3-EJ12P 120.18� + post 39� 2� 2� MR3-EJ18P 130.24� + post 45� 2� 2� MR3-EJ24P 137.30� + post 51� 2� 2� MR3-EJ30P 146.36� + post 57� 2� 2� MR3-EJ36P 160.42� + post 63� 2� 2� MR3-EJ42P 167.48� + post 69� 2� 2� MR3-EJ48P 175.
Order Code
Example: MR3-EPC
MR3 Morrison racewayE Eight wire 2 + 2P Power infeedC Straight
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Power connectors are enclosed insteel flexible conduit.
Application Notes
Jumpers connect rails on either sideof a panel or panels without outlets.Extended jumpers for panels lessthan 60�wide (suffix -P) transmitpower through an adjacent L, T or Xpost connection. Jumpers for widerpanel runs accommodate anintermediate post connection.
Also specify extended jumper whenconnecting between verticalraceway power rail and a panel basepower rail on either side of a panelor panels without outlets.
Power connectors transmit powerbetween adjacent powered panels.Specify straight power connector forstraight connections, and post powerconnector for L, T or X postconnections.
Morrison
90
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for panelsoutlets and infeeds
description type pattern no. list price
Duplex outlets, black Circuit A MR3-DA $46.Circuit B MR3-DB 46.Circuit X MR3-DX 46.Circuit Y MR3-DY 46.
Duplex outlets, orange Circuit X MR3-DXO 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYO 53.
Duplex outlets, black with orange triangle Circuit X MR3-DXT 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYT 53.
Power infeeds - Panel base(reversible)
panel base MR3-ERPI 304.SF MR3-EPSF 304.
Power infeeds - Ceiling external power pole MR3-EPIC 350.vertical raceway MR3-EPVR 304.
Power infeeds - hardwire NYC - one direction MR3-EPNY1 256.NYC - two directions MR3-EPNY2 387.
Order Code
Example: MR3-EPVR
MR3 Morrison racewayE Eight wire 2 + 2P Power infeedVR For vertical raceway
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the four circuits, A, B,X, Y, and snap into any standardoutlet location (12� from either endof panel). Duplexes on circuits Xand Y may be specified with orangeface or black face with orangetriangle to signify protected circuitsfor electronic equipment.
Application Notes
Power infeeds connect buildingpower supply to a cluster ofinterconnected power rails. Panelbase infeed snaps into any outletposition in rail, 12� from either sideof panel, and includes 6 footliquid-tight conduit and pigtail forconnection to floor or wall electricalbox. MR3-ERPI Panel Base Infeedrotates to provide either a left- orright-hand power entry.
Ceiling infeeds include12�-6�pigtail for connection intopanel base through Morrisonvertical raceway and ceiling infeedpanel, or through standard powerpole (supplied by others) adjacent toMorrison panel with power rail.
Hardwire infeed, used in all NewYork City installations, includesjunction box that mounts withinnon-powered panel base (any width24� or greater). Electrical contractorsupplies conduit from buildingpower supply to panel, punchesinfeed hole in raceway cover, andtrims power connectors to length.MR3-EPNY2 includes two powerconnectors to power panels on bothsides of infeed panel; MR3-EPNY1includes only one power connector.Template is included to modifystandard N-type raceway cover(without outlet openings).
Power infeed for Panel base for SanFrancisco installations have aliquid-tight sleeve over a metallicflexible conduit.
Morrison
91
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for panelsaccessories
description type pattern no. list price
Desktop power module From panel base MR3-NESP $443.Hardwire MR3-NESH 350.
Grommet outlet module Directly above panel outlet MR3-EGM 496.Duplex outlet, circuit A MR1-DA 37.Duplex outlet, circuit B MR1-DB 37.Hardwire MR3-EGMH 366.Up to 24� away from panel outlet MR3-EGM48 516.
Contact protectors (set of 10) MR3-CP 13.
Wire manager clips (10) Under worksurface MR1-WC 40.
High capacity wire managers (10) Panel connector ML1-HCWM24 256.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NESP
MR3 Morrison racewayN NetworkE Eight wire 2 + 2S Stanchion outletP Power feed
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Duplex outlet circuits aredesignated by white letters on blackbackground.
Application Notes
Desktop power module is powercomponent for desktop powermonument or overhead supportstanchion. Power module includestwo duplex outlets and powerconnector.
Grommet outlet module stands inany Morrison (not Options)worksurface grommet for convenientaccess. Grommet outlet moduleaccepts only special duplexes(MR1-DA or MR1-DB) on circuits Aor B.
Contact protectors enclose openconductors on power rail whereveroutlets or power connectors are notplanned.
Wire manager clips are includedwith Morrison worksurfaces withgrommets.
High capacity wire manager fastensat any panel connection. Hingedflap contains 1� x 3�data/communications cables.
Morrison
92
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for panelspower rails, connectors and outlets
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power rail for panel base 24�w 6� 2� 2� MR3-T24 $202.30�w 12� 2� 2� MR3-T30NS 219.36�w 18� 2� 2� MR3-T36NS 238.42�w 24� 2� 2� MR3-T42NS 256.48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-T48NS 266.60�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-T60NS 284.
Multiple outlet power rail 48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-T48-4 396.60�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-T60-4 414.
Power rail for vertical raceway 2� 2� 30� MR3-TVR 588.
Power connector Straight 18� 2� 2� MR3-TPCM 130.Through post 21� 2� 2� MR3-TPCPM 130.
Duplex outlets, black Circuit A MR3-DA 46.Circuit B MR3-DB 46.Circuit C MR3-DC 46.Circuit X MR3-DX 46.Circuit Y MR3-DY 46.Circuit Z MR3-DZ 46.
Duplex outlets, orange Circuit X MR3-DXO 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYO 53.Circuit Z MR3-DZO 53.
Order Code
Example: MR3-T-24
MR3 Morrison racewayT Ten wire 3 + 324 For 24� panel
Specification Information
Morrison 3 +3™ Raceway is asix-circuit, ten-wire modular powerdistribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
A, B, X, Y outlets are identical toeight wire, 2+2 components.
Duplex outlet circuits aredesignated by white letters on blackbackground.
Application Notes
Power rails are the primary powerdistribution component of theMorrison 3 + 3 Raceway. Each railprovides outlet mounting positionson both sides, and receptacles forbranching power connectors at eachend. Center supports permit lay-incabling from either side of theraceway. Rail for 24� wide panelaccepts one duplex outlet or powerinfeed on either side. Rails for 30�and wider panels accept two outletseach side, 12� from either end of thepanel. Power rail for VerticalRaceway panel accepts up to fourduplex outlets each side, two aboveand two below standard worksurfaceheight.
Power connectors transmit powerbetween adjacent powered panels.Specify straight power connector forstraight connections, and post powerconnector for L, T or X postconnections.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the six circuits, A, B,C, X, Y, Z, and snap into anystandard outlet location (12� fromeither end of panel). Duplexes oncircuits X, Y, and Z may bespecified with an orange face, orblack face with orange triangle tosignify protected circuits forelectronic equipment; all otherduplexes are black.
If separation of cabling andelectrical wires is required, a datashield can be attached below thepower rail. Data shields are fieldinstalled.
Morrison
93
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for panelspower rails, connectors and outlets
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Data Shield 1 pair MR3-DATSHD $34.
Duplex outlets, black with orange triangle Circuit X MR3-DXT 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYT 53.Circuit Z MR3-DZT 53.
Order Code
Example: MR3-T-24
MR3 Morrison racewayT Ten wire 3 + 324 For 24� panel
Specification Information
Morrison 3 +3™ Raceway is asix-circuit, ten-wire modular powerdistribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
A, B, X, Y outlets are identical toeight wire, 2+2 components.
Duplex outlet circuits aredesignated by white letters on blackbackground.
Application Notes
Power rails are the primary powerdistribution component of theMorrison 3 + 3 Raceway. Each railprovides outlet mounting positionson both sides, and receptacles forbranching power connectors at eachend. Center supports permit lay-incabling from either side of theraceway. Rail for 24� wide panelaccepts one duplex outlet or powerinfeed on either side. Rails for 30�and wider panels accept two outletseach side, 12� from either end of thepanel. Power rail for VerticalRaceway panel accepts up to fourduplex outlets each side, two aboveand two below standard worksurfaceheight.
Power connectors transmit powerbetween adjacent powered panels.Specify straight power connector forstraight connections, and post powerconnector for L, T or X postconnections.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the six circuits, A, B,C, X, Y, Z, and snap into anystandard outlet location (12� fromeither end of panel). Duplexes oncircuits X, Y, and Z may bespecified with an orange face, orblack face with orange triangle tosignify protected circuits forelectronic equipment; all otherduplexes are black.
If separation of cabling andelectrical wires is required, a datashield can be attached below thepower rail. Data shields are fieldinstalled.
Morrison
94
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for panelspower infeeds
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power infeeds - Panel base(reversible)
SF MR3-TPSF $350.Panel base MR3-TRPI 350.
Ceiling infeed external power pole MR3-TPIC 427.vertical raceway MR3-TPVR 350.
Harwire infeed NYC - one direction MR3-TPNY1 296.NYC - two directions MR3-TPNY2 427.
Order Code
Example: MR3-TPVR
MR3 Morrison racewayT Ten wire 3 + 3P Power infeedVR For vertical raceway
Specification Information
Morrison 3 +3™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power infeeds connect buildingpower supply to a cluster ofinterconnected power rails. Panelbase infeed snaps into any outletposition in rail, 12� from either sideof panel, and includes 6 footliquid-tight conduit and pigtail forconnection to floor or wall electricalbox. MR3-TRPI Panel Base Infeedrotates to provide either a left- orright-hand power entry.
Ceiling infeeds include 12’-6�pigtail for connection into panelbase through Morrison verticalraceway and ceiling infeed panel, orthrough standard power pole(supplied by others) adjacent toMorrison panel with power rail.
Hardwire infeed, used in all NewYork City installations, includesjunction box that mounts withinnon-powered panel base (any width24� or greater). Electrical contractorsupplies conduit from buildingpower supply to panel, punchesinfeed hole in raceway cover, andtrims power connectors to length.
MR3-TPNY2 includes two powerconnectors to power panels on bothsides of infeed panel; MR3-TPNY1includes only one power connector.Template is included to modifystandard N-type raceway cover(without outlet openings).
Power infeed for panel base for SanFrancisco installations have aliquid-tight sleeve over a metallicconduit.
Morrison
95
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for panelsjumpers
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Jumper 18� panel 36� 2� 2� MR3-TJ18 $146.24� panel 42� 2� 2� MR3-TJ24 160.30� panel 48� 2� 2� MR3-TJ30 167.36� panel 54� 2� 2� MR3-TJ36 175.42� panel 60� 2� 2� MR3-TJ42 194.48� panel 66� 2� 2� MR3-TJ48 210.54� panel run 75� 2� 2� MR3-TJ54P 226.6� + 6� panel 30� 2� 2� MR3-TJ12 137.60� panel 81� 2� 2� MR3-TJ60P 233.66� desk 87� 2� 2� MR3-TJ66P 240.72� panel run 93� 2� 2� MR3-TJ72P 249.78� desk 99� 2� 2� MR3-TJ78P 256.84� panel run 105� 2� 2� MR3-TJ84P 279.90� panel run 111� 2� 2� MR3-TJ90P 286.96� panel run 117� 2� 2� MR3-TJ96P 296.
Extended jumper 18� + post 39� 2� 2� MR3-TJ18P 146.24� + post 45� 2� 2� MR3-TJ24P 160.30� + post 51� 2� 2� MR3-TJ30P 167.36� + post 57� 2� 2� MR3-TJ36P 175.42� + post 63� 2� 2� MR3-TJ42P 194.48� + post 69� 2� 2� MR3-TJ48P 210.6� + post 27� 2� 2� MR3-TJ6P 130.6� + post + 6� panel 33� 2� 2� MR3-TJ12P 137.
Power connector Crossover 24� 2� 2� MR3-TJ6 130.
Order Code
Example: MR3-TJ30
MR3 Morrison racewayT Ten wire 3 + 3J Jumper30 Type
Specification Information
Morrison 3 +3™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Jumpers connect rails on either sideof a panel or panels without outlets.Extended jumpers for panels lessthan 60�wide (suffix -P) transmitpower through an adjacent L, T or Xpost connection. Jumpers for widerpanel runs accommodate anintermediate post connection.
Also specify extended jumper whenconnecting between verticalraceway power rail and a panel basepower rail on either side of a panelor panels without outlets.
Morrison
96
Power distribution componentsPDC Components
description type pattern no. list price
PDC module extension kit Set of 10 MR3-PDC-X $161.
PDC blank filler Set of 10 MN2-OF 47.
Under worksurface PDC mounting bracket MR3-UW-PDC 101.
Order Code
Example: MR3-UW-PDC
MR3 Morrison racewayUW PositionPDC Application
Application Notes
PDC module extension kit is 1/2�spacer between module and racewaycover, providing more depth forcables and connections insideraceway.
PDC blank filler is black texturedcover for unused outlet openings.
Under worksurface PDC bracketmounts anywhere under aworksurface to support two PDCmodules with faceplate.
Morrison
97
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distribution componentsPDC™ RacewayTerminator and outlets
description type w d h pattern no. list price
PDC terminator 4� 2� 3� MA1-PDC-T $61.
Terminator adapter for ATT outlets 4� 2� 3� MA1-TATT2 34.4� 2� 3� MA1-TATT3 34.
Order Code
Example: MA1-PDC-T
MA1 Morrison AccessPDC ApplicationT Terminator
Specification Information
Terminator is textured black plastic.
Application Notes
Terminator is two-part moldedplastic housing for data andcommunications outlets.
Terminator protects outlets andimproves access to connections.
Terminator adheres to raceway overPDC outlet opening or subway.
Separate outlet components fit onlythe Terminator, which includes afaceplate with two outlet openings.
Other outlet combinations areavailable on special request.
Morrison
98
Power distribution componentsPorted paneldata port, outlets, raceway connectors
description type pattern no. list price
Floating data port kit MR3-FDP $63.
Vertical power port bracket kit MR3-VPBK 106.
Vertical duplex outlet Black Circuit A MR3-VDA 46.Circuit B MR3-VDB 46.Circuit C MR3-VDC 46.Circuit X MR3-VDX 46.Circuit Y MR3-VDY 46.Circuit Z MR3-VDZ 46.
Vertical duplex outlet Orange Circuit X MR3-VDXO 53.Circuit Y MR3-VDYO 53.Circuit Z MR3-VDZO 53.
Vertical duplex outlet Black with Orange triangle Circuit X MR3-VDXT 53.Circuit Y MR3-VDYT 53.Circuit Z MR3-VDZT 53.
2 + 2 raceway connectors Base of adjacent panel to far side of 18�,24�Wpanel
MR3-EV24 PC 167.
Base of adjacent panel to far side of 30�,36�Wpanel
MR3-EV36 PC 185.
Base of adjacent panel to far side of 42�,48�Wpanel
MR3-EV48 PC 201.
Base of same panel, adjacent panel to near side MR3-EVB PC 153.Internal jumper to same circuit outlet MR3-EVI J 167.
Order Code
Example: MR3-VPBK
MR3 MorrisonVP ApplicationBK Bracket kit
Specification Information
Ported panel electrical componentsconnect to 2+2, four circuit and3+3, six-circuit racewaycomponents to deliverworksurface-height outlets withinthe ported panel frame.
Floating data port allows data andcommunication outlets to bemounted at any location on theported panel face except directlyabove or below electrical outlets.
Floating data ports include front andback mounting plates.
PDC modules ( faceplates andoutlets ) are specified separately.
Vertical power and data ports forported panel are black finish andrequire field cutting the panel insertfor installation.
Application Notes
Vertical power port bracket kitincludes an outlet mountingbracket, a cover mounting bracketand cover plate. Outlet mountingbracket attaches to vertical rails ofpanel frame.
Vertical duplex outlets arededicated for ported panelapplication and are preconfigured toaccess the circuit indicated by theletter on the outlet face. All outletsare black with white letters. Outletsfor circuits X,Y and Z are availablewith orange face and black face withorange triangle to signify protectedcircuits for electronic equipment.Base raceway duplex outlets will notwork in vertical port applications.
Vertical duplex outlets areone-sided only and must be orderedseparately from the bracket kit.
Ported panel connectors powervertical duplex outlets by joiningthem to the base raceway of thesame or adjacent panel.MR3-TVBPC connects a base raceway railwith a vertical duplex outlet in thesame panel or mounted on the nearside of the adjacent ported panel.
MR3-TV24, 36, 48 PC connect abase raceway rail with a verticalduplex outlet mounted on the farside of, respectively, 18�-24�,30�-36�, or 42�-48� wide portedpanels.
MR3-EVI J connects two verticalduplex outlets of the same circuitinside the ported panel frame.
Based on connector lengths, theintended location of the centerlineof the vertical duplex outlet is 32�from the floor.
Morrison
99
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distribution componentsPorted paneldata port, outlets, raceway connectors
description type pattern no. list price
3 + 3 raceway connectors Base of adjacent panel to far side of 18�,24�Wpanel
MR3-TV24 PC $194.
Base of adjacent panel to far side of 30�,36�Wpanel
MR3-TV36 PC 226.
Base of adjacent panel to far side of 42�,48�Wpanel
MR3-TV48 PC 240.
Base of same panel, adjacent panel to near side MR3-TVB PC 167.Internal jumper to same circuit outlet MR3-TVI J 185.
Order Code
Example: MR3-VPBK
MR3 MorrisonVP ApplicationBK Bracket kit
Specification Information
Ported panel electrical componentsconnect to 2+2, four circuit and3+3, six-circuit racewaycomponents to deliverworksurface-height outlets withinthe ported panel frame.
Floating data port allows data andcommunication outlets to bemounted at any location on theported panel face except directlyabove or below electrical outlets.
Floating data ports include front andback mounting plates.
PDC modules ( faceplates andoutlets ) are specified separately.
Vertical power and data ports forported panel are black finish andrequire field cutting the panel insertfor installation.
Application Notes
Vertical power port bracket kitincludes an outlet mountingbracket, a cover mounting bracketand cover plate. Outlet mountingbracket attaches to vertical rails ofpanel frame.
Vertical duplex outlets arededicated for ported panelapplication and are preconfigured toaccess the circuit indicated by theletter on the outlet face. All outletsare black with white letters. Outletsfor circuits X,Y and Z are availablewith orange face and black face withorange triangle to signify protectedcircuits for electronic equipment.Base raceway duplex outlets will notwork in vertical port applications.
Vertical duplex outlets areone-sided only and must be orderedseparately from the bracket kit.
Ported panel connectors powervertical duplex outlets by joiningthem to the base raceway of thesame or adjacent panel.MR3-TVBPC connects a base raceway railwith a vertical duplex outlet in thesame panel or mounted on the nearside of the adjacent ported panel.
MR3-TV24, 36, 48 PC connect abase raceway rail with a verticalduplex outlet mounted on the farside of, respectively, 18�-24�,30�-36�, or 42�-48� wide portedpanels.
MR3-EVI J connects two verticalduplex outlets of the same circuitinside the ported panel frame.
Based on connector lengths, theintended location of the centerlineof the vertical duplex outlet is 32�from the floor.
Morrison
100
Power distribution2+2™ Racewayhardwire raceway components
description type pattern no. list price
Power infeed kit Hardwire, Chicago MR2-PICHI $385.
Hardwire receptacles kit for panel base 24�W MR2-CHI-24 185.30�W MR2-CHI-30 202.36�W MR2-CHI-36 226.42�W MR2-CHI-42 240.48�W MR2-CHI-48 256.60�W MR2-CHI-60 279.
Bridge connector Straight connections only MR2-CHI-PT 29.
Hardwire outlet box for stanchion or desktopmonument
MR2-NS-CHI 74.
Hardwire receptacles kit for vertical racewaypanel, two outlets above and two belowworksurface
42�H, 56�H, 64�H, 74�H panel MR2-RVR42-H4( ) 387.48�H panel MR2-RVR48-H4( ) 387.
Hardwire receptacles kit for vertical racewaypanel, two outlets above worksurface
42�H, 56�H, 64�H, 74�H panel MR2-RVR42-H2( ) 313.48�H panel MR2-RVR48-H2( ) 313.
Order Code
Example: MR2-CHI-24
MR2 Power componentCHI Chicago hardwire24 Panel width
Specification Information
Hardwire raceway components areapproved for use in City of Chicagoinstallations.
Application Notes
Hardwire infeed and receptacleskits are field-installed in anyMorrison vertical panel base widerthan 18�.
Hardwire infeed consists ofcode-approved electrical box withmounting bracket.
Electrical contractor supplieswatertight conduit from buildingpower supply to panel base,punches infeed hole in standardnon-powered raceway cover, andsupplies flexible conduit for allpanel-to-panel power connections.
Receptacles kit includes full widthcable tray, forming a continuoussteel septum between power anddata/telecommunications cables.
Receptacles kits and hardwirecovers accommodate standardDecora-type architectural duplexoutlets on one or both sides, 12�from each end of panel.
Hardwire outlet openings are in thesame position as 2+2 modularraceway outlets. Top cap andraceway cover kits for hardwireraceway include two screws toenclose cable tray as code-approvedelectrical box.
Bridge connector mechanicallyconnects adjacent receptacles kits,eliminating flexible conduitbetween hardwired panels in astraight connection.
Hardwire components do notinclude wire, outlets, cable conduit,or fittings.
Hardwire receptacles kits forvertical raceway panel include facecovers.
Morrison
101
Pan
elP
lann
ing
Power distributionhardwire raceway components
description type w d h pattern no. Paint PV1 PV2
Top cap and raceway cover kits, hardwire With outlet plates 24� 4� MT6-E24-( )( )-CHI $12. $12. $196.30� 4� MT6-E30-( )( )-CHI 13. 13. 204.36� 4� MT6-E36-( )( )-CHI 14. 14. 226.42� 4� MT6-E42-( )( )-CHI 17. 17. 235.48� 4� MT6-E48-( )( )-CHI 17. 17. 243.60� 4� MT6-E60-( )( )-CHI 27. 27. 268.
PDC raceway cover with hardwire outlet openings 24� 4� MT6-PDC24-( )( )-CH 36.30� 4� MT6-PDC30-( )( )-CH 39.36� 4� MT6-PDC36-( )( )-CH 44.42� 4� MT6-PDC42-( )( )-CH 46.48� 4� MT6-PDC48-( )( )-CH 48.60� 4� MT6-PDC60-( )( )-CH 55.
Order Code
Example: MT6-E24-612-612-CHI
MT6 Top cap/coversE Powered24 Width612 Top cap finish612 Raceway finishCHI Chicago hardware
Specification Information
Specify finish for top cap andraceway cover.
Application Notes
For combinations of wood top capswith hardwire raceway covers, inserttop cap finish before raceway coverfinish.
Hardwire raceway components areapproved for use in City of Chicagoinstallations.
Receptacles kits and hardwirecovers accommodate standardDecora-type architectural duplexoutlets on one or both sides, 12�from each end of panel.
Hardwire outlet openings are in thesame position as 2+2 modularraceway outlets. Top cap andraceway cover kits for hardwireraceway include two screws toenclose cable tray as code-approvedelectrical box.
Morrison
102
Worksurfaces, 1 3/418�D
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 18�D No grommets 30� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S3018-B-( ) $404. $594. $835.36� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S3618-B-( ) 444. 637. 898.42� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S4218-B-( ) 488. 697. 1,001.48� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S4818-B-( ) 548. 753. 1,083.54� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S5418-B-( ) 586. 819. 1,167.60� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S6018-B-( ) 606. 855. 1,250.66� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S6618-B-( ) 671. 961. 1,395.72� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-S7218-B-( ) 731. 1,067. 1,522.
Order Code
Example: MW2-S3618-B-117
MW2 Worksurface 13/4� thickS Worksurface type36 Width18 DepthB No grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
B: Worksurface does not includegrommets
Specify surface finish
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
Application Notes
18�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications as shallow mainsurfaces, extensions, or credenzatops. They must be supported ateach end by a pedestal, end panel,end support cantilever or cantileverbridging bracket with a maximumspan of 60� between supports.
All worksurfaces have threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
MW2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Panel supported worksurfaces over60� must be mid-span supported byMB2-C18 bracket, specifiedseparately.
18�D worksurfaces with desksupports or filler panels do notaccept pedestals.
All worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Morrison
103
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 3/424�D
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 24�D Grommets 24� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S2424-A-( ) $491. $739. $1,001.30� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S3024-A-( ) 531. 760. 1,042.36� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S3624-A-( ) 573. 802. 1,086.42� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S4224-A-( ) 635. 840. 1,170.48� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S4824-A-( ) 674. 923. 1,296.54� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S5424-A-( ) 715. 1,004. 1,400.60� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S6024-A-( ) 774. 1,070. 1,481.66� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S6624-A-( ) 836. 1,170. 1,630.72� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S7224-A-( ) 919. 1,270. 1,796.78� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S7824-A-( ) 998. 1,373. 1,918.84� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S8424-A-( ) 1,057. 1,476. 2,064.90� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S9024-A-( ) 1,139. 1,599. 2,253.96� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S9624-A-( ) 1,244. 1,763. 2,461.
Straight, 24�D - No grommets No grommets 24� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S2424-B-( ) 404. 653. 918.30� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S3024-B-( ) 444. 676. 960.36� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S3624-B-( ) 488. 716. 1,001.42� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S4224-B-( ) 548. 753. 1,083.48� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S4824-B-( ) 586. 838. 1,210.54� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S5424-B-( ) 632. 920. 1,315.60� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S6024-B-( ) 687. 986. 1,395.66� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S6624-B-( ) 750. 1,083. 1,543.72� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S7224-B-( ) 829. 1,187. 1,712.78� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S7824-B-( ) 912. 1,287. 1,837.84� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S8424-B-( ) 976. 1,390. 1,981.90� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S9024-B-( ) 1,051. 1,516. 2,168.96� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-S9624-B-( ) 1,156. 1,679. 2,377.
Order Code
Example: MW2-S7224-A-117
MW2 Worksurface, 13/4� thickS Straight worksurface72 Width24 DepthA Grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- Worksurfaces include 3�
grommet in each backcorner leading into desksupport or wire manager.
B- Worksurface does notinclude grommets.
Specify surface finish
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
Application Notes
24�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably as shallow mainsurfaces,extensions or credenzatops. They must be supported ateach end by a pedestal, end panel,end support cantilever or cantileverbridging bracket with a maximumspan of 60� between supports.
All worksurfaces have threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
MW2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Use 18�D pedestals with 24�Dworksurfaces for full wiremanagement capability in desk orpanel applications.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces arepost-formed top and bottom, frontand back.
Worksurfaces with grommets arebored to accept and are shippedwith wire manager clips.
Panel supported worksurfaces over60� must be mid-span supported byMB2-C18 bracket, specifiedseparately.
Morrison
104
Worksurfaces, 1 3/430�D
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 30�D Grommets 30� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S3030-A-( ) $591. $822. $1,150.36� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S3630-A-( ) 654. 883. 1,234.42� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S4230-A-( ) 693. 945. 1,315.48� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S4830-A-( ) 753. 1,026. 1,418.54� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S5430-A-( ) 792. 1,106. 1,498.60� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S6030-A-( ) 836. 1,170. 1,630.66� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S6630-A-( ) 899. 1,251. 1,772.72� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S7230-A-( ) 998. 1,373. 1,918.78� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S7830-A-( ) 1,080. 1,498. 2,084.84� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S8430-A-( ) 1,161. 1,620. 2,275.90� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S9030-A-( ) 1,264. 1,780. 2,523.96� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S9630-A-( ) 1,383. 1,946. 2,771.
Straight 30�D - no grommets No grommets 30� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S3030-B-( ) 509. 738. 1,067.36� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S3630-B-( ) 569. 799. 1,149.42� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S4230-B-( ) 606. 855. 1,233.48� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S4830-B-( ) 669. 937. 1,334.54� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S5430-B-( ) 710. 1,024. 1,415.60� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S6030-B-( ) 750. 1,083. 1,543.66� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S6630-B-( ) 814. 1,167. 1,688.72� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S7230-B-( ) 912. 1,287. 1,837.78� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S7830-B-( ) 995. 1,415. 1,999.84� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S8430-B-( ) 1,077. 1,534. 2,188.90� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S9030-B-( ) 1,177. 1,695. 2,442.96� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-S9630-B-( ) 1,294. 1,856. 2,689.
Order Code
Example: MW2-S4230A-117
MW2 Worksurface, 13/4� thickS Straight worksurface42 Width30 DepthA Grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- worksurface includes 3�
grommet in each backcorner leading into desksupport or wire managerclips.
B- worksurface does not includegrommets
Specify surface finish.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
Application Notes
30�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications as mainsurfaces, extensions or credenzatops. They must be supported ateach end by a pedestal, end panel,end support cantilever or cantileverbridging bracket with a maximumspan of 60� between supports.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
MW2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Panel supported worksurfaces over60� must be mid-span supported byMB2-C18 bracket, specifiedseparately.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces arepost-formed top and bottom, frontand back.
Morrison
105
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 3/436�D
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 36�D Recessed grommets 66� 355/8� 13/4� MW2-S6636-R-( ) $1,098. $1,476. $2,023.72� 355/8� 13/4� MW2-S7236-R-( ) 1,161. 1,599. 2,253.78� 355/8� 13/4� MW2-S7836-R-( ) 1,264. 1,743. 2,396.
Straight 36�D - no grommets No grommets 66� 355/8� 13/4� MW2-S6636-B-( ) 1,012. 1,390. 1,940.72� 355/8� 13/4� MW2-S7236-B-( ) 1,077. 1,516. 2,168.78� 355/8� 13/4� MW2-S7836-B-( ) 1,177. 1,659. 2,314.
Order Code
Example: MW2-S6636R-117
MW2 Worksurface, 13/4� thickS Straight worksurface66 Width36 DepthR Grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:B- worksurface does not include
grommetsR- worksurface includes 3�
grommets recessed for usewith 6� recessed desksupport.
Specify surface finish.All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
Application Notes
36�D desks may be planned with 6�recessed desk support and 24�Dpedestals or end panels, or 29� or35�W universal end panels withkneehole filler. 36�D worksurfacesdo not accept privacy screens.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces arepost-formed top and bottom, frontand back.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
MW2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Panel supported worksurfaces over60� must be mid-span supported byMB2-C18 bracket, specifiedseparately.
Morrison
106
Worksurfaces, 1 3/4VDT corners
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Corner Corner grommet only 355/8� 175/8� 13/4� MW2-V3618-A-( ) $1,042. $1,305. $1,842.Corner grommet only 355/8� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-V3624-A-( ) 1,083. 1,323. 1,885.Corner grommet only 415/8� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-V4224-A-( ) 1,121. 1,386. 1,964.Corner grommet only 415/8� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-V4230-A-( ) 1,186. 1,467. 2,084.Corner grommet only 475/8� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-V4824-A-( ) 1,325. 1,584. 2,314.Corner grommet only 475/8� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-V4830-A-( ) 1,388. 1,706. 2,434.
Corner - 3 grommets 3 grommets 355/8� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-V3624-C-( ) 1,170. 1,412. 1,965.415/8� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-V4224-C-( ) 1,207. 1,470. 2,051.415/8� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-V4230-C-( ) 1,270. 1,550. 2,171.475/8� 235/8� 13/4� MW2-V4824-C-( ) 1,407. 1,670. 2,396.475/8� 295/8� 13/4� MW2-V4830-C-( ) 1,474. 1,794. 2,519.
Order Code
Example: MW2-V4830-C-117
MW2 Worksurface, 13/4� thickV VDT corner48 Width30 Depth of returnC Three grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- VDT corner includes 3�
grommet in back corner.C- VDT corner includes 3�
grommet in all three backcorners.
Specify surface finish.VDT worksurfaces have threadedmetal inserts at all desk support andbracket locations.
MW2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
All VDT corner worksurfaces arebored to accept and are shippedwith wire manager clips.
Application Notes
VDT corners may be usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications. They must besupported by VDT support bracketson each back edge or cantileverbridging brackets on each side edgeand a cantilever bracket on the backcorner.
36�W x 18�D VDT corners accept18�D returns, 36�, 42�, and 48�W x24�D VDT corners accept 24�Dreturns, 42� and 48�W x 30�D VDTcorners accept 30�D returns.
VDT corners are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces arepost-formed on front and backedges. 48� x 24� VDT corners havean inside radius, T-mold front edgethat curves into an optimal 45°straight keyboard location.
Morrison
107
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 3/4rounded end, 30�D
description w d h pattern no. paint lam. V1 V2
30�D - End grommets 63� 30� 13/4� MW2-R6330E( ) $1,625. $2,131. $3,026.75� 30� 13/4� MW2-R7530E( ) 1,687. 2,223. 3,110.87� 30� 13/4� MW2-R8730E( ) 1,806. 2,296. 3,258.
30�D - No grommets 63� 30� 13/4� MW2-R6330B( )(L/R) 1,535. 2,045. 2,939.75� 30� 13/4� MW2-R7530B( )(L/R) 1,598. 2,128. 3,021.87� 30� 13/4� MW2-R8730B( )(L/R) 1,719. 2,212. 3,170.
Support column 5� – 27� MM2-L26( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: MW2-R8730E-117
MW2 Worksurface, 13/4� thickR Rounded end87 Width30 DepthE End grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:B- worksurface does not include
grommets.E- rounded end worksurface
includes 3� grommet ineach straight end corner.
R- rounded end worksurfaceincludes 3� grommetsrecessed for use with 6�recessed desk support.
Specify surface finish.
Rounded end worksurfaces withrecessed or no grommets arespecified left or right to determineposition of grommets and pedestaldrilling. Rounded end when seatedat desk defines L/R hand (Righthand shown above). Allworksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
Recessed grommets align with desksupport recessed 6�.
Application Notes
Rounded end worksurfaces may beused to create fully enclosed desksor open table/desks with supportcolumn. For front modesty, use48�W desk support with 63�rounded end, 60�W desk supportwith 75� rounded end; 72�W desksupport with 87� rounded end.
Use 18�D pedestal or end paneleach end with 30�D rounded endwith recessed grommets. Roundedend worksurfaces with endgrommets are supported by 30�W or36�W desk support and supportcolumn.
Worksurfaces with grommets arebored to accept and are shippedwith wire manager clips.
Worksurfaces with end grommetsmay not be supported by conferenceend panels.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces haveradiused T-mold edge.
Rounded end worksurfaces havethreaded metal inserts for desksupport, end panel each end, and atall bracket locations. End grommetworksurfaces have no pedestalinserts.
MW2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Morrison
108
Worksurfaces, 1 1/418�D
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 18�D No grommets 30� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S3018-B-( ) $313. $486. $710.36� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S3618-B-( ) 347. 523. 765.42� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S4218-B-( ) 363. 566. 844.48� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S4818-B-( ) 426. 626. 925.54� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S5418-B-( ) 444. 663. 984.60� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S6018-B-( ) 465. 702. 1,066.66� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S6618-B-( ) 502. 782. 1,179.72� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-S7218-B-( ) 560. 876. 1,300.
Order Code
Example: MU1-S4818-B-117
MU1 Worksurface 11/4� thickS Worksurface type48 Width18 DepthB No grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
B: Worksurface does not includegrommets.
Specify surface finish.
11/4� worksurfaces are 3-ply, solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Application Notes
18�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications as shallow mainsurfaces, extensions, or credenzatops. They may be supported at eachend by an 18 ‘‘ end support bracket,18� cantilever bracket, 18�Wconference end panel, 18�Dpedestal, or 12�W end panel(MN2-E12) in conjunction with adesk support.
18�D worksurfaces with desksupports do not accept pedestals.
All worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 48� must be mid-spansupported by MB2-C18 bracket,specified separately.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.
Morrison
109
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 1/424�D
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 24�D - Grommets 24� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S2424-A-( ) $396. $632. $871.30� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S3024-A-( ) 431. 650. 910.36� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S3624-A-( ) 449. 667. 930.42� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S4224-A-( ) 509. 707. 1,005.48� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S4824-A-( ) 526. 764. 1,127.54� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S5424-A-( ) 569. 840. 1,206.60� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S6024-A-( ) 605. 882. 1,264.66� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S6624-A-( ) 663. 982. 1,401.72� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S7224-A-( ) 723. 1,056. 1,540.78� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S7824-A-( ) 784. 1,149. 1,646.84� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S8424-A-( ) 837. 1,232. 1,768.90� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S9024-A-( ) 888. 1,310. 1,885.96� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S9624-A-( ) 970. 1,432. 2,064.
Straight, 24�D - No grommets 24� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S2424-B-( ) 313. 548. 788.30� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S3024-B-( ) 347. 566. 828.36� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S3624-B-( ) 363. 586. 844.42� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S4224-B-( ) 426. 626. 925.48� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S4824-B-( ) 444. 682. 1,044.54� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S5424-B-( ) 484. 761. 1,124.60� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S6024-B-( ) 522. 799. 1,179.66� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S6624-B-( ) 579. 899. 1,320.72� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S7224-B-( ) 639. 977. 1,456.78� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S7824-B-( ) 695. 1,066. 1,562.84� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S8424-B-( ) 751. 1,148. 1,686.90� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S9024-B-( ) 804. 1,228. 1,802.96� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-S9624-B-( ) 884. 1,346. 1,981.
Order Code
Example: MU1-S3024-B-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickS Straight worksurface30 Width24 DepthB No grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- Worksurfaces include 3�
grommet in each backcorner leading into desksupport or wire manager.
B- Worksurface does notinclude grommets.
Specify surface finish.11/4� worksurfaces are 3-ply, solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
Worksurfaces with grommets arebored to accept and are shippedwith wire manager clips.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Application Notes
24�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably as shallow mainsurfaces, extensions or credenzatops. They can be supported at eachend by 24� end support bracket, 24�cantilever bracket, 24�W end panel,18�D pedestal or end panel inconjunction with desk support.
Use 18�D pedestals with 24�Dworksurfaces for full wiremanagement capability in desk orpanel applications.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 48� must be mid-spansupported by MB2-C18 bracket,specified separately.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.
Morrison
110
Worksurfaces, 1 1/430�D
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 30�D - Grommets 30� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S3030-A-( ) $472. $686. $989.36� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S3630-A-( ) 509. 728. 1,049.42� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S4230-A-( ) 549. 786. 1,127.48� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S4830-A-( ) 585. 840. 1,206.54� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S5430-A-( ) 626. 919. 1,304.60� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S6030-A-( ) 663. 982. 1,401.66� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S6630-A-( ) 700. 1,038. 1,519.72� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S7230-A-( ) 777. 1,136. 1,637.78� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S7830-A-( ) 839. 1,232. 1,803.84� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S8430-A-( ) 906. 1,327. 1,949.90� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S9030-A-( ) 957. 1,409. 2,075.96� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S9630-A-( ) 1,040. 1,533. 2,256.
Straight, 30�D - No grommets 30� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S3030-B-( ) 389. 602. 907.36� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S3630-B-( ) 426. 644. 968.42� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S4230-B-( ) 465. 702. 1,044.48� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S4830-B-( ) 502. 761. 1,124.54� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S5430-B-( ) 538. 836. 1,223.60� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S6030-B-( ) 579. 899. 1,320.66� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S6630-B-( ) 616. 952. 1,437.72� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S7230-B-( ) 693. 1,052. 1,553.78� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S7830-B-( ) 753. 1,148. 1,719.84� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S8430-B-( ) 819. 1,243. 1,863.90� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S9030-B-( ) 877. 1,329. 1,993.96� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-S9630-B-( ) 955. 1,449. 2,173.
Order Code
Example: MU1-S3030B-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickS Straight worksurface30 Width30 DepthB No grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- worksurface includes 3�
grommet in each backcorner leading into desksupport or wire managerclips.
B- worksurface does not includegrommets
Specify surface finish.
11/4� worksurfaces are 3-ply, solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces arepost-formed top and bottom, frontand back.
Application Notes
30�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications as mainsurfaces, extensions or credenzatops. They can be supported at eachend by 30� end support bracket, 30�cantilever bracket, 30� flat bracket,30�W end panel, 24�D pedestal orend panel in conjunction with desksupport, or 30�D pedestal.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 48� must be mid-spansupported by MB2-C18 bracket,specified separately.
Worksurfaces with grommets arebored to accept and are shippedwith wire manager clips.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.
Morrison
111
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4VDT corners
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Corner - Corner grommet only 355/8� 175/8� 11/4� MU1-V3618-A( ) $803. $1,052. $1,545.355/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V3624-A( ) 823. 1,071. 1,565.415/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V4224-A( ) 856. 1,109. 1,644.415/8� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-V4230-A( ) 904. 1,168. 1,721.475/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V4824-A( ) 1,013. 1,259. 1,930.475/8� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-V4830-A( ) 1,054. 1,359. 2,028.
Corner - 3 grommets 355/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V3624-C( ) 909. 1,155. 1,648.415/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V4224-C( ) 944. 1,192. 1,727.415/8� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-V4230-C( ) 985. 1,248. 1,804.475/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V4824-C( ) 1,095. 1,345. 2,018.475/8� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-V4830-C( ) 1,138. 1,440. 2,114.
Order Code
Example: MU1-V4830-C-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickV VDT corner48 Width30 Depth of returnC Three grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- VDT corner includes 3�
grommet in back corner.C- VDT corner includes 3�
grommet in all three backcorners.
Specify surface finish.11/4� VDT corners are solid coreconstruction with threaded metalinserts at desk support and allbracket locations.All worksurfacesare U.L.-listed.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Application Notes
VDT corners may be usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications. They may besupported by VDT end supportbrackets on each back edge; theymay be supported by flat bracket orbridging bracket on each side edge.
36�W x 18�D VDT corners accept18�D returns, 36�, 42�, and 48�W x24�D VDT corners accept 24�Dreturns, 42� and 48�W x 30�D VDTcorners accept 30�D returns.
VDT corners are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
48� x 24� VDT corners have aninside radius, T-mold front edge thatcurves into an optimal 45° straightkeyboard location.
Corner worksurfaces with equal rearedges have diagonal grain direction.
Morrison
112
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4split top VDT corners
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
VDT corner Corner grommet only 415/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V42SS-A( ) $2,176. $2,414. $2,947.475/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V48SS-A( ) 2,329. 2,567. 3,236.475/8� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-V48DS-A( ) 2,370. 2,664. 3,331.
VDT corner 3 grommets 415/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V42SS-C( ) 2,258. 2,496. 3,030.475/8� 235/8� 11/4� MU1-V48SS-C( ) 2,414. 2,650. 3,318.475/8� 295/8� 11/4� MU1-V48DS-C( ) 2,455. 2,749. 3,415.
Order Code
Example: MU1-V48SS-A-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickV VDT corner48 WidthS DepthS Split topA Grommet117 Surface finish
Specification Information
VDT Corner Depth:S- 24�D sidesD- 30�D sides
Grommets/no grommets:A- Grommets in back corners of
straight tops, one backcorner of VDT
C- Grommets in all three backcorners of VDT
Specify surface finish.11/4� VDT corners are solid coreconstruction with threaded metalinserts at desk support and allbracket locations. All worksurfacesare U.L.-listed.MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Application Notes
Split top worksurfaces includecounterbalanced adjustablekeyboard/ mouse support withfingertip control.
Front surface adjusts from 5� belowback surface to 7� above, andadjusts in tilt from -10° to +10°.
Split top surfaces may be panelsupported or desk supported withstandard Morrison brackets.
Specify 18�D cantilever bracketswith 235/8� split corners, and 24�Dcantilever or bridging brackets with295/8� D split corners.
48�W split-top VDT corners mustbe supported by VDT-end supportkits in conjunction with cantileverbrackets at side edges.
Corner worksurfaces with equal rearedges have diagonal grain direction.
Morrison
113
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4rounded end worksurfaces
description w d h pattern no. paint lam. V1 V2
30�D rounded end - End grommets 625/8� 30� 11/4� MU1-R6330E( ) $1,252. $1,743. $2,567.745/8� 30� 11/4� MU1-R7530E( ) 1,294. 1,801. 2,625.
30�D rounded end - No grommets 625/8� 30� 11/4� MU1-R6330B( )(L/R) 1,170. 1,659. 2,483.745/8� 30� 11/4� MU1-R7530B( )(L/R) 1,209. 1,715. 2,536.
Support column 5� – 27� MM2-L26( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: MU1-R6330E-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickR Rounded end63 Width30 DepthE End grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:E- rounded end worksurface
includes 3� grommet ineach straight end corner.
R- rounded end worksurfaceincludes 3� grommetsrecessed for use with 6�recessed desk support.
B- rounded end worksurfacedoes not include grommets
Specify surface finish.Rounded end worksurfaces withrecessed or no grommets arespecified left or right to determineposition of grommets and pedestaldrilling. Rounded end when seatedat desk defines L/R hand (Righthand shown above).
11/4� worksurfaces are 3-ply, solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
End grommeted tops have inserts toaccept desk support at straight endand no pedestal inserts.Plasticlaminate worksurfaces haveradiused T mold edge and a flatself-edge in the straight edge.
Application Notes
Rounded end worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably in desk and panelsystem applications as mainsurfaces or extensions. They may besupported by 30� end supportbrackets, 30� cantilever bracket,30� flat bracket or 30� conferenceend panel, and by a support columnat the rounded end.
Use 18�D pedestal or end panel withdesk support under rounded endworksurfaces with recessedgrommets. Use 48�D desk supportwith 63� rounded end and 60�Wdesk support with 75� rounded end.
Worksurfaces with end grommetsmay not be supported by conferenceend panel.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.
Rounded end worksurfaces havethreaded metal inserts for desksupport, end panel each end, and atall bracket locations. End grommetworksurfaces have no pedestalinserts.
Morrison
114
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4conference shapes
description type w d h pattern no. paint lam. V1 V2
Half round - Standard 30� 48� 11/4� MU1-R3048-B-( ) $853. $1,219. $1,734.
Half round - With vertical panel 30� 503/8� 11/4� MU1-R3050-B-( ) 948. 1,337. 1,912.
Support column 5� – 27� MM2-L26( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: MU1-R3050B-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickR Rounded end30 Width50 DepthB No grommet117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:B- worksurface does not include
grommets.
Specify surface finish.
11/4� worksurfaces are 3-ply, solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at all end panel, desksupport and bracket locations andpilot holes at pedestal locations.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Plastic laminate worksurfaces haveradiused T mold edge.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
Application Notes
Half-round and extended half-roundare used with back-to-back 24�Dstraight or VDT cornerworksurfaces. Half round withvertical panel attaches to 24�Dstraight or VDT corner worksurfacessupported by vertical panel.
Conference worksurfaces must besupported by support column andflat bracket or bridging bracket toadjacent worksurface.
Morrison
115
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4P-shape curvilinear
description type w d h pattern no. paint lam. V1 V2
Rounded end left 24�D return 48� 72� 11/4� MU1-P72SA( )L $2,180. $2,799. $3,922.30�D return 48� 78� 11/4� MU1-P78DA( )L 2,270. 2,921. 4,090.
Rounded end right 24�D return 48� 72� 11/4� MU1-P72SA( )R 2,180. 2,799. 3,922.30�D return 48� 78� 11/4� MU1-P78DA( )R 2,270. 2,921. 4,090.
Rounded end support column 5� – 27� MM2-L26-( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: MU1-P72SA-117L
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4�P P-shape curvilinear72 Overall lengthS Depth of returnA Grommets117 Surface finishL Rounded end left
Specification Information
S- 24�D side edgeD- 30�D side edge
Specify surface finish.
11/4� curvilinear surfaces are solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at desk support and allbracket locations.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
All P-shape worksurfaces have 2grommets at 48� end for use with48� desk and overhead supports.
Application Notes
P-shape curvilinear worksurfacesmay be used interchangeably indesk and panel system applications.They may be supported by a 48�VDT support bracket kit, or 48�desk support and 6� end panel, inconjunction with rounded endsupport column. Use flat bracket orbridging bracket to join to adjacent11/4� worksurface.
P-shape laminate surfaces havecontinuous T-mold edge in profile tomatch adjacent 11/4� worksurfaces.
Morrison
116
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4L-shape curvilinear
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
24�D returns left and right 3 grommets 42� 42� 11/4� MU1-C4242SS( ) $997. $1,283. $1,799.48� 48� 11/4� MU1-C4848SS( ) 1,087. 1,401. 1,957.48� 60� 11/4� MU1-C4860SS( ) 1,236. 1,588. 2,226.48� 72� 11/4� MU1-C4872SS( ) 1,418. 1,827. 2,563.60� 48� 11/4� MU1-C6048SS( ) 1,236. 1,588. 2,226.72� 48� 11/4� MU1-C7248SS( ) 1,418. 1,827. 2,563.
24�D return left, 30�D right 3 grommets 48� 48� 11/4� MU1-C4848SD( ) 1,087. 1,401. 1,957.48� 60� 11/4� MU1-C4860SD( ) 1,236. 1,588. 2,226.48� 72� 11/4� MU1-C4872SD( ) 1,418. 1,827. 2,563.60� 48� 11/4� MU1-C6048SD( ) 1,236. 1,588. 2,226.72� 48� 11/4� MU1-C7248SD( ) 1,418. 1,827. 2,563.
30�D return left, 24�D right 3 grommets 48� 48� 11/4� MU1-C4848DS( ) 1,087. 1,401. 1,957.48� 60� 11/4� MU1-C4860DS( ) 1,236. 1,588. 2,226.48� 72� 11/4� MU1-C4872DS( ) 1,418. 1,827. 2,563.60� 48� 11/4� MU1-C6048DS( ) 1,236. 1,588. 2,226.72� 48� 11/4� MU1-C7248DS( ) 1,418. 1,827. 2,563.
30�D returns left and right 3 grommets 48� 48� 11/4� MU1-C4848DD( ) 1,087. 1,401. 1,957.
Order Code
Example: MU1-C4860SD-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4�C L-shape curvilinear48 Width left60 Width rightS Depth of left returnD Depth of right return117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Width dimension (W) refers to widthof left-side back edge; depthdimension (D) indicates width ofright-side back edge.S- 24�D side edgeD- 30�D side edge
Specify surface finish.
11/4�curvilinear surfaces are solidcore construction with threadedmetal inserts at desk support and allbracket locations.MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
All worksurfaces are U.L.-listed.
All L-shape curvilinearworksurfaces have three grommets.
Corner worksurfaces with equal rearedges have diagonal grain direction.
L-shape worksurfaces have graindirection along the longer backedge.
Application Notes
L-shape curvilinear worksurfacesmay be used interchangeably indesk and panel system applications.They may be supported by cornerdesk supports or by VDT endsupport bracket kit. Use cantileverbridging brackets or flat brackets tojoin to adjacent worksurfaces.
L-shape surfaces may also besupported by MN1- end panel inconjunction with desk support, orcantilever bracket in panelplanning.
L-shape surfaces are veneer orpost-formed plastic laminate onboth back edges, matching profileT-mold on curvilinear front, andself-edge on sides.
Curvilinear worksurfaces areavailable only in 11/4� thickness.
L-shape surfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
If specifying privacy screens onboth back edges, one or both mustbe 48� back-of-VDT type.
Morrison
117
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4120° corners90° return
description w return h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
90° returnRight hand - grommet
36� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y36S-AR-( )( ) $750. $1,051. $1,279.42� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y42S-AR-( )( ) 790. 1,271. 1,681.48� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y48S-AR-( )( ) 881. 1,400. 2,105.60� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y60S-AR-( )( ) 1,069. n/a n/a
90° returnLeft hand - grommet
36� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y36S-AL-( )( ) 750. 1,051. 1,279.42� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y42S-AL-( )( ) 790. 1,271. 1,681.48� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y48S-AL-( )( ) 881. 1,400. 2,105.60� 24� 11/4� MU1-Y60S-AL-( )( ) 1,069. n/a n/a
Transitional 24� 11/4� MU1-YTS-( )( ) 595. 782. 1,015.
Order Code
Example: MU1-Y48S-A-R-L-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickY 120° corner,90° returns48 WidthS 24�D returnA GrommetsR Right handL Laminate117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Width dimension (w) refers to widthof both back edges.
Specify surface finish.
1 1/4� worksurfaces are solid coreconstruction with threaded metalinserts at desk supports and allstandard bracket locations.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Grommets/no grommets:A- worksurface includes 2
grommets in 2 backcorners, creating Left- andRight-hand applications(see illustration).
B- worksurface does not includegrommets. Worksurfaceswith no grommets are nothanded.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
120° worksurfaces with 90° returnsare used mainly in panel systemapplications. They can besuppported at each end with 24� endsupport brackets, 24� cantileverbracket, 24�W end panel, 18�D and24�D pedestal or end panel inconjunction with desk supports.
120° corner is supported by astandard ( 90° ) 24�D cantileverbracket.
Use cantilever bridging brackets tojoin to adjacent worksurface or totransitional 120° worksurface.
Transitional worksurfaces connecttwo 120° corner tops with 90°returns.
Corner worksurfaces have diagonalgrain direction.
Morrison
118
Worksurfaces, 1 1/4120° cornersMeeting corners
description w return h pattern no. paint lam.
Meeting cornerRight hand - grommet
48� 24� 11/4� MU1-M48S-AR-( )( ) $907.
Meeting cornerLeft hand - grommet
48� 24� 11/4� MU1-M48S-AL-( )( ) 907.
Support column 5� 27� MM2-L26( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: MU1-M48S-A-L-L-117
MU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickM Meeting corner48 WidthS 24�D returnA GrommetsL Left handL Laminate117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Width dimension (w) refers to widthof smaller back edge. Total width ofback edge with rounded meetingarea is 621/2�.
Specify surface finish.
1 1/4� worksurfaces are solid coreconstruction with threaded metalinserts at desk supports and allstandard bracket locations.
MU1- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with machine screws.
Grommets/no grommets:A- worksurface includes 2
grommets in 2 backcorners.
B- worksurface does not includegrommets.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
120° meeting worksurfaces are usedmainly in panel system applications.Support at the rounded meeting endwith a Morrison support column,specified separately. They can besupported at the other end by 24�end support brackets, 24� cantileverbracket, 24�W end panel, 18�D and24�D pedestal or end panel inconjunction with desk supports.Morrison Network straight desksupport may be used under the 48Wback edge.
120° corner is supported by 24�Dcantilever bracket.
Use 24�D cantilever bridgingbrackets to join to adjacentworksurfaces.
Morrison
119
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/418�D
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 18�D - Grommet 30� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S3018-A-( ) $255. $426. $637.36� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S3618-A-( ) 269. 443. 673.42� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S4218-A-( ) 303. 495. 762.48� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S4818-A-( ) 335. 523. 811.54� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S5418-A-( ) 365. 577. 882.60� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S6018-A-( ) 400. 630. 973.66� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S6618-A-( ) 431. 694. 1,078.72� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S7218-A-( ) 463. 764. 1,168.78� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S7818-A-( ) 494. 803. 1,231.84� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S8418-A-( ) 526. 843. 1,291.90� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S9018-A-( ) 559. 899. 1,377.96� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S9618-A-( ) 591. 948. 1,453.108� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S10818-A-( ) 640. 1,015. 1,555.120� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S12018-A-( ) 700. 1,094. 1,686.
Straight, 18�D - No grommet 30� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S3018-B-( ) 223. 395. 603.36� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S3618-B-( ) 241. 411. 640.42� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S4218-B-( ) 269. 463. 729.48� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S4818-B-( ) 304. 495. 782.54� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S5418-B-( ) 335. 548. 851.60� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S6018-B-( ) 366. 596. 940.66� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S6618-B-( ) 400. 664. 1,045.72� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S7218-B-( ) 431. 731. 1,136.78� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S7818-B-( ) 464. 773. 1,196.84� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S8418-B-( ) 494. 812. 1,259.90� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S9018-B-( ) 528. 869. 1,344.96� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S9618-B-( ) 559. 918. 1,426.108� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S10818-B-( ) 607. 984. 1,523.120� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-S12018-B-( ) 671. 1,067. 1,655.
Order Code
Example: LU1-S4818-B-117
LU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickS Straight worksurface48 Width18 DepthB No grommet117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommet/no grommet:A- worksurface includes one
edge grommetB- worksurface does not include
grommet
Specify surface finish.
11/4� Options worksurfaces are3-ply, solid core construction withpilot holes at all pedestal, endpanel, and bracket locations.
Edge grommets are centered at rearof worksurface.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Application Notes
18�D worksurfaces are used inpanel system applications asshallow main surfaces, extensions orcredenza tops. They may besupported at each end by an 18� endsupport bracket, 18� cantileverbracket, 18�W desk end panel or18�D pedestal.
Options worksurfaces cannot beused in conjunction with Networkdesk supports.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 48� must be mid-spansupported by MB2-C18 bracket,specified separately.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 96� must be pedestal orMB2-C24 cantilever bracketsupported every 48�.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.
Morrison
120
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/424�D
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 24�D - Grommet 24� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S2424-A-( ) $286. $512. $739.30� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S3024-A-( ) 303. 529. 761.36� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S3624-A-( ) 319. 550. 776.42� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S4224-A-( ) 351. 567. 828.48� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S4824-A-( ) 384. 609. 937.54� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S5424-A-( ) 415. 679. 1,024.60� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S6024-A-( ) 448. 713. 1,076.66� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S6624-A-( ) 481. 785. 1,184.72� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S7224-A-( ) 512. 833. 1,293.78� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S7824-A-( ) 541. 857. 1,347.84� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S8424-A-( ) 576. 933. 1,420.90� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S9024-A-( ) 606. 994. 1,511.96� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S9624-A-( ) 640. 1,050. 1,596.108� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S10824-A-( ) 700. 1,116. 1,709.120� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S12024-A-( ) 768. 1,218. 1,850.
Straight, 24�D - No grommet 24� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S2424-B-( ) 255. 480. 713.30� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S3024-B-( ) 269. 499. 728.36� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S3624-B-( ) 288. 518. 744.42� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S4224-B-( ) 319. 534. 795.48� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S4824-B-( ) 351. 578. 907.54� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S5424-B-( ) 385. 649. 992.60� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S6024-B-( ) 415. 681. 1,043.66� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S6624-B-( ) 449. 752. 1,153.72� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S7224-B-( ) 481. 802. 1,263.78� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S7824-B-( ) 512. 827. 1,318.84� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S8424-B-( ) 543. 903. 1,390.90� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S9024-B-( ) 576. 967. 1,479.96� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S9624-B-( ) 607. 1,018. 1,566.108� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S10824-B-( ) 671. 1,082. 1,678.120� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-S12024-B-( ) 734. 1,185. 1,818.
Order Code
Example: LU1-S3024-B-117
LU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickS Straight worksurface30 Width24 DepthB No grommet117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommet/no grommet:A- worksurface includes one
edge grommetB- worksurface does not include
grommet
Specify surface finish.
11/4� Options worksurfaces are3-ply, solid core construction withpilot holes at all pedestal, endpanel, and bracket locations.
Edge grommets are centered at rearof worksurface.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
24�D worksurfaces are usedinterchangeably as shallow mainsurfaces, extensions or credenzatops.
They can be supported at each endby 24� end support bracket, 24�cantilever bracket, 24�W end panelor 18�D pedestal.
Application Notes
Options worksurfaces cannot beused in conjunction with Networkdesk supports.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 48� must be mid-spansupported by MB2-C18 bracket,specified separately.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 96� must be pedestal orMB2-C24 cantilever bracketsupported every 48�.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.
Morrison
121
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/430�D
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Straight, 30�D - Grommets 30� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S3030-A-( ) $335. $536. $829.36� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S3630-A-( ) 365. 576. 881.42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S4230-A-( ) 400. 630. 949.48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S4830-A-( ) 431. 678. 1,021.54� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S5430-A-( ) 463. 746. 1,110.60� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S6030-A-( ) 494. 799. 1,198.66� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S6630-A-( ) 526. 845. 1,307.72� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S7230-A-( ) 576. 915. 1,393.78� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S7830-A-( ) 606. 956. 1,464.84� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S8430-A-( ) 640. 1,007. 1,543.90� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S9030-A-( ) 671. 1,061. 1,610.96� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S9630-A-( ) 700. 1,116. 1,694.
Straight, 30�D - No grommets 30� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S3030-B-( ) 304. 511. 797.36� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S3630-B-( ) 335. 546. 849.42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S4230-B-( ) 366. 596. 919.48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S4830-B-( ) 400. 646. 990.54� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S5430-B-( ) 431. 718. 1,080.60� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S6030-B-( ) 464. 768. 1,170.66� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S6630-B-( ) 494. 816. 1,276.72� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S7230-B-( ) 543. 883. 1,363.78� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S7830-B-( ) 576. 929. 1,434.84� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S8430-B-( ) 607. 979. 1,513.90� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S9030-B-( ) 640. 1,031. 1,581.96� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-S9630-B-( ) 671. 1,082. 1,664.
Order Code
Example: LU1-S3030B-117
LU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickS Straight worksurface30 Width30 DepthB No grommets117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:A- worksurface includes one
edge grommetB- worksurface does not include
grommets
Specify surface finish.
11/4� Options worksurfaces are3-ply, solid core construction withpilot holes at all pedestal, endpanel, and bracket locations.
Edge grommets are centered at rearof worksurface.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Application Notes
30�D worksurfaces are used inpanel system applications as mainsurfaces, extensions or credenzatops. They can be supported at eachend by 30� end support bracket, 30�cantilever bracket or 30�W endpanel.
Options worksurfaces cannot beused in conjunction with Networkdesk supports.
All straight worksurfaces are3/8� lessthan nominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Panel-supported 11/4� worksurfacesover 48� must be mid-spansupported by MB2-C24 bracket,specified separately.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4�worksurfaces.
Morrison
122
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4trapezoidal
description w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Right hand - grommet 48� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T48A-R-( ) $541. $771. $1,079.54� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T54A-R-( ) 688. 980. 1,370.60� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T60A-R-( ) 835. 1,187. 1,664.72� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T72A-R-( ) 982. 1,396. 1,952.
Left hand - grommet 48� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T48A-L-( ) 541. 771. 1,079.54� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T54A-L-( ) 688. 980. 1,370.60� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T60A-L-( ) 835. 1,187. 1,664.72� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T72A-L-( ) 982. 1,396. 1,952.
Right hand - no grommet 48� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T48B-R-( ) 513. 729. 1,018.54� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T54B-R-( ) 657. 937. 1,313.60� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T60B-R-( ) 804. 1,148. 1,601.72� 30�/24� 11/4� LU1-T72B-R-( ) 950. 1,352. 1,894.
Left hand - no grommet 48� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T48B-L-( ) 513. 729. 1,018.54� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T54B-L-( ) 657. 937. 1,313.60� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T60B-L-( ) 804. 1,148. 1,601.72� 24�/30� 11/4� LU1-T72B-L-( ) 950. 1,352. 1,894.
Order Code
Example: LU1-T48B-R-117
LU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickT Trapezoidal48 WidthB No grommetsR Right hand117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Grommets/ no grommetsA- worksurface includes one
edge grommetB- worksurface does not include
grommets
Specify surface finish.
Edge grommets are centered at rearof worksurface.Right-and-Left andare defined by applying trapezoidaltops as returns from rectilinearworksurfaces.R- Right hand30� D Left, 24� D Right edgeL- Left hand24� D Left, 30� D Right edge
Application Notes
1 1/4� Options worksurfaces are 3-ply solid core construction with pilotholes at all pedestal, end panel andbracket locations.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Trapezoidal worksurfaces must besupported at each end by a pedestal,cantilever or cantilever bridgingbracket with a maximum span of 48�between supports. Panel-supportedworksurfaces over 48� must bemid-span supported by MB2-C18brackets, specified separately.
Options worksurfaces cannnot beused in conjunction with Networkdesk supports.
All worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Morrison
123
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4VDT corners and split-top surfaces
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Corner Corner grommet only 36� 175/8� 11/4� LU1-V3618-A( ) $607. $845. $1,317.Corner grommet only 36� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-V3624-A( ) 623. 862. 1,331.Corner grommet only 42� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-V4224-A( ) 655. 896. 1,403.Corner grommet only 42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-V4230-A( ) 688. 944. 1,470.Corner grommet only 48� 235/8� 11/4� LU1-V4824-A( ) 770. 1,004. 1,644.Corner grommet only 48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-V4830-A( ) 799. 1,090. 1,730.
Order Code
Example: LU1-V4830-A-117
LU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickV VDT corner48 Width30 Depth of returnA Corner grommet117 Specify finish
Specification Information
Grommet/no grommet:A- VDT corner includes one
edge grommet in backcorner. Straight split tophas one center back edgegrommet.
Specify surface finish.
11/4� Options worksurfaces are solidcore construction with pilot holes atall bracket locations.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Application Notes
VDT corners and split top straightsurfaces are used in panel systemapplications. Options VDT cornersmay be supported by left or righthand 24� cantilever brackets at therear corner, and cantilever bridgingbracket on each side edge (see page151).
Options straight split top should besupported by 18�D cantileverbracket.
48�W split-top corners must besupported by VDT- end supportbrackets kits in conjunction withcantilever brackets at side edges.
Options worksurfaces cannot beused in conjunction with MorrisonNetwork desk supports.
36�W x 18�D VDT corners accept18�D returns, 36�, 42�, and 48�W x24�D VDT corners accept 24�Dreturns, 42� and 48�W x 30�D VDTcorners accept 30�D returns.
VDT corners are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Split top corners havecounterbalanced adjustablekeyboard/mouse surface withfingertip control. Front surfaceadjusts from 5� below to 7� aboveback surface, and adjusts in tiltfrom -10° to +10°.
Corner worksurfaces with equal rearedges have diagonal grain direction.
Morrison
124
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4L-shape curvilinear
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
24�D returns left and right 2 grommets 48� 60� 11/4� LU1-C4860SS( ) $940. $1,279. $1,885.48� 72� 11/4� LU1-C4872SS( ) 1,081. 1,472. 2,169.60� 48� 11/4� LU1-C6048SS( ) 940. 1,279. 1,885.72� 48� 11/4� LU1-C7248SS( ) 1,081. 1,472. 2,169.
Corner grommet 42� 42� 11/4� LU1-C4242SS( ) 760. 1,036. 1,522.48� 48� 11/4� LU1-C4848SS( ) 829. 1,129. 1,659.
24�D return left, 30�D right 2 grommets 48� 60� 11/4� LU1-C4860SD( ) 940. 1,279. 1,885.48� 72� 11/4� LU1-C4872SD( ) 1,081. 1,472. 2,169.60� 48� 11/4� LU1-C6048SD( ) 940. 1,279. 1,885.72� 48� 11/4� LU1-C7248SD( ) 1,081. 1,472. 2,169.
Corner grommet 48� 48� 11/4� LU1-C4848SD( ) 829. 1,129. 1,659.
30�D return left, 24�D right 2 grommets 48� 60� 11/4� LU1-C4860DS( ) 940. 1,279. 1,885.48� 72� 11/4� LU1-C4872DS( ) 1,081. 1,472. 2,169.60� 48� 11/4� LU1-C6048DS( ) 940. 1,279. 1,885.72� 48� 11/4� LU1-C7248DS( ) 1,081. 1,472. 2,169.
Corner grommet 48� 48� 11/4� LU1-C4848DS( ) 829. 1,129. 1,659.
30�D returns left and right Corner grommet 48� 48� 11/4� LU1-C4848DD( ) 829. 1,129. 1,659.
Order Code
Example: LU1-C4860SD-117
LU1 Options worksurface,11/4�
C L-shape curvilinear48 Width left60 Width rightS Depth of left returnD Depth of right return117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Width dimension (W) refers to widthof left-side back edge; depthdimension (D) indicates width ofright-side back edge.S- 24�D side edgeD- 30�D side edge
Specify surface finish.
11/4� curvilinear surfaces are solidcore construction with pilot holes atall bracket locations.LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Corner worksurfaces with equal rearedges have diagonal grain direction.
L-shape worksurfaces have graindirection along the longer backedge.
Application Notes
Options L-shaped curvilinearworksurfaces may be supported byleft- or right-hand cantileverbrackets at the rear corner andcantilever bridging bracket on eachside edge. Use mid-span supportwhenever Options worksurfacesspan more than 48�.
L-shape surfaces are veneer orpost-formed plastic laminate onboth back edges, matching profileT-mold on curvilinear front, andself-edge on sides.
Curvilinear worksurfaces areavailable only in 11/4� thickness.
L-shape surfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Morrison
125
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4rounded end and conference shapes
description type w d h pattern no. paint lam. V1 V2
30�D rounded end No grommets 625/8� 30� 11/4� LU1-R6330B( )(L/R) $888. $1,355. $2,155.No grommets 745/8� 30� 11/4� LU1-R7530B( )(L/R) 921. 1,404. 2,189.
Half round With vertical panel 30� 503/8� 11/4� LU1-R3050-B-( ) 654. 997. 1,492.
Support column 5� – 27� MM2-L26( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: LU1-R6330B-117-L
LU1 Options worksurface,11/4� thick
R Rounded end63 Width30 DepthB No grommets117 Surface finishL Left hand
Specification Information
Grommets/no grommets:B- worksurface does not include
grommets.
Specify surface finish.
11/4� worksurfaces are 3-ply, solidcore construction.Plastic laminateworksurfaces have radiused T moldedge.Rounded end worksurfaces have aflat self-edge in the straight end.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Rounded end worksurfaces arespecified left or right to determineposition of pedestal drilling.Rounded end when seated at deskdefines L/R hand (Right handshown above). All worksurfaces areU.L.-listed.
Application Notes
Rounded end worksurfaces may besupported by 30� end supportbrackets, 30� flat bracket or 30�conference end panel, and by asupport column at the rounded end.
Suspended pedestals may not beused with 11/4� worksurfaces.Conference worksurfaces must besupported by support column andflat bracket or bridging bracket toadjacent desk.
Half round with vertical panelattaches to 24�D straight or VDTcorner worksurfaces supported byvertical panel.
Morrison
126
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4Wave-end surfaces
description w d h pattern no. lam
Left wave-end - Grommet 36� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W36AL( ) $782.42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W42AL( ) 829.48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W48AL( ) 879.
Left wave-end - No grommet 36� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W36BL( ) 768.42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W42BL( ) 813.48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W48BL( ) 863.
Right wave-end - Grommet 36� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W36AR( ) 782.42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W42AR( ) 829.48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W48AR( ) 879.
Right wave-end - No grommet 36� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W36BR( ) 768.42� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W42BR( ) 813.48� 295/8� 11/4� LU1-W48BR( ) 863.
Order Code
Example: LU1-W48AL-117
LU1 Options worksurface,11/4�
W Wave-end curvilinear48 WidthA With grommetsL Left117 Surface finish
Specification Information
11/4� curvilinear surfaces are solidcore construction with pilot holes atbracket and pedestal locations.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Grommets/no grommets:A- Worksurface includes one
edge grommetB- Worksurface does not
include grommets
Specify surface finish.
Edge grommets are centered at rearof worksurface.
Application Notes
Options wave-end curvilinearworksurfaces are for panel planningonly and cannot be used inconjunction with Network desksupports.
Use cantilever bridging bracket tojoin to adjacent 11/4� worksurface.
Wave-end surfaces are post-formedon back edge, matching profileT-mold on curvilinear front, andself-edge on sides.
Wave-end surfaces are availableonly in plastic laminate, 11/4�thickness.
Wave-end surfaces are nominal30�D at left or right, and align with24�D surface at the other end.
Morrison
127
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4120° corners90° returns and Diamond
description type w return h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
90° return no grommet 36� 24� 11/4� LU1-Y36S-B( )( ) $704. $992. $1,204.42� 24� 11/4� LU1-Y42S-B( )( ) 744. 1,204. 1,587.48� 24� 11/4� LU1-Y48S-B( )( ) 824. 1,320. 1,988.60� 24� 11/4� LU1-Y60S-B( )( ) 1,006. n/a n/a
Diamond no grommet 36� 24� 11/4� LU1-D36S-B( )( ) 695. 1,003. 1,239.42� 24� 11/4� LU1-D42S-B( )( ) 772. 1,227. 1,654.48� 24� 11/4� LU1-D48S-B( )( ) 845. 1,372. 2,082.
Transitional 24� 11/4� LU1-YTS-( )( ) 541. 710. 922.
Order Code
Example: LU1-Y48S-B-L-L-117
LU1 Options worksurface,11/4� thick
Y 120° corner,90° returns48 WidthS 24�D returnB No GrommetsL Left handL Laminate117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Width dimensions (w) refers towidth of both back edges.
Specify surface finish.
1 1/4� Options worksurfaces are solidcore construction with pilot holes atstandard support locations.
120° Options worksurfaces areavailable without grommets only.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
120° Morrison Optionsworksurfaces with 90° returns areused in panel system applicationsonly. They can be supported at eachend by 24� end support brackets,24� cantilever bracket or 18�D and24�D pedestals. 120° corner issupported by a standard ( 90° )24�D cantilever bracket.
Use cantilever bridging brackets tojoin to adjacent worksurfaces or totransitional 120° worksurfaces. Usemid-span support whenever Optionsworksurfaces span more then 48�.
Transitional worksurfaces connecttwo 120° corner tops with 90°returns.
120° Morrison Optionsworksurfaces with 120° returns areused in panel system applicationsonly. They can be supported at eachreturn end by 24� end supportbrackets, 24� cantilever bracket or18�D and 24�D pedestals. 120°corner is supported by standard (90° ) 24�D cantilever bracket.
Order brackets with wood screws forMorrison Options worksurfaces.
Corner worksurfaces have diagonalgrain direction.
Morrison
128
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4120° cornersMeeting corner
description w return h pattern no. paint lam. V1 V2
Meeting cornerRight hand - no grommet
48� 24� 11/4� LU1-M48S-BRL( ) $850. n/a n/a
Meeting cornerLeft hand - no grommet
48� 24� 11/4� LU1-M48S-BLL( ) 850. n/a n/a
Support column 5� 27� MM2-L26( ) 198.
Order Code
Example: LU1-M48S-B-L-L-117
LU1 Options worksurface,11/4� thick
M Meeting corner48 WidthS 24�D returnB No GrommetsL Left handL Laminate117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Width dimension (w) refers to widthof smaller back edge. Total width ofback edge with rounded meetingarea is 621/2�.
Specify surface finish.
1 1/4� worksurfaces are solid coreconstruction with pilot holes at allsupport locations.
120° Options worksurfaces areavailable without grommets only.
LU1- worksurfaces are supported bybrackets with wood screws.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance or privacy screens.
Morrison Options 120° meetingworksurfaces are used in panelsystem application only. They aresupported at the rounded meetingend by a Morrison support column,specified separately. They can besupported at the other end by 24�end support brackets, 24� cantileverbracket or 18�D and 24�Dpedestals.
120° corner is supported by 24�Dcantilever bracket.
Use 24�D cantilever bridgingbrackets to join to adjacentworksurfaces.
Morrison
129
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Options worksurfaces, 1 1/4Rectilinear and curvilinear corners for C-Leg and T-leg bases24�, 30� and 36�D
description type d* d w* w h pattern no. L V1 V2
C-Leg Rectangular Tops, 24� Deep For use with 24�D C-Leg base 24� 23� 36� 34� 11/4� LU1-S3423-B-( ) $288. $518. $744.24� 23� 42� 40� 11/4� LU1-S4023-B-( ) 319. 534. 795.24� 23� 48� 46� 11/4� LU1-S4623-B-( ) 351. 578. 907.24� 23� 54� 52� 11/4� LU1-S5223-B-( ) 385. 649. 992.24� 23� 60� 58� 11/4� LU1-S5823-B-( ) 415. 681. 1,043.24� 23� 66� 64� 11/4� LU1-S6423-B-( ) 449. 752. 1,153.24� 23� 72� 70� 11/4� LU1-S7023-B-( ) 481. 802. 1,263.
C-Leg and T-Leg Rectangular Tops,30� Deep
For use with 30�D C-Leg base 30� 29� 36� 34� 11/4� LU1-S3429-B-( ) 335. 546. 849.30� 29� 42� 40� 11/4� LU1-S4029-B-( ) 366. 596. 919.
For use with 30�D C-Leg or T-Leg base 30� 29� 48� 46� 11/4� LU1-S4629-B-( ) 400. 646. 990.30� 29� 54� 52� 11/4� LU1-S5229-B-( ) 431. 718. 1,080.30� 29� 60� 58� 11/4� LU1-S5829-B-( ) 464. 768. 1,170.30� 29� 66� 64� 11/4� LU1-S6429-B-( ) 494. 816. 1,276.30� 29� 72� 70� 11/4� LU1-S7029-B-( ) 543. 883. 1,363.
T-Leg Rectangular Tops, 36� Deep For use with 30�D T-Leg base 36� 35� 48� 46� 11/4� LU1-S4635-B-( ) 449. 715. 1,073.36� 35� 54� 52� 11/4� LU1-S5235-B-( ) 476. 788. 1,168.36� 35� 60� 58� 11/4� LU1-S5835-B-( ) 513. 856. 1,297.36� 35� 66� 64� 11/4� LU1-S6435-B-( ) 537. 881. 1,398.36� 35� 72� 70� 11/4� LU1-S7035-B-( ) 604. 964. 1,462.
C-Leg/T-Leg Corner Tops, 24� or 30� Deep For use with C-Leg/T-Leg Corner base 24� 23� 48� 46� 11/4� LU1-C4646SS-( ) 829. 1,129. 1,659.30� 29� 48� 46� 11/4� LU1-C4646DD-( ) 829. 1,129. 1,659.
T-Leg Corner Top, 24� Deep For use with T-Leg Corner base 24� 23� 42� 40� 11/4� LU1-C4040SS-( ) 760. 1,036. 1,522.
Order Code
Example: LU1-S5829-B-118
LU1 Worksurface, 11/4� thickS Straight worksurface58 Width29 DepthB No Grommets118 Surface finish
w * = nominal width
Specification Information
Specify surface finish.
11/4� Options worksurfaces are3-ply, solid core construction.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces on this page aredesigned for use with fixed andheight adjustable C-Leg, T-Leg andcorner bases to create freestandingtables.
23�, 29� and 35� rectangularworksurfaces are for use withcorresponding depth fixed andheight adjustable C-Leg bases andT-Leg bases.
48�x48� curvilinear cornerworksurfaces are for use with 16�D3-legged fixed and height adjustablecorner bases or 29�D 2-legged fixedand height adjustable T-Leg cornerbases.
42�x42� curvilinear worksurfacesare for use with 2-Legged fixed andheight adjustable T-Leg cornerbases.
Worksurfaces are pre-drilled withpilot holes for use with wood screws.
Actual worksurfaces are undersizedby 1� on each side edge and by 1�on the back edge.
Corner worksurfaces feature acorner grommet.
Morrison
130
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonstraight, flat front3/8� wire drop and grommet
description w d h pattern no. lam.
24�D - Straight worksurface, flat front 24� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F2424 ( )( ) $288.30� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F3024 ( )( ) 316.36� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F3624 ( )( ) 345.42� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F4224 ( )( ) 376.48� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F4824 ( )( ) 402.54� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F5424 ( )( ) 431.60� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F6024 ( )( ) 460.66� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F6624 ( )( ) 490.72� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F7224 ( )( ) 520.78� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F7824 ( )( ) 545.84� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F8424 ( )( ) 576.90� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F9024 ( )( ) 603.96� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F9624 ( )( ) 634.
30�D - Straight worksurface, flat front 30� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F3030 ( )( ) 359.36� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F3630 ( )( ) 389.42� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F4230 ( )( ) 420.48� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F4830 ( )( ) 444.54� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F5430 ( )( ) 480.60� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F6030 ( )( ) 520.66� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F6630 ( )( ) 563.72� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F7230 ( )( ) 604.78� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F7830 ( )( ) 647.84� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F8430 ( )( ) 673.90� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F9030 ( )( ) 734.96� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F9630 ( )( ) 776.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 F4830-119-119
AWM2 WorksurfaceF Flat48 Width30 Depth119 Top finish119 Trim finish
Specification Information
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Please refer to the Currents pricelist for finishes.
Veneer finishes for Currentsworksurfaces for Morrison areavailable through Custom ProductDevelopment.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrison panelplanning brackets or end-supportedfrom Currents wall. 24�D straighttops may also be cantilevered fromCurrents service wall. Underside ofworksurfaces is drilled to accept allMorrison panel-planning brackets,Morrison and Currents pedestals,and worksurface stiffeners. 24�Dstraight tops are also drilled toaccept Currents wall cantileverbrackets. AWM2- worksurfaces aresupported by brackets with woodscrews.When using Morrison end supportbrackets, order MB3-EC18, 24 or30.Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately (page 136).
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Flat front allows two straightworksurfaces to meet at right angles.
Actual worksurface depth is3/8� lessthan nominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include one edgegrommet, centered at rear ofworksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Currents for Morrison worksurfacesfeature crisp, 90-degree cornerseliminating the corner kick detailtypical of Currents universalworksurfaces. This facilitates theuse of brackets, pedestals and endpanels at the side edge ofworksurfaces.
Morrison
131
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncorner3/8� wire drop and grommet
description type w d h pattern no. lam.
Corner worksurfaces 24�D both sides 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 S ( )( ) $643.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 S ( )( ) 712.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 S ( )( ) 996.
30�D both sides 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 D ( )( ) 643.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 D ( )( ) 712.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 D ( )( ) 996.
30�D left/24�D right 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 L ( )( ) 643.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 L ( )( ) 712.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 L ( )( ) 996.
24�D left/30�D right 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 R ( )( ) 643.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 R ( )( ) 712.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 R ( )( ) 996.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C4848S-119-119
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner48 Width left48 Width rightS Depth left and right119 Top finish119 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D right
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Please refer to the Currents pricelist for finishes.
Veneer finishes for Currentsworksurfaces for Morrison areavailable through Custom ProductDevelopment.
Wood grain laminate is not availableon 60�W x 60�D cornerworksurfaces.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Underside ofworksurfaces is drilled to accept allMorrison panel-planning brackets,Morrison and Currents pedestals,and worksurface stiffeners. 24�Dworksurfaces are also drilled toaccept Currents wall cantileverbrackets.
AWM2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with wood screws.
When using Morrison end supportbrackets, order MB3-EC18, 24 or30.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately (page 136).
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface depth is3/8� lessthan nominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Morrison
132
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonextended corner3/8� wire drop and grommetextended left
description w d h pattern no. lam.
24�D both sides - Corner worksurfaces, extendedleft
60� 36� 1� AWM2 C6036 S ( )( ) $712.60� 42� 1� AWM2 C6042 S ( )( ) 786.60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 S ( )( ) 857.72� 36� 1� AWM2 C7236 S ( )( ) 857.72� 42� 1� AWM2 C7242 S ( )( ) 925.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 S ( )( ) 996.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 S ( )( ) 1,140.
30�D both sides - Corner worksurfaces, extendedleft
60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 D ( )( ) 927.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 D ( )( ) 1,068.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 D ( )( ) 1,212.
24�D left/30�D right - Corner worksurfaces,extended left
60� 42� 1� AWM2 C6042 R ( )( ) 857.60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 R ( )( ) 927.72� 42� 1� AWM2 C7242 R ( )( ) 996.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 R ( )( ) 1,068.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 R ( )( ) 1,212.
30�D left/24�D right - Corner worksurfaces,extended left
60� 42� 1� AWM2 C6042 L ( )( ) 857.60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 L ( )( ) 927.72� 42� 1� AWM2 C7242 L ( )( ) 996.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 L ( )( ) 1,068.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 L ( )( ) 1,212.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C6036S119-119
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner60 Width left36 Width rightS Depth left and right119 Top finish119 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D right
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Please refer to the Currents pricelist for finishes.
Veneer finishes for Currentsworksurfaces for Morrison areavailable through Custom ProductDevelopment.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Extended sidemay also be supported with CurrentsC-legs. Underside of worksurface isdrilled to accept all Morrisonpanel-planning brackets, Morrisonand Currents pedestals, worksurfacestiffeners and Currents C-leg on theextended side.
AWM2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with wood screws.
When using Morrison end supportbrackets, order MB3-EC18, 24 or30.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately (page 136).
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface is3/8� less thannominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 1 5/8.�
Morrison
133
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonextended corner3/8� wire drop and grommetextended right
description w d h pattern no. lam.
24�D both sides - Corner worksurfaces extendedright
36� 60� 1� AWM2 C3660 S ( )( ) $712.36� 72� 1� AWM2 C3672 S ( )( ) 857.42� 60� 1� AWM2 C4260 S ( )( ) 786.42� 72� 1� AWM2 C4272 S ( )( ) 925.48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 S ( )( ) 857.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 S ( )( ) 996.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 S ( )( ) 1,140.
30�D both sides - Corner worksurfaces extendedright
48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 D ( )( ) 927.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 D ( )( ) 1,068.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 D ( )( ) 1,212.
24�D left/30�D right - Corner worksurfacesextended right
42� 60� 1� AWM2 C4260 R ( )( ) 857.42� 72� 1� AWM2 C4272 R ( )( ) 996.48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 R ( )( ) 927.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 R ( )( ) 1,068.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 R ( )( ) 1,212.
30�D left/24�D right - Corner worksurfacesextended right
42� 60� 1� AWM2 C4260 L ( )( ) 857.42� 72� 1� AWM2 C4272 L ( )( ) 996.48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 L ( )( ) 927.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 L ( )( ) 1,068.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 L ( )( ) 1,212.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C3660S-119-119
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner36 Width left60 Width rightS Depth left and right119 Top finish119 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D right
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Please refer to the Currents pricelist for finishes.
Veneer finishes for Currentsworksurfaces for Morrison areavailable through Custom ProductDevelopment.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Extended sidemay also be supported with CurrentsC-legs. Underside of worksurface isdrilled to accept all Morrisonpanel-planning brackets, Morrisonand Currents pedestals, worksurfacestiffeners and Currents C-leg on theextended side.
AWM2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with wood screws.
When using Morrison end supportbrackets, order MB3-EC18, 24 or30.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately (page 136).
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface is3/8� less thannominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 1 5/8.�
Morrison
134
Currents worksurfaces for MorrisonP-shape3/8� wire drop and grommet
description w d h pattern no. lam.
P-shape surfaces, extended left 75� 48� 1� AWM2 P7548 S ( )( ) $1,140.87� 48� 1� AWM2 P8748 S ( )( ) 1,283.
P-shape surfaces, extended right 48� 78� 1� AWM2 P4875 S ( )( ) 1,140.48� 87� 1� AWM2 P4887 S ( )( ) 1,283.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 P7548 S-119-119
AWM2 WorksurfaceP P-shape75 Width left48 Width rightS Depth of return119 Top finish119 Trim finish
Specification Information
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Please refer to the Currents pricelist for finishes.
Veneer finishes for Currentsworksurfaces for Morrison areavailable through Custom ProductDevelopment.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets.
P-shaped worksurfaces may besupported with Morrison brackets orcantilevered from Currents servicewall along 48� edge, and supportedby a 24�D Currents C-leg atconference end. Specify supportsseparately.
AWM2- worksurfaces are supportedby brackets with wood screws.
All P-shaped worksurfacescorrespond to a 24�D adjacentstraight or corner worksurface.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately (page 136).
When using Morrison end supportbrackets, order MB3-EC18, 24 or30.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface depth is3/8� lessthan nominal for cable clearance.
All worksurfaces include one edgegrommet, centered at rear ofworksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
For 90� application span, use twoAWB-S42 stiffeners.
For 96� application span, use twoAWB-S48 stiffeners.
Morrison
135
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonstiffeners
description type w d h pattern no. list
Stiffener for straight and corner worksurfaces 36� 20� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S36 $57.42� 26� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S42 60.48� 32� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S48 62.60� 44� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S60 64.66� 50� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S66 68.72� 56� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S72 70.78� 62� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S78 73.84� 68� 11/2� 2� AWM1 S84 75.
Order Code
Example: AWM1 S48
AWM1 WorksurfaceS Stiffener48 Type
Application Notes
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately.
When using Morrison end supportbrackets, order MB3-EC18, 24 or30.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
For 90� application span, use twoAWM1-S42 stiffeners.
For 96� application span, use twoAWM1-S48 stiffeners.
Stiffener mounts 18� from front edgeof worksurface and will interferewith mobile or floorstandingpedestals greater than 18� deep.
To accommodate a floorstandingpedestal greater than 18� deep atone end of worksurface, specifystiffener for 12� narrowerworksurface. To accommodate twofloorstanding pedestals ordouble-wide at one end ofworksurface, specify stiffener for24� narrower worksurface.
Morrison
136
Cascade edge worksurfacesRectangular
description w d h pattern no. Solid woodgrain
24�D Rectangular 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1R2424N $222. $255.30� 24� 11/8� MCE1R3024N 255. 293.36� 24� 11/8� MCE1R3624N 281. 324.42� 24� 11/8� MCE1R4224N 324. 373.48� 24� 11/8� MCE1R4824N 364. 419.54� 24� 11/8� MCE1R5424N 391. 449.60� 24� 11/8� MCE1R6024N 424. 488.66� 24� 11/8� MCE1R6624N 459. 526.72� 24� 11/8� MCE1R7224N 479. 551.78� 24� 11/8� MCE1R7824N 515. 591.84� 24� 11/8� MCE1R8424N 544. 625.90� 24� 11/8� MCE1R9024N 614. 704.96� 24� 11/8� MCE1R9624N 670. 770.
30�D Rectangular 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1R2430N 282. 326.30� 30� 11/8� MCE1R3030N 317. 364.36� 30� 11/8� MCE1R3630N 353. 406.42� 30� 11/8� MCE1R4230N 383. 439.48� 30� 11/8� MCE1R4830N 424. 488.54� 30� 11/8� MCE1R5430N 480. 552.60� 30� 11/8� MCE1R6030N 528. 606.66� 30� 11/8� MCE1R6630N 589. 677.72� 30� 11/8� MCE1R7230N 614. 704.78� 30� 11/8� MCE1R7830N 654. 752.84� 30� 11/8� MCE1R8430N 696. 800.90� 30� 11/8� MCE1R9030N 748. 860.96� 30� 11/8� MCE1R9630N 800. 919.
Order Code
Example: MCE1R4824N, 118
MCE1 Cascasde edgeworksurface
R Rectangular48 Width24 DepthN No grommets118 Surface finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / No grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $20.
Finish:
Solid:
114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge are not drilled forwire management clips, pedestals orbrackets. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces are for panel-basedplanning only and cannot be used inconjunction with Network desksupports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thennominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximunclearance of 13/8�
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately.Worksurfaces may be supported ateach end by pedestals or endsupport ‘‘EC’’ brackets andcantilever brackets matching theworksurface depth.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately. Order Morrison bracketswith wood screws ( suffix-W).
Morrison
137
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Cascade edge worksurfacesBlended ‘‘D’’
description A B C h pattern no. solid woodgrain
Blended ‘‘D’’
right hand shown
66� 48� 24� 11/8� MCE1BD6648S(L/R) $898. $1,032.66� 48� 30� 11/8� MCE1BD6648D(L/R) 943. 1,086.72� 48� 24� 11/8� MCE1BD7248S(L/R) 917. 1,057.72� 48� 30� 11/8� MCE1BD7248D(L/R) 978. 1,125.78� 48� 24� 11/8� MCE1BD7848S(L/R) 1,060. 1,219.78� 48� 30� 11/8� MCE1BD7848D(L/R) 1,096. 1,259.84� 48� 24� 11/8� MCE1BD8448S(L/R) 1,089. 1,252.84� 48� 30� 11/8� MCE1BD8448D(L/R) 1,158. 1,330.
Order Code
Example: MCE1BD7248SL-118
MCE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
BD Blended ‘‘D’’72 Width48 DepthS 24�d returnL Extended left118 Surface finish
Specification Information
Finish:
Solid:
114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge are not drilled forwire management clips, pedestals orbrackets. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces are for panel-basedplanning only and cannot be used inconjunction with Network desksupports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thanmoninal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximunclearance of 13/8�
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All support hardwardis ordered separately.
Blended-D worksurfaces aresupported by a 48� VDT supportbracket kit in conjunction with arounded end support column. Useflat bracket or bridging bracket tojoin to adjacent worksurface.
Order Morrison brackets with woodscrews (suffix -W).
Morrison
138
Cascade edge worksurfacesCurvilinear Corner
description A B C h pattern no solid woodgrain
Curvilinear corner 36� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L3636SSN $554. $639.42� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4242SSN 670. 770.42� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L4242SDN 796. 913.42� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4242DSN 796. 913.48� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4848SSN 752. 865.48� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L4848SDN 901. 1,036.48� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4848DSN 901. 1,036.48� 30� 30� 11/8� MCE1L4848DDN 808. 930.
Order Code
Example: MCE1L4848SSG-114
MCE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
L Curvilinear ‘‘L’’ top48 Width48 DepthS 24�d, left sideS 24�d, right sideG Grommet114 Surface finishL Grain direction
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / no grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $40.Finish:
Solid:
114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Note: When wood grain or brushedfinishes are specified on Cascadecorner worksurfaces with two ‘‘A’’sides of equal length that do notexceed 42� you must select one ofthree grain direction options. Insertthe desired grain direction ‘‘L’’ =Left hand, ‘‘R’’ = Right hand or ‘‘D’’= Diagonal after the worksurfacefinish code to indicate theappropriate grain direction. Whenthe ‘‘D’’ option is selected pleaseadd $25.00 to the worksurface listprice. 48� Cascade corners are notavailable with a diagonal grainoption.
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces and arenot drilled for wire managementclips, pedestals or brackets.Cascade Edge worksurfaces are forpanel-based planning only andcannot be used in conjunction withNetwork desk supports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximunclearance of 13/8�
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately.Worksurfaces may be supported byleft or right hand 18� cantileverbrackets at the rear corner, andcantilever bridging brackets on eachside edge.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately. Order Morrison bracketswith wood screws (suffix -W ).
Morrison
139
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Cascade edge worksurfacesBlended ‘‘L’’
description B C A D h pattern no. solid woodgrain
Blended ‘‘L’’ 42� 60� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4260SSN $919. $1,058.42� 66� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4266SSN 943. 1,086.42� 72� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4272SSN 979. 1,127.42� 78� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4278SSN 991. 1,138.48� 60� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4860SSN 932. 1,070.48� 60� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L4860SDN 913. 1,052.48� 60� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4860DSN 913. 1,052.48� 66� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4866SSN 965. 1,109.48� 66� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L4866SDN 961. 1,106.48� 66� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4866DSN 961. 1,106.48� 72� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4872SSN 1,000. 1,150.48� 72� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L4872SDN 1,006. 1,158.48� 72� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4872DSN 1,006. 1,158.48� 78� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4878SSN 1,102. 1,268.48� 84� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L4884SSN 1,239. 1,426.60� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L6042SSN 919. 1,058.60� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L6048SSN 932. 1,070.60� 48� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L6048SDN 913. 1,052.60� 48� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L6048DSN 913. 1,052.66� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L6642SSN 943. 1,086.66� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L6648SSN 965. 1,109.66� 48� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L6648SDN 961. 1,106.66� 48� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L6648DSN 961. 1,106.72� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L7242SSN 979. 1,127.72� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L7248SSN 1,000. 1,150.72� 48� 24� 30� 11/8� MCE1L7248SDN 1,006. 1,158.72� 48� 30� 24� 11/8� MCE1L7248DSN 1,006. 1,158.
Order Code
Example: MCE1L4872SDG-114
MCE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
L Blended ‘‘L’’ top48 Depth72 WidthS 24�d return leftD 30�d return rightG Grommet114 Surface finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / no grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $40.
Finish:
Solid:
114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces and arenot drilled for wire managementclips, pedestals or brackets.Cascade Edge worksurfaces are forpanel-based planning only andcannot be used in conjunction withNetwork desk supports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximunclearance of 13/8�
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately.Worksurfaces may be supported byleft or right hand 18� cantileverbrackets at the rear corner, andcantilever bridging brackets on eachside edge.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately. Order Morrison bracketswith wood screws (suffix -W ).
Morrison
140
Cascade edge worksurfacesBlended ‘‘L’’
description B C A D h pattern no. solid woodgrain
Blended ‘‘L’’ 78� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L7842SSN $991. $1,138.78� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L7848SSN 1,102. 1,268.84� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1L8448SSN 1,239. 1,426.
Order Code
Example: MCE1L4872SDG-114
MCE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
L Blended ‘‘L’’ top48 Depth72 WidthS 24�d return leftD 30�d return rightG Grommet114 Surface finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / no grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $40.
Finish:
Solid:
114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces and arenot drilled for wire managementclips, pedestals or brackets.Cascade Edge worksurfaces are forpanel-based planning only andcannot be used in conjunction withNetwork desk supports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximunclearance of 13/8�
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately.Worksurfaces may be supported byleft or right hand 18� cantileverbrackets at the rear corner, andcantilever bridging brackets on eachside edge.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately. Order Morrison bracketswith wood screws (suffix -W ).
Morrison
141
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Cascade edge worksurfacesHalf round and Corner round
description w d h pattern no. solid woodgrain
Half Round 501/4� notched for panel 18� 11/8� MCE1H4818P $479. $551.601/4� notched for panel 24� 11/8� MCE1H6024P 659. 760.48� 18� 11/8� MCE1H4818 479. 551.60� 24� 11/8� MCE1H6024 659. 760.
24�D- RH Corner Round 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1CR24R 255. 293.
24�D- LH Corner Round 24� 24� 11/8� MCE1CR24L 255. 293.
24�D - Notched Corner Round 24� notched 24� 11/8� MCE1CR24N 255. 293.
Sample 12� 12� 11/8� MCE1R1212G 137. 159.
Order Code
Example: MCE1H4818P-117
MCE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
H Half round48 Width18 DepthP Notched for panel117 Surface finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Finish:
Solid:
114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are arenot drilled for wire managementclips, pedestals or brackets.Cascade Edge worksurfaces are forpanel-based planning only andcannot be used in conjunction withNetwork desk supports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance. Worksurfaces requiresupport every 48� in width. Allsupporting hardware is orderedseparately.
Half Round:Half round worksurfaces may besupported by cantilever bridgingbrackets in conjunction with arounded end support column.
Corner Round:Notched corner round worksurfacesare supported by cantilever bridgingbrackets on both side edges.
End run Left- and Right-handedcorner round worksurfaces aresupported by a combination of anend bracket along the panel edgeand a cantilever bridging bracket tothe adjacent worksurface side edge.
Order Morrison brackets with woodscrews ( suffix -W ).
Morrison
142
Cascade edge worksurfacesWave End
description 1 2 3 A B h pattern no. solid woodgrain
Wave End, RH 36� 30� 24� 3� 15� 11/8� MCE1W362430N $596. $685.42� 30� 24� 9� 15� 11/8� MCE1W422430N 626. 721.48� 30� 24� 15� 15� 11/8� MCE1W482430N 671. 772.72� 30� 24� 301/2� 231/2� 11/8� MCE1W722430N 854. 980.
Wave End, LH 36� 24� 30� 15� 3� 11/8� MCE1W363024N 596. 685.42� 24� 30� 15� 9� 11/8� MCE1W423024N 626. 721.48� 24� 30� 15� 15� 11/8� MCE1W483024N 671. 772.78� 24� 30� 231/2� 301/2� 11/8� MCE1W723024N 854. 980.
Order Code
Example: MCE1W483024N-118
MCE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
W Wave end48 Width30 Depth left24 Depth rightN No Grommet118 Surface finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / no grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $20.
Finish:
Solid:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Woodgrain:
124 Medium Cherry125 Natural Maple126 Natural Cherry127 Walnut
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a pvc free, 3Dlaminate sheet heated and pressedaround an FSC certified substrate.3D laminate is more susceptible todenting, impact, tearing andmarring than conventional highpressure laminate and should behandled with care. Do not dragworksurfaces across any flooringsurface. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces for optimumperformance under normalconditions. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces have a 10 yearwarranty that covers defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation. Cascade edgeworksurfaces in solid colors utilize anon-PVC construction and are alsofree of any plasticizers, phthalatesand lead content.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for wire management clips,pedestals or brackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are forpanel-based planning only andcannot be used in conjunction withNetwork desk supports.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximunclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately.Worksurfaces may be supported ateach end by pedestals or endsupport ‘‘EC’’ brackets andcantilever brackets matching theworksurface depth. Use cantileverbridging bracket to join to adjacentworksurface.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately. Order Morrison bracketswith wood screws ( suffix -W ).
Morrison
143
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Universal and conference desk end panelsMorrison desks and panel-based planning
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Universal Desk height 17� 11/4� 26� MK4-U2618-P/V-( ) $382. $473. $673.23� 11/4� 26� MK4-U2624-P/V-( ) 402. 555. 802.29� 11/4� 26� MK4-U2630-P/V-( ) 427. 643. 910.35� 11/4� 26� MK4-U2636-P/V-( ) 472. 728. 1,038.
Conference Desk Height (Right hand shown) 17� 11/4� 26� MK4-C2618-P/V-( )-(L/R) 472. 555. 802.23� 11/4� 26� MK4-C2624-P/V-( )-(L/R) 489. 643. 929.29� 11/4� 26� MK4-C2630-P/V-( )-(L/R) 511. 728. 1,038.35� 11/4� 26� MK4-C2636-P/V-( )-(L/R) 535. 814. 1,168.
Order Code
Example: MK4-U2624-P-612
MK4 Desk panelU Desk panel type26 Height24 WidthP Surface type612 Finish
Specification Information
Surface type:P- PaintedV- Veneer
Specify L/R left or right handapplication for conference endpanels.Desk height end panelssupport worksurface at 281/4� or283/4�. 7�W end panels are used tosupport 18�D worksurfaces.
23�W end panels are used tosupport 24�D or 30�D worksurfaceswith recessed grommets.
29�W end panels are used tosupport 30�D or 36�D worksurfaces.
35�W end panels are used tosupport 36�D worksurfaces.
Application Notes
Universal end panels may be usedas end support for a worksurface, inconjunction with vertical panels(specify MB1-N separately) orkneehole filler panels.
Universal panels are predrilled toaccept brackets or filler panelseither direction.
A universal end panel includesbracket MB1-T desk endpanel/worksurface.
Conference end panels are used fortable desks and similar applicationswhere neither pedestals nor fillerpanels are used.
Conference end panels cannot bemounted under rounded endsurfaces with end grommets.
A conference end panel includesbrackets MB1-T, desk endpanel/worksurface and MB1-D,conference endpanel/worksurface.
Universal and conference endpanels are not used in conjunctionwith desk supports (see page 159).
Morrison
144
VDT corner and transitional end panelsMorrison desks and panel-based planning
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
VDT corner panels (shipped in pairs) Desk height 34� 11/4� 26� MK4-V2636-P/V-( ) $1,134. $1,499. $2,096.40� 11/4� 26� MK4-V2642-P/V-( ) 1,247. 1,603. 2,272.
VDT transitional end panel Desk height 35� 11/8� 26� MK4-X2636-P/V-( )-(L /R) 554. 772. 1,083.41� 11/8� 26� MK4-X2642-P/V-( )-(L/R) 600. 814. 1,124.
Order Code
Example: MK4-V2636-P-612
MK4 Desk panelV Desk panel type26 Height36 WidthP Surface type612 Finish
Specification Information
Surface type:P- PaintedV- Veneer
Application Notes
VDT corner endpanel widths:
Correspondingworksurfacewidths:
34� 36�40� 42�35� 36�41� 42�
VDT corner panels are wood deskpanels ordered and shipped inpairs: one left and one right.
34�W VDT corner end panelssupport both sides of 36� VDTcorner worksurfaces.
40�W VDT corner end panelssupport both sides of 42� VDTcorner worksurfaces.
VDT corner end panels include 2MB1-T brackets, VDT corner endpanels/worksurface and bracketMB1-L1, filler/desk end panel.
VDT transitional end panels areused when one back edge of a VDTsurface is supported by a verticalpanel.
A VDT transitional end panelincludes bracket MB1-T, desk endpanel/ worksurface. Specifybracket MB1-W 18 or 20(L or R)separately.
Morrison
145
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Kneehole filler and transitional filler panelsMorrison desks
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Kneehole filler Desk height 57� 11/8� 26� MK4-K6026-P/V-( ) $535. $790. $1,124.63� 11/8� 26� MK4-K6626-P/V-( ) 600. 856. 1,210.69� 11/8� 26� MK4-K7226-P/V-( ) 669. 922. 1,298.75� 11/8� 26� MK4-K7826-P/V-( ) 756. 983. 1,405.
Transitional filler Desk height 581/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-T6026-P/V-( ) 535. 790. 1,124.641/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-T6626-P/V-( ) 600. 856. 1,210.701/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-T7226-P/V-( ) 669. 922. 1,298.761/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-T7826-P/V-( ) 756. 983. 1,405.
Order Code
Example: MK4-T6026-P-612
MK4 Desk panelT Desk panel type60 Width26 HeightP Surface type612 Finish
Specification Information
Surface type:P- PaintedV- Veneer
Application Notes
Kneeholefillerpanelwidths:
57�57�63�69�69�75�
Corres-pondingstraightworksurfacewidths:60�60�66�72�72�78�
Corres-pondingroundedworksurfacewidths:745/8�775/8�–865/8�895/8�–
Kneehole filler panels span usebetween two universal desk endpanels to construct a freestandingwood desk.
A kneehole panel includes 2brackets MB1-L1, filler panel/deskend panel.
All 69�W and 75�W kneehole fillerpanels are shipped with a centerstabilizing bracket, MB1-AUX-D.
Transitional filler panels are usedbetween a universal desk end paneland a vertical panel.
A transitional filler panel includesbracket MB1-L1, filler panel/deskend panel. Specify bracket MB1-W18 or 20(L or R) separately.
A transitional filler panel over 70�Wis shipped with a center stabilizingbracket, MB1-AUX-D.
Morrison
146
Return and bridge filler panelsMorrison desks
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Return filler Desk height 323/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R3026-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) $427. $577. $822.383/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R3626-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) 444. 623. 888.443/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R4226-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) 472. 683. 950.503/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R4826-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) 511. 772. 1,057.623/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R6026-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) 579. 883. 1,210.683/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R6626-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) 649. 947. 1,298.743/4� 11/8� 26� MK4-R7226-(P/V)-( )-(L/R) 736. 1,007. 1,430.
Bridge filler Desk height 381/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B3026-(P/V)-( ) 427. 600. 844.441/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B3626-(P/V)-( ) 444. 639. 910.501/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B4226-(P/V)-( ) 472. 706. 992.561/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B4826-(P/V)-( ) 511. 772. 1,100.681/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B6026-(P/V)-( ) 600. 899. 1,277.741/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B6626-(P/V)-( ) 669. 983. 1,405.801/2� 11/8� 26� MK4-B7226-(P/V)-( ) 756. 1,051. 1,493.
Order Code
Example: MK4-R3026-P-612-L
MK4 Desk panelR Desk panel type30 Width26 HeightP Surface type612 PaintL Left
Specification Information
Return filler Correspondingpanel widths: worksurface widths323/4� 30�383/4� 36�443/4� 42�503/4� 48�623/4� 60�683/4� 66�743/4� 72�
Bridge filler Correspondingpanel widths: worksurface
widths:381/2� 30�441/2� 36�501/2� 42�561/2� 48�681/2� 60�741/2� 66�801/2� 72�
Surface type:
P- PaintedV- Veneer
Application Notes
Return filler panels provideenclosure between a universal deskend panel and the end panel of areturn.
Return filler panels may also beconnected to a vertical panel toprovide enclosure for a desk ormachine height return off a panelsupported workstation. SpecifyMB1-FV brackets separately.
All 69�W and 75�W return fillerpanels are shipped with a centerstabilizing bracket, MB1-AUX-D.
A return filler panel includesbracket MB1-L1, filler panel/deskend panel and all connectinghardware.
Bridge filler panels are usedbetween two universal end panelsunder a bridge worksurface. Bridgefiller panels may also be specifiedfor desk enclosure between twovertical panels (specify bracketsMB1-FV separately.)
All 69�W, 75�W and 81�W bridgefiller panels are shipped with acenter stabilizing bracket,MB1-AUX-D.
Morrison
147
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Bracketspanel planningend support and VDT brackets
description type w d h pattern no. paint
End support brackets-E with machine screws End support 18�D straight worksurface – 18� 11/4� MB3-E18M-( ) $47.24�D straight worksurface – 24� 11/4� MB3-E24M-( ) 50.30�D straight worksurface – 30� 11/4� MB3-E30M-( ) 56.36�D straight worksurface – 36� 11/4� MB3-E36M-( ) 64.
End support for 30� high panel 18�D straight worksurface – 18� 11/4� MB3-EC18M-( ) * 47.24�D straight worksurface – 24� 11/4� MB3-EC24M-( ) * 50.30�D straight worksurface – 30� 11/4� MB3-EC30M-( ) * 56.
VDT support 36�D VDT worksurface 36� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-EV36M-( ) 64.42�D VDT worksurface 42� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-EV42M-( ) 66.48�D VDT worksurface 48� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-EV48M-( ) 70.
End support brackets-E with wood screws End support 18�D straight worksurface – 18� 11/4� MB3-E18W-( ) 47.24�D straight worksurface – 24� 11/4� MB3-E24W-( ) 50.30�D straight worksurface – 30� 11/4� MB3-E30W-( ) 56.36�D straight worksurface – 36� 11/4� MB3-E36W-( ) 64.
End support for 30� high panel 18�D straight worksurface – 18� 11/4� MB3-EC18W-( ) * 47.24�D straight worksurface – 24� 11/4� MB3-EC24W-( ) * 50.30�D straight worksurface – 30� 11/4� MB3-EC30W-( ) * 56.
VDT support 36�D VDT worksurface 36� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-EV36W-( ) 64.42�D VDT worksurface 42� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-EV42W-( ) 66.48�D VDT worksurface 48� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-EV48W-( ) 70.
VDT end support bracket kits-V with machinescrews (includes 2 VDT end brackets and 1stabilizer bracket)
36�D VDT worksurface 36� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-V36M-( ) 152.42�D VDT worksurface 42� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-V42M-( ) 160.48�D VDT worksurface 48� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-V48M-( ) 175.
Order Code
Example: MB3-E30-M-612
MB3 BracketE Bracket type30 Bracket depthM Machine screws612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Bracket type:E- End supportV- VDT corner end supportC- Cantilever
Specify paint finish.
Application Notes
E-type end support brackets support11/4� or 13/4� worksurface fromconnector tracks at both back andfront.
EV- bracket supports one back edgeof VDT or curvilinear corner surfacewhen other side is desk-supported.
V-type end support bracket kitssupport both back edges of 90°VDT corner worksurfaces.
V-kits include two end support andone AUX-V.
Brackets with machine screws(suffix-M) are used with MW2- andMU1- worksurfaces.
Brackets with wood screws(suffix-W) are used with LU1- andAWM2- worksurfaces.
*MB3-EC18-( ), MB3-EC24-( ),and MB3-EC30-( ) end supportbrackets should be specified whensupporting worksurfaces from 30�high panels or for supportingCurrents work-surfaces for Morrisonfrom all panel heights.
Morrison
148
Bracketspanel planningend support and VDT brackets
description type w d h pattern no. paint
VDT end support bracket kits-V with woodscrews (includes 2 VDT end brackets and 1stabilizer bracket)
36�D VDT worksurface 36� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-V36W-( ) $152.42�D VDT worksurface 42� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-V42W-( ) 160.48�D VDT worksurface 48� 3/8� 11/4� MB3-V48W-( ) 175.
Order Code
Example: MB3-E30-M-612
MB3 BracketE Bracket type30 Bracket depthM Machine screws612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Bracket type:E- End supportV- VDT corner end supportC- Cantilever
Specify paint finish.
Application Notes
E-type end support brackets support11/4� or 13/4� worksurface fromconnector tracks at both back andfront.
EV- bracket supports one back edgeof VDT or curvilinear corner surfacewhen other side is desk-supported.
V-type end support bracket kitssupport both back edges of 90°VDT corner worksurfaces.
V-kits include two end support andone AUX-V.
Brackets with machine screws(suffix-M) are used with MW2- andMU1- worksurfaces.
Brackets with wood screws(suffix-W) are used with LU1- andAWM2- worksurfaces.
*MB3-EC18-( ), MB3-EC24-( ),and MB3-EC30-( ) end supportbrackets should be specified whensupporting worksurfaces from 30�high panels or for supportingCurrents work-surfaces for Morrisonfrom all panel heights.
Morrison
149
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Bracketspanel planningcantilever brackets
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Cantilever brackets-C with machine screws 18�D worksurface 1/2� 15� 81/2� MB2-C18M-(L/R)-( ) $62.24�D worksurface 1/2� 21� 111/2� MB2-C24M-(L/R)-( ) 71.30�D worksurface 1/2� 24� 131/2� MB2-C30M-(L/R)-( ) 84.
Cantilever brackets-C with wood screws 18�D worksurface 1/2� 15� 81/2� MB2-C18W-(L/R)-( ) 62.24�D worksurface 1/2� 21� 111/2� MB2-C24W-(L/R)-( ) 71.30�D worksurface 1/2� 24� 131/2� MB2-C30W-(L/R)-( ) 84.
Cantilever tie-clips-AUX-C (10) – – – MB1-AUX-C 14.
Worksurface/vertical panel spacer-Y withmachine screws
1/16� 15� 81/2� MB2-YM-(L/R)-( ) 52.
Worksurface/vertical panel spacer-Y with woodscrews
1/16� 15� 81/2� MB2-YW-(L/R)-( ) 52.
Order Code
Example: MB2-C24W-R-612
MB2 BracketC Bracket type24 Bracket depthW Wood screwsR Left or right612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Bracket type:E- End supportV- VDT corner end supportC- CantileverY- Worksurface/vertical
panel spacer
Specify paint finish.
Application Notes
C-type cantilever brackets supportworksurfaces from connector trackat the back. Specify left or right.
AUX-C cantilever tie-clips tietogether two adjacent cantileverbrackets for added stability.
Y-type spacer brackets secure theend of pedestal-supportedworksurfaces to a connector track. Ybrackets maintain the3/8� wire dropand allow pedestal fronts to alignwith the end of the worksurface.
Brackets with machine screws(suffix-M) are used with MW2- andMU1- worksurfaces.
Brackets with wood screws(suffix-W) are used with LU1- andAWM2- worksurfaces.
Morrison
150
Bracketspanel planningflat brackets, cantilever brackets
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Flat brackets with machine screws 18� surface 31/2� 8� – MB3-F18M $36.24� surface 31/2� 14� – MB3-F24M 39.30�/36� surfaces 31/2� 20� – MB3-F30M 45.
Flat brackets with wood screws 18� surface 31/2� 8� – MB3-F18W 36.24� surface 31/2� 14� – MB3-F24W 39.30�/36� surfaces 31/2� 20� – MB3-F30W 45.
Cantilever bridging with machine screws 18�D surfaces support brackets MB1-CB18M 88.24�D surfaces MB1-CB24M 104.30�D surfaces MB1-CB30M 117.
Cantilever bridging with wood screws 18�D surfaces support brackets MB1-CB18W 88.24�D surfaces MB1-CB24W 104.30�D surfaces MB1-CB30W 117.
VDT support panel kit-VP with machine screws 1� 12� 24� MB1-VP-1224M 307.1� 12� 26� MB1-VP-1226M 317.
VDT support panel kit-VP with wood screws 1� 12� 24� MB1-VP-1224W 307.1� 12� 26� MB1-VP-1226W 317.
Order Code
Example: MB3-F24M
MB3 BracketF Bracket type24 Bracket depthM Machine screws
Specification Information
Bracket type:F- FlatCB- Cantilever bridgingVP- VDT support panel kit
Application Notes
Flat bridging brackets attach twoworksurfaces at the same height in90° ‘‘L’’, VDT or end-to-endapplications (in conjunction withfloorstanding pedestal support).
Flat bridging brackets are universalfor freestanding or panel basedplanning.
Cantilever bridging bracketsprovide cantilever support forcurvilinear and VDT cornersurfaces and returns at the sameheight. Cantilever bridging bracketsmay be used in conjunction withVDT end support brackets.
VP-type brackets attach anywhereunder worksurface to provideadditional support in largefreestanding desks or in verticalpanel applications.
Brackets with machine screws(suffix-M) are used with MW2- andMU1- worksurfaces.
Brackets with wood screws(suffix-W) are used with LU1- andAWM2- worksurfaces.
Morrison
151
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Bracketspanel planningdesk end panel, pedestal extender, filler panel
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Desk end panel/vertical panel-N with machine screws – – – MB1-NM-(L/R)-( ) $87.with wood screws – – – MB1-NW-(L/R)-( ) 87.
Pedestal extender-R shallow 24�, desk ht. 1� 6� 26� MB2-RS2426-(L/R)-( ) 182.30�, desk ht. 1� 12� 26� MB2-RS3026-(L/R-( ) 214.
deep 30�, desk ht. 1� 6� 26� MB2-RD3026-(L/R)-( ) 182.36�, desk ht. 1� 12� 26� MB2-RD3626-(L/R)-( ) 214.
Filler panel/vertical panel-FV Desk height MB1-FV26-(L/R)-( ) 72.
Transitional filler panel/worksurface-W Desk height with machine screws MB1-W20M-(L/R)-( ) 87.Desk height with wood screws MB1-W20W-(L/R)-( ) 87.
Order Code
Example: MB2-RS2426-R-612
MB2 BracketR Pedestal extenderS Pedestal depth24 Worksurface depth26 Bracket heightR Right-hand612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify left or right end of return orbridge worksurface.
Bracket type:N- Desk end panel/vertical
panelRS- 18�D pedestal extenderRD- 24�D pedestal extenderFV- Filler panel/vertical panelW- Transitional filler/
worksurfaceSpecify paint finish.
Application Notes
N-type desk end panel/verticalpanel brackets ensure alignmentand rigidity between worksurface,universal end panel or pedestalextender, and back panel.
R-type pedestal extender bracketsclose the gap between a pedestaland a vertical panel. Pedestalextender brackets can receive anMB1-N bracket to secure to avertical panel, or a kneehole fillerpanel. Description indicatesapplication by worksurfacedepth/pedestal depth/pedestalheight.
W-type filler panel/worksurfacebrackets are used at the end of atransitional filler panel nearest tothe vertical panel. The same bracketMB1-W20( )-(L/R) is used for bothmachine and desk height.
FV-type filler panel/vertical panelbrackets are used when a return orbridge filler panel is adjacent to avertical panel end connector.
Brackets with machine screws(suffix-M) are used with MW2- andMU1- worksurfaces.
Brackets with wood screws(suffix-W) are used with LU1- andAWM2- worksurfaces.
Morrison
152
Bracketspanel planningend panel and filler panel
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Desk end panel/worksurface-T with machinescrews
18� surfaces MB1-T18M $36.24�-36� surfaces MB1-T24M 39.
Desk end panel/worksurface-T with wood screws 18� surfaces MB1-T18W 36.24�-36� surfaces MB1-T24W 39.
Conference end panel/worksurface D MB1-D 76.
Desk panel mid span bracket - AUX-D with machine screws – – MB1-AUX-DM 33.with wood screws – – MB1-AUX-DW 33.
Filler panel/desk end panel- L1 – – – MB1-L1 33.
Order Code
Example: MB1-T18W
MB1 BracketT Bracket type18 Bracket heightW Wood screws
Specification Information
Bracket type:T- Desk end
panel/worksurfaceD- Conference end
panel/worksurfaceAUX-D- Filler panel/worksurfaceL1- Filler panel/desk end
panel
Application Notes
Brackets on this page arereplacement parts for Morrison deskpanels.
T-type bracket joins desk end panelto worksurface (included in all endpanels).
D-type bracket provides additionalstability for conference end panels(included in all conference endpanels.)
L-bracket joins end panel tokneehole or return filler (includedwith all filler panels.
AUX-D bracket is included in allfiller panels greater than 60� wide.
Brackets with machine screws(suffix-M) are used with MW2- andMU1- worksurfaces.
Brackets with wood screws(suffix-W) are used with LU1- andAWM2- worksurfaces.
Morrison
153
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Fixed Height and Height Adjustable C-Leg and T-Leg Bases
description type w* w d pattern no.Fixed
(F)
Pin-Set(P)
Hand-crank
(H)Electric
(E)
AdvancedElectric
(A)
24� Deep C-Leg Bases
Fixed Shown
For use with 36�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 36� 34� 23� MTBC3423( )( )( )( ) $955. $1,273. $1,909. $3,316. $3,491.For use with 42�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 42� 40� 23� MTBC4023( )( )( )( ) 955. 1,273. 1,909. 3,316. 3,491.For use with 48�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 48� 46� 23� MTBC4623( )( )( )( ) 955. 1,273. 1,909. 3,316. 3,491.For use with 54�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 54� 52� 23� MTBC5223( )( )( )( ) 955. 1,273. 1,909. 3,316. 3,491.For use with 60�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 60� 58� 23� MTBC5823( )( )( )( ) 955. 1,273. 1,909. 3,316. 3,491.For use with 66�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 66� 64� 23� MTBC6423( )( )( )( ) 977. 1,295. 1,932. 3,338. 3,514.For use with 72�W, 24�D Morrison C-Leg Top 72� 70� 23� MTBC7023( )( )( )( ) 977. 1,295. 1,932. 3,338. 3,514.
30� Deep C-Leg Bases
Fixed Shown
For use with 36�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 36� 34� 29� MTBC3429( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.For use with 42�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 42� 40� 29� MTBC4029( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.For use with 48�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 48� 46� 29� MTBC4629( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.For use with 54�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 54� 52� 29� MTBC5229( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.For use with 60�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 60� 58� 29� MTBC5829( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.For use with 66�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 66� 64� 29� MTBC6429( )( )( )( ) 1,023. 1,341. 1,977. 3,381. 3,559.For use with 72�W, 30�D Morrison C-Leg Top 72� 70� 29� MTBC7029( )( )( )( ) 1,023. 1,341. 1,977. 3,381. 3,559.
Order Code
Example: MTBC5829HS, 9005,613
MTB Universal BaseC C-Leg58 Width29 DepthH HandcrankS Shroud9005 Black Base Finish613 Shroud/Feet Paint
Finish
w * = nominal width
Specification Information
Base Type:
(F) = Fixed (27� High)(P) = Pin-Set (22� - 35� High)(H) = Handcrank (22� - 35� High)(E) = Electric (27� - 461/2� High)(A) = Advanced Electric (21� -471/2� High)
Base height ranges shown do notinclude worksurface thickness.
Shroud Options:N = Leg without a metal shroudS = Painted metal shroud tosurround lower legs with matchingfoot. Add $100 to the list price.
3. Base Finish:(9005) Black paint(613) Silver paint(118) Bright White paint
Specify Shroud/Feet Paint Finish,when applicable
Application Notes
Bases are designed for use withcorresponding worksurfaces tocreate freestanding tables.Worksurfaces must be specifiedseparately.
Base comes with worksurfacemounting hardware and levelingglides with1/4� of heightadjustability.
23�D C-Leg bases supportrectangular tops up to 24�D. 29�DC-Leg bases support rectangulartops up to 30�D. 29�D T-Leg basessupport rectangular tops up to 36�Dcentered over feet. 16�D Cornerbases support 48�x48� curvilinearcorner tops up to 30�D. 29�D T-Legcorner bases support 42�x42�x24� or48�x48�x24�/30� curvilinear cornertops.
36�W C-Leg bases (except forPin-set) support tops up to 60�wcentered over feet (max 12�overhang on each side). 36�WPin-Set C-Leg bases cannot supporttops wider than the base. 42�WC-Leg bases support tops up to66�W centered over feet (max 12�overhang on each side).
48�, 54�, 60� and 66�W C-Leg andT-Leg bases support tops up to 30�wider than the base centered overfeet (max 15� overhang on eachside). 72�W C-Leg and T-Leg basessupport tops up to 96�W centeredover feet (max 12� overhang on eachside).
Bases available in Black paintfinish (9005), Silver finish (613), orBright White finish (118). Paintedlower leg shroud and feet can bespecified in Knoll Core paintfinishes (for Black base only).
Fixed and Pin-Set bases support upto 440lbs. Handcrank bases supportup to 260lbs. Electric bases supportup to 300lbs.
Pin-Set base adjusts on 1�increments.
Crank handle is located on the rightside of the base. Five turns of thehandle adjust worksurface 1�.
Morrison
154
Fixed Height and Height Adjustable C-Leg and T-Leg Bases
description type w* w d pattern no.Fixed
(F)
Pin-Set(P)
Hand-crank
(H)Electric
(E)
AdvancedElectric
(A)
30� Deep T-Leg Bases
Pin-Set Shown
For use with 48�W, 30� or 36�D Morrison T-LegTop
48� 46� 29� MTBT4629( )( )( )( ) $1,000. $1,318. $1,955. $3,360. $3,536.
For use with 54�W, 30� or 36�D Morrison T-LegTop
54� 52� 29� MTBT5229( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.
For use with 60�W, 30� or 36�D Morrison T-LegTop
60� 58� 29� MTBT5829( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.
For use with 66�W, 30� or 36�D Morrison T-LegTop
66� 64� 29� MTBT6429( )( )( )( ) 1,023. 1,341. 1,977. 3,381. 3,559.
For use with 72�W, 30� or 36�D Morrison T-LegTop
72� 70� 29� MTBT7029( )( )( )( ) 1,023. 1,341. 1,977. 3,381. 3,559.
C-Leg Corner Base
Fixed Shown
For use with Morrison Corner C-Leg Top 48� 46� 16� MTBK464616( )( )( )( ) 1,545. 2,023. n/a 5,087. 5,355.
Order Code
Example: MTBC5829HS, 9005,613
MTB Universal BaseC C-Leg58 Width29 DepthH HandcrankS Shroud9005 Black Base Finish613 Shroud/Feet Paint
Finish
w * = nominal width
Specification Information
Base Type:
(F) = Fixed (27� High)(P) = Pin-Set (22� - 35� High)(H) = Handcrank (22� - 35� High)(E) = Electric (27� - 461/2� High)(A) = Advanced Electric (21� -471/2� High)
Base height ranges shown do notinclude worksurface thickness.
Shroud Options:N = Leg without a metal shroudS = Painted metal shroud tosurround lower legs with matchingfoot. Add $100 to the list price.
3. Base Finish:(9005) Black paint(613) Silver paint(118) Bright White paint
Specify Shroud/Feet Paint Finish,when applicable
Application Notes
Bases are designed for use withcorresponding worksurfaces tocreate freestanding tables.Worksurfaces must be specifiedseparately.
Base comes with worksurfacemounting hardware and levelingglides with1/4� of heightadjustability.
23�D C-Leg bases supportrectangular tops up to 24�D. 29�DC-Leg bases support rectangulartops up to 30�D. 29�D T-Leg basessupport rectangular tops up to 36�Dcentered over feet. 16�D Cornerbases support 48�x48� curvilinearcorner tops up to 30�D. 29�D T-Legcorner bases support 42�x42�x24� or48�x48�x24�/30� curvilinear cornertops.
36�W C-Leg bases (except forPin-set) support tops up to 60�wcentered over feet (max 12�overhang on each side). 36�WPin-Set C-Leg bases cannot supporttops wider than the base. 42�WC-Leg bases support tops up to66�W centered over feet (max 12�overhang on each side).
48�, 54�, 60� and 66�W C-Leg andT-Leg bases support tops up to 30�wider than the base centered overfeet (max 15� overhang on eachside). 72�W C-Leg and T-Leg basessupport tops up to 96�W centeredover feet (max 12� overhang on eachside).
Bases available in Black paintfinish (9005), Silver finish (613), orBright White finish (118). Paintedlower leg shroud and feet can bespecified in Knoll Core paintfinishes (for Black base only).
Fixed and Pin-Set bases support upto 440lbs. Handcrank bases supportup to 260lbs. Electric bases supportup to 300lbs.
Pin-Set base adjusts on 1�increments.
Crank handle is located on the rightside of the base. Five turns of thehandle adjust worksurface 1�.
Morrison
155
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Fixed Height and Height Adjustable C-Leg and T-Leg Bases
description type w* w d pattern no.Fixed
(F)
Pin-Set(P)
Hand-crank
(H)Electric
(E)
AdvancedElectric
(A)
T-Leg Corner Base
Fixed Shown
For use with 42� Corner T-leg top 32� 30� 29� MTBT3029( )( )( )( ) $1,000. $1,318. $1,955. $3,360. $3,536.For use with 48� Corner C-Leg/T-Leg top 36� 34� 29� MTBT3429( )( )( )( ) 1,000. 1,318. 1,955. 3,360. 3,536.
Order Code
Example: MTBC5829HS, 9005,613
MTB Universal BaseC C-Leg58 Width29 DepthH HandcrankS Shroud9005 Black Base Finish613 Shroud/Feet Paint
Finish
w * = nominal width
Specification Information
Base Type:
(F) = Fixed (27� High)(P) = Pin-Set (22� - 35� High)(H) = Handcrank (22� - 35� High)(E) = Electric (27� - 461/2� High)(A) = Advanced Electric (21� -471/2� High)
Base height ranges shown do notinclude worksurface thickness.
Shroud Options:N = Leg without a metal shroudS = Painted metal shroud tosurround lower legs with matchingfoot. Add $100 to the list price.
3. Base Finish:(9005) Black paint(613) Silver paint(118) Bright White paint
Specify Shroud/Feet Paint Finish,when applicable
Application Notes
Bases are designed for use withcorresponding worksurfaces tocreate freestanding tables.Worksurfaces must be specifiedseparately.
Base comes with worksurfacemounting hardware and levelingglides with1/4� of heightadjustability.
23�D C-Leg bases supportrectangular tops up to 24�D. 29�DC-Leg bases support rectangulartops up to 30�D. 29�D T-Leg basessupport rectangular tops up to 36�Dcentered over feet. 16�D Cornerbases support 48�x48� curvilinearcorner tops up to 30�D. 29�D T-Legcorner bases support 42�x42�x24� or48�x48�x24�/30� curvilinear cornertops.
36�W C-Leg bases (except forPin-set) support tops up to 60�wcentered over feet (max 12�overhang on each side). 36�WPin-Set C-Leg bases cannot supporttops wider than the base. 42�WC-Leg bases support tops up to66�W centered over feet (max 12�overhang on each side).
48�, 54�, 60� and 66�W C-Leg andT-Leg bases support tops up to 30�wider than the base centered overfeet (max 15� overhang on eachside). 72�W C-Leg and T-Leg basessupport tops up to 96�W centeredover feet (max 12� overhang on eachside).
Bases available in Black paintfinish (9005), Silver finish (613), orBright White finish (118). Paintedlower leg shroud and feet can bespecified in Knoll Core paintfinishes (for Black base only).
Fixed and Pin-Set bases support upto 440lbs. Handcrank bases supportup to 260lbs. Electric bases supportup to 300lbs.
Pin-Set base adjusts on 1�increments.
Crank handle is located on the rightside of the base. Five turns of thehandle adjust worksurface 1�.
Morrison
156
Fixed Height and Height Adjustable C-Leg and T-Leg Bases
description type w d h pattern no. list
Electric Table Memory Switchwith Digital Display
For use with Electric C-Leg and T-Leg bases 5� .75� 1� SISDDPS $375.
Locking Casters, Set of 4 For use with C-Leg and T-Leg bases 2� 2� 1.5� SISLC4 50.
Insert Kit, Antenna Privacy Screen To attach Antenna Workspaces Privacy Screensto C-Leg and T-Leg worksurfaces
SISAWDSIK 25.
Order Code
Example: SISDDPS
SIS Universal BaseDDPS Electric Table Memory
Switch with DigitalDisplay
Application Notes
Locking casters replace standardglides to facilitate reconfiguration.Locking casters raise top height11/2�.
Insert kit is required when attachingAntenna Workspaces privacyscreens to C-leg and T-legworksurfaces.
Electric table memory switch withdigital display offers threeprogrammable memory settings withdigital read out display. Mountingoptions include a 90° bracket and a45° bracket. (Both are supplied)This memory switch will replace thestandard up/down control.
Morrison
157
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Network Desk Systemdesk supports
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Straight desk supports 24� 24� 6� 26� MN2-D2400( ) $550.30� 30� 6� 26� MN2-D3000( ) 556.36� 36� 6� 26� MN2-D3600( ) 569.42� 42� 6� 26� MN2-D4200( ) 584.48� 48� 6� 26� MN2-D4800( ) 591.54� 54� 6� 26� MN2-D5400( ) 600.60� 60� 6� 26� MN2-D6000( ) 615.66� 66� 6� 26� MN2-D6600( ) 629.72� 72� 6� 26� MN2-D7200( ) 652.78� 78� 6� 26� MN2-D7800( ) 671.
90° corner supports 36� x 36� 36� 36� 26� MN2-D3636( ) 909.42� x 42� 42� 42� 26� MN2-D4242( ) 928.48� x 48� 48� 48� 26� MN2-D4848( ) 953.60� x 60� 60� 60� 26� MN2-D6060( ) 998.72� x 72� 72� 72� 26� MN2-D7272( ) 1,065.
Return supports 24� 18� 6� 26� MN2-D0024( ) 322.30� 24� 6� 26� MN2-D0030( ) 326.36� 30� 6� 26� MN2-D0036( ) 336.42� 36� 6� 26� MN2-D0042( ) 349.48� 42� 6� 26� MN2-D0048( ) 360.54� 48� 6� 26� MN2-D0054( ) 374.60� 54� 6� 26� MN2-D0060( ) 383.66� 60� 6� 26� MN2-D0066( ) 393.72� 66� 6� 26� MN2-D0072( ) 416.78� 72� 6� 26� MN2-D0078( ) 439.
Order Code
Example: MN2-D4848-612
MN2 Network componentD Desk support48 Width of desk48 Width of return612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify desk support the width ofthe worksurface to be supported.
Corner desk support is used underany combination of worksurfaces upto 72�. Specify flat bracketsseparately.
Return support may be connected tostraight desk support to form other90° corner support combinations.Specify return support the sum ofthe width of the return and thedepth of the desk (or width of VDT).
Desk spans wider than 60� requirepedestal support at one end of theworksurface.
Specify painted finish.
Application Notes
Corner legs include two grommets(3� x 21/2�) in back and side, forcable and power distribution toadjacent desk supports. Allgrommets have caps, 31/4� x 31/4�.Two grommet sleeves to protectcables are also provided.
Desk supports enclose the back 6�of freestanding Morrison Systemdesks, enabling full horizontal andvertical wire management, andgiving the structural supportnecessary for desk mountedoverhead storage.
Straight desk supports are specifiedthe same width as the desk (or VDT+ return). Return supports continuethe wireway for L-shape desks,supporting the end of the desk andwidth of the return. 90° cornersupports may be used to supportdesk-and-return orVDT-with-extensions.
Desk supports consist of nominal 6�x 6� corner legs and horizontalmodesty/wireway channel 8�H x11/2�D.
Straight desk supports include 2legs and 1 channel; 90° cornersupports include 3 legs and 2channels. Return supports include 1leg and 1 channel and connect tostraight desk support to form 90°corner. All components areinterchangeable and non-handed.
Worksurfaces are supported by desksupports in conjunction with endpanels, pedestals or bracketslinking to adjacent desks.
MN2- desk support corner legs andwireway channels areinterchangeable with original MN1-desk supports.
Hardware kits for beam and legcomponents include metal inserts.Tops will be drilled for fieldinstallation.
Morrison
158
Morrison Network Desk Systemdesk end and filler panels
description type w d h pattern no. list price
End panel for desk support 6� 11/4� 26� MN2-E06-( ) $322.71/2� 11/4� 26� MN2-E09-( ) 339.
18�d 101/2� 11/4� 26� MN2-E12-( ) 360.24�d 161/2� 11/4� 26� MN2-E18-( ) 419.30�d 221/2� 11/4� 26� MN2-E24-( ) 463.
Transitional support panel Support panel 6� 1� 26� MN2-RDR( ) 326.Stanchion adapter kit – – – MN2-RSAK 17.
Return support adapter 6� 11/4� 26� MN2-RER-( ) 181.
End panel wireway 18�d 18� 11/2� 8� MN2-EW18-( ) 181.24�d 24� 11/2� 8� MN2-EW24-( ) 199.
Order Code
Example: MN2-E24-612
MN2 Morrison NetworkE End panel24 Depth612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify desk end and filler panels tocorrespond with desk depth andwidth. End panels are nominally 6�less deep than desk to accommodatedesk support. Actual filler panelsare 12� less wide than desk, to fitbetween desk support corner legs.
Return support adapter attaches tofront edge of end panel. Specifyreturn support in same nominalwidth as return worksurface.
Specify painted finishes for endpanels, filler panels and accessories.
Application Notes
Desk end panels are used to supportan end of a freestanding deskwithout pedestal support. Integralbrackets permit application on leftor right end of desk.
For desk planning applications withfull end panel and desk support:
Use MN2-E12 with 18�Dworksurface
Use MN2-E18 with 24�Dworksurface
Use MN2-E24 with 30�Dworksurface
For 24�D VDT desks withextensions, specify MN2-E06 endpanel and single bridging bracket.For 30�D VDT, specify MN2-E12end panel and single bridgingbracket.
For support of one end of 24�Dreturn with desk support adjacent tofreestanding Interaction cornertable, specify MN2-E09.
Desk end panels do not permitadjacent pedestal attachment.
Transitional support panel secures areturn desk support to Morrisonvertical panel connector track inintegrated desk and panel planning.
Transitional panel also acts as a legor pedestal extender to stabilizevertical panels supporting overheadstorage.
Use MN2-RDR to stabilize eachside of vertical panel at half-roundconference worksurface.
Transitional panel includes onegrommet.
Return support adapter is specifiedwhen adding a return worksurface toa desk with end panel. Adapterextends from end panel to returnsupport. End panel wirewayattaches to inside of end panel tolink desk support wireway to returnsupport.
Filler panels provide full enclosurefor desk supports, filling thekneehole space between corner legs.They are specified in addition tocorresponding desk supports.
Morrison
159
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Network Desk Systemdesk end and filler panels
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Filler panel for desk support 24�w 12� 1/2� 18� MN2-F24( ) $259.30�w 18� 1/2� 18� MN2-F30( ) 280.36�w 24� 1/2� 18� MN2-F36( ) 299.42�w 30� 1/2� 18� MN2-F42( ) 322.48�w 36� 1/2� 18� MN2-F48( ) 360.54�w 42� 1/2� 18� MN2-F54( ) 400.60�w 48� 1/2� 18� MN2-F60( ) 463.66�w 54� 1/2� 18� MN2-F66( ) 499.72�w 60� 1/2� 18� MN2-F72( ) 557.78�w 66� 1/2� 18� MN2-F78( ) 619.
Order Code
Example: MN2-E24-612
MN2 Morrison NetworkE End panel24 Depth612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify desk end and filler panels tocorrespond with desk depth andwidth. End panels are nominally 6�less deep than desk to accommodatedesk support. Actual filler panelsare 12� less wide than desk, to fitbetween desk support corner legs.
Return support adapter attaches tofront edge of end panel. Specifyreturn support in same nominalwidth as return worksurface.
Specify painted finishes for endpanels, filler panels and accessories.
Application Notes
Desk end panels are used to supportan end of a freestanding deskwithout pedestal support. Integralbrackets permit application on leftor right end of desk.
For desk planning applications withfull end panel and desk support:
Use MN2-E12 with 18�Dworksurface
Use MN2-E18 with 24�Dworksurface
Use MN2-E24 with 30�Dworksurface
For 24�D VDT desks withextensions, specify MN2-E06 endpanel and single bridging bracket.For 30�D VDT, specify MN2-E12end panel and single bridgingbracket.
For support of one end of 24�Dreturn with desk support adjacent tofreestanding Interaction cornertable, specify MN2-E09.
Desk end panels do not permitadjacent pedestal attachment.
Transitional support panel secures areturn desk support to Morrisonvertical panel connector track inintegrated desk and panel planning.
Transitional panel also acts as a legor pedestal extender to stabilizevertical panels supporting overheadstorage.
Use MN2-RDR to stabilize eachside of vertical panel at half-roundconference worksurface.
Transitional panel includes onegrommet.
Return support adapter is specifiedwhen adding a return worksurface toa desk with end panel. Adapterextends from end panel to returnsupport. End panel wirewayattaches to inside of end panel tolink desk support wireway to returnsupport.
Filler panels provide full enclosurefor desk supports, filling thekneehole space between corner legs.They are specified in addition tocorresponding desk supports.
Morrison
160
Morrison Network Desk Systembrackets
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Desk support light seal MN2-DD( ) $119.
Desk support to pedestal MN1-DP 17.
Flat brackets with machine screws 18�D worksurface 31/2� 8� – MB3-F18M 36.24�D worksurface 31/2� 14� – MB3-F24M 39.30�/36�D worksurface 31/2� 20� – MB3-F30M 45.
Single bridging bracket 18�D worksurface 31/2� 10� 51/4� MB1-SB18(L/R) 90.24�D worksurface 31/2� 131/2� 51/4� MB1-SB24(L/R) 109.30�D worksurface 31/2� 191/2� 51/2� MB1-SB30(L/R) 116.
Dual bridging bracket 24�D worksurfaces 33/4� 131/2� 4� MB1-DB24 185.30�D worksurfaces 33/4� 191/2� 51/2� MB1-DB30 206.
Transitional support panel Support panel 6� 1� 26� MN2-RDR( ) 326.Stanchion adapter kit – – – MN2-RSAK 17.
Worksurface stiffener 54� worksurface 43� 21/2� 1� MB1-WS54 121.60� worksurface 49� 21/2� 1� MB1-WS60 121.66� worksurface 55� 21/2� 1� MB1-WS66 121.72� worksurface 61� 21/2� 1� MB1-WS72 121.
Order Code
Example: MB1-SB24-L
MB1 BracketSB Type24 Worksurface sizeL Left
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for transitionalsupport panel and light seal.
All other brackets are black.
Specify single bridging bracket leftor right handed (left for conferencetop on left when seated atworksurface).
Application Notes
F-type flat brackets joinworksurfaces at the same height, indesk or panel system application.
SB bridging brackets are used tojoin desk supported worksurface to1/2 round or teardrop, whenworksurface is not pedestalsupported. SB brackets may also beused with transitional support panelto join worksurface to teardrop or1/2 round with vertical panel.
MB1-SB18(L/R) single bridgingbracket supports freestanding splitVDT with 24� returns; it should beused on each side in combinationwith 9� end panels MNZE09( ).
DB bridging bracket is used to joinadjacent desk supports andworksurfaces.
For pedestal or end panel supportedworksurface to half-round orteardrop, use flat brackets andsupport column.
For clear access kneespace athalf-round with vertical panel, usetransitional support panel, singlebridging bracket, and supportcolumn.
Desk support light seal wrapsaround corner legs of adjacent desksupports, and provides additionallay-in cable.
Worksurface stiffeners may be usedto span distances over 48� withoutpedestal support. (Use one sizesmaller than worksurface widthwhen supporting one end with apedestal.) Specify the patternnumber which corresponds to thewidth to be spanned, e.g.MB1-WS54 enables a 3-ply MU1 orLU1 worksurface to span 54�.
Morrison
161
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Morrison Network Desk Systemdesk mounted overhead storage, counter, and power monument
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Stanchions for desk mounted Reuter overheadstorage, pair
13/4� worksurface 5� 5� 20� RO2-NS20( ) $532.11/4� worksurface 5� 5� 201/2� RO2-NS21( ) 532.
Stanchions for desk mount counter, pair 11/4� worksurface 5� 5� 131/2� MN2-NS14( ) 547.
Reinforcement channel for desk mount counters 60� counter 48� 2� 1/2� MS2-URC60-N 111.66� counter 54� 2� 1/2� MS2-URC66-N 111.72� counter 60� 2� 1/2� MS2-URC72-N 111.78� counter 66� 2� 1/2� MS2-URC78-N 111.84� counter 72� 2� 1/2� MS2-URC84-N 111.90� counter 78� 2� 1/2� MS2-URC90-N 111.
Desktop power monument 13/4� worksurfaces 5� 5� 13� MN2-PMW( ) 273.11/4� worksurfaces 5� 5� 131/2� MN2-PMU( ) 273.
Order Code
Example: MN2-PMU-612
MN2 NetworkPM Power monumentU 11/4� worksurface612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for overheadsupports, monuments, and covers:
Application Notes
Stanchions and overhead supportsare bolted to desk supportedworksurfaces with grommets.Overheads may span over end ofworksurface and width of returnworksurface if grommets and desksupport legs align with stanchions.
Reuter stanchions support anywidth Reuter overhead cabinet, orshelf, and include cover plates andmounting hardware.
Stanchions for desk mountedcounter may be specified withMS2-shelves on page . Stanchionssupport shelf underside at 42�H,positioned above 15�H privacyscreen.
Specify reinforcement channel forcounters wider than 60�.
All stanchions include internal andsurface concealment channels fortask light cords.
Desktop power monument attachesto grommet in freestanding orpanel-supported worksurfaces.Monument includes top cap to alignwith 42�H panels, and front coverwith four outlet openings.
Specify stanchion outlets coverwhen planning PDC modules and/orpower module in Reuter stanchions.Stanchion outlets cover has fouropenings; specify blank outlet fillersfor unused openings.
Specify desktop power module fordesktop outlets in power monumentor stanchions (see page 167).
Morrison
162
Morrison Network Desk Systemdesk mounted overhead storage, counter, and power monument
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Stanchion outlets cover 13/4� worksurfaces 7� 1/2� 15� MN2-SO20( ) $48.11/4� worksurfaces 7� 1/2� 151/2� MN2-SO21( ) 48.
Blank outlet filler (10) MN2-OF 47.
Order Code
Example: MN2-PMU-612
MN2 NetworkPM Power monumentU 11/4� worksurface612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for overheadsupports, monuments, and covers:
Application Notes
Stanchions and overhead supportsare bolted to desk supportedworksurfaces with grommets.Overheads may span over end ofworksurface and width of returnworksurface if grommets and desksupport legs align with stanchions.
Reuter stanchions support anywidth Reuter overhead cabinet, orshelf, and include cover plates andmounting hardware.
Stanchions for desk mountedcounter may be specified withMS2-shelves on page . Stanchionssupport shelf underside at 42�H,positioned above 15�H privacyscreen.
Specify reinforcement channel forcounters wider than 60�.
All stanchions include internal andsurface concealment channels fortask light cords.
Desktop power monument attachesto grommet in freestanding orpanel-supported worksurfaces.Monument includes top cap to alignwith 42�H panels, and front coverwith four outlet openings.
Specify stanchion outlets coverwhen planning PDC modules and/orpower module in Reuter stanchions.Stanchion outlets cover has fouropenings; specify blank outlet fillersfor unused openings.
Specify desktop power module fordesktop outlets in power monumentor stanchions (see page 167).
Morrison
163
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for desk supportspower rails
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power rail for desk 30�w 12� 2� 2� MR3-NE30 $210.36�w 18� 2� 2� MR3-NE36 233.42�w 24� 2� 2� MR3-NE42 240.48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-NE48 249.54�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-NE54 256.60�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-NE60 266.66�w 48� 2� 2� MR3-NE66 279.72�w 54� 2� 2� MR3-NE72 286.78�w 60� 2� 2� MR3-NE78 296.
Multiple outlet power rail for desk 48� 30� 2� 2� MR3-NE48-4 350.60� 42� 2� 2� MR3-NE60-4 366.66� 48� 2� 2� MR3-NE66-4 387.72� 54� 2� 2� MR3-NE72-4 407.78� 60� 2� 2� MR3-NE78-4 427.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NE30
MR3 Morrison racewayN For Network desksE Eight wire 2 + 230 for 30� panel
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power rails are the primary powerdistribution component of theMorrison 2 + 2 Raceway. Each railprovides outlet mounting positionsand receptacles for branching powerconnectors at each end. Endbrackets permit lay-in cabling in thedesk support trough.
Rails accept two outlets, 12� fromeither end of the desk. Multipleoutlet rails for 48� - 78� desksaccept 4 duplex outlets, 12� and 18�from either end of desk.
Morrison
164
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for desk supportsoutlets, connectors, jumpers, infeeds
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Duplex outlets, black Circuit A MR3-DA $46.Circuit B MR3-DB 46.Circuit X MR3-DX 46.Circuit Y MR3-DY 46.
Duplex outlets, orange Circuit X MR3-DXO 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYO 53.
Duplex outlets, black with orange triangle Circuit X MR3-DXT 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYT 53.
Power connector Straight/L 18� 2� 2� MR3-EPCM 101.Crossover 24� 2� 2� MR3-EJ6 111.Panel/desk 36� 2� 3� MR3-NEPD 366.
Jumper 12� end panel 30� 2� 2� MR3-EJ12 120.18� end panel 36� 2� 2� MR3-EJ18 130.24� end panel 42� 2� 2� MR3-EJ24 137.24� desk 42� 2� 2� MR3-EJ24 137.30� desk 48� 2� 2� MR3-EJ30 146.36� desk 54� 2� 2� MR3-EJ36 160.42� desk 60� 2� 2� MR3-EJ42 167.48� desk 66� 2� 2� MR3-EJ48 175.54� desk 75� 2� 2� MR3-EJ54P 185.60� desk 81� 2� 2� MR3-EJ60P 194.66� desk 87� 2� 2� MR3-EJ66P 202.72� desk 93� 2� 2� MR3-EJ72P 210.78� desk 99� 2� 2� MR3-EJ78P 226.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NEPD
MR3 Morrison racewayN For Network desksE Eight wire 2 + 2PD Panel/desk
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power infeeds connect buildingpower supply to a cluster ofinterconnected power rails. Desksupport infeed snaps into the end ofany desk power rail, and includes 6foot liquid-tight conduit and pigtailfor connection to floor or wallelectrical box. Panel/desk connectortransmits power between the end ofa desk support rail and any panelbase power rail outlet position.
Hardwire infeed, used in all NewYork City installations, includesjunction box that mounts to theinside of a desk support corner leg.Electrical contractor suppliesconduit from building power supplyto box and trims power connector tolength. Hardwire kit includespainted finish cover panel.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the four circuits, A, B,X, Y, and snap into any standardoutlet location (12� from either endof desk). Duplexes on circuits X andY may be specified with orange faceor black face with orange triangle tosignify protected circuits forelectronic equipment; all otherduplexes are black.
Power connectors transmit powerbetween adjacent powered desks.Crossover transmits power‘‘diagonally’’ between non-adjacentdesks in a cluster of 3 or 4 desksupports.
Jumpers connect rails on either sideof a desk end panel or desk supportwithout outlets.
Morrison
165
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for desk supportsoutlets, connectors, jumpers, infeeds
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power infeeds Panel/desk connector MR3-NEPD $366.Desk support infeed MR3-NEPI 279.Hardwire infeed (NYC) MR3-NEPNY( ) 366.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NEPD
MR3 Morrison racewayN For Network desksE Eight wire 2 + 2PD Panel/desk
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power infeeds connect buildingpower supply to a cluster ofinterconnected power rails. Desksupport infeed snaps into the end ofany desk power rail, and includes 6foot liquid-tight conduit and pigtailfor connection to floor or wallelectrical box. Panel/desk connectortransmits power between the end ofa desk support rail and any panelbase power rail outlet position.
Hardwire infeed, used in all NewYork City installations, includesjunction box that mounts to theinside of a desk support corner leg.Electrical contractor suppliesconduit from building power supplyto box and trims power connector tolength. Hardwire kit includespainted finish cover panel.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the four circuits, A, B,X, Y, and snap into any standardoutlet location (12� from either endof desk). Duplexes on circuits X andY may be specified with orange faceor black face with orange triangle tosignify protected circuits forelectronic equipment; all otherduplexes are black.
Power connectors transmit powerbetween adjacent powered desks.Crossover transmits power‘‘diagonally’’ between non-adjacentdesks in a cluster of 3 or 4 desksupports.
Jumpers connect rails on either sideof a desk end panel or desk supportwithout outlets.
Morrison
166
Power distribution components2+2™ Racewayfour circuit, eight-wire raceway for desk supportsaccessories
description type pattern no. list price
Desktop power module From desk support power rail MR3-NESD $279.From panel MR3-NESP 443.Hardwire MR3-NESH 350.
Grommet outlet module Directly above panel outlet MR3-EGM 496.Duplex outlet, circuit A MR1-DA 37.Duplex outlet, circuit B MR1-DB 37.From desk support MR3-NEGM 407.Hardwire MR3-EGMH 366.Up to 24� away from panel outlet MR3-EGM48 516.
Contact protectors (set of 10) MR3-CP 13.
Wire manager clips (10) Under worksurface MR1-WC 40.
High capacity wire managers (10) Panel connector ML1-HCWM24 256.
Desk to desk cable sleeves (10) MN2-CS 48.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NESD
MR3 Morrison racewayN NetworkE Eight wire 2 + 2S Power infeedD Desk feed
Specification Information
Morrison 2 +2™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 2 + 2™ Racewaycomponents distribute two 20-ampconvenience circuits (A and B), withneutral and ground, and twoprotected 20-amp circuits (X and Y)with separate neutral and ground.
First duplex in desktop powermodule is wired to Circuits A and Band is black; second duplex is wiredto Circuits X and Y and is orange.
Application Notes
Desktop power module is powercomponent for desktop powermonument or overhead supportstanchion. Power module includestwo duplex outlets and powerconnector.
Grommet outlet module stands inany Morrison (not Options)worksurface grommet for convenientaccess. Grommet outlet moduleaccepts only special duplexes(MR1-DA or MR1-DB) on circuits Aor B.
Contact protectors enclose openconductors on power rail whereveroutlets or power connectors are notplanned.
Cable sleeves contain and protectpower and data cables passingbetween desk supports.
Morrison
167
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for desk supportspower rail and module
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power rail for desk support 30�w 12� 2� 2� MR3-NT30 $240.36�w 18� 2� 2� MR3-NT36 256.42�w 24� 2� 2� MR3-NT42 266.48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-NT48 279.54�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-NT54 286.60�w 48� 2� 2� MR3-NT60 296.66�w 54� 2� 2� MR3-NT66 313.72�w 60� 2� 2� MR3-NT72 319.78�w 66� 2� 2� MR3-NT78 332.
Multiple outlet power rail for desk 48�w 30� 2� 2� MR3-NT48-4 427.60�w 42� 2� 2� MR3-NT60-4 443.66�w 48� 2� 2� MR3-NT66-4 464.72�w 54� 2� 2� MR3-NT72-4 480.78�w 60� 2� 2� MR3-NT78-4 496.
Desktop power module From desk support power rail MR3-NESD 279.From panel MR3-NESP 443.Hardwire MR3-NESH 350.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NT-30
MR3 Morrison racewayNT Ten wire 3 + 330 For 30� panel
Specification Information
Morrison 3 +3™ Raceway is asix-circuit, ten-wire modular powerdistribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power rails are the primary powerdistribution component of theMorrison 3 + 3 Raceway. Each railprovides outlet mounting positionsand receptacles for branching powerconnectors at each end.
Rails accept two outlets, 12� fromeither end of desk. Multiple outletrails for 48� - 78� desks accept fourduplex outlets, 12� and 18� fromeither end of desk.
Desktop power module is powercomponent for Desktop PowerMonument or overhead supportstanchion. Power module includestwo duplex outlets, and powerconnector. First duplex in desktoppower module is wired to Circuits Aand B and is black; second duplexis wired to Circuits X and Y and isorange.
Morrison
168
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for desk supportsconnectors and jumpers
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Power connector Straight/L 18� 2� 2� MR3-TPCM $130.Crossover 24� 2� 2� MR3-TJ6 130.Panel/desk 36� 2� 3� MR3-NTPD 427.
Jumper 12� end panel 30� 2� 2� MR3-TJ12 137.18� end panel 36� 2� 2� MR3-TJ18 146.24� desk 42� 2� 2� MR3-TJ24 160.24� end panel 42� 2� 2� MR3-TJ24 160.30� desk 48� 2� 2� MR3-TJ30 167.36� desk 54� 2� 2� MR3-TJ36 175.42� desk 60� 2� 2� MR3-TJ42 194.48� desk 66� 2� 2� MR3-TJ48 210.54� desk 75� 2� 2� MR3-TJ54P 226.60� desk 81� 2� 2� MR3-TJ60P 233.66� desk 87� 2� 2� MR3-TJ66P 240.72� desk 93� 2� 2� MR3-TJ72P 249.78� desk 99� 2� 2� MR3-TJ78P 256.
Order Code
Example: MR3-TJ12
MR3 Morrison racewayT Ten wire 3 + 3 jumperJ Jumper12 For 12� end panel
Specification Information
Morrison 3 +3™ Raceway is asix-circuit, ten-wire modular powerdistribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
Application Notes
Power connectors transmit powerbetween adjacent powered desks.Crossover transmits power‘‘diagonally’’ between non-adjacentdesks in a cluster of 3 or 4 desksupports.
Jumpers connect rails on either sideof a desk end panel or desk supportwithout outlets.
Power connectors and jumpers areenclosed in steel flexible conduit.
Morrison
169
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for desk supportsinfeeds, outlets and cable sleeves
description type pattern no. list price
Power infeeds Desk support infeed MR3-NTPI $313.Hardwire infeed (NYC) MR3-NTPNY( ) 427.Panel/desk connector MR3-NTPD 427.
Duplex outlets, black Circuit A MR3-DA 46.Circuit B MR3-DB 46.Circuit C MR3-DC 46.Circuit X MR3-DX 46.Circuit Y MR3-DY 46.Circuit Z MR3-DZ 46.
Duplex outlets, orange Circuit X MR3-DXO 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYO 53.Circuit Z MR3-DZO 53.
Duplex outlets, black with orange triangle Circuit X MR3-DXT 53.Circuit Y MR3-DYT 53.Circuit Z MR3-DZT 53.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NTPI
MR3 Morrison racewayN Network desk supportT Ten wire 3 + 3PI Power infeed
Specification Information
Morrison 3 + 3™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
Duplex outlet circuits aredesignated by white letters on blackbackground, or black letters onorange background.
Specify paint finishes for hardwireinfeed kit.
Application Notes
Power infeeds connect buildingpower supply to a cluster ofinterconnected power rails. Desksupport infeed snaps into the end ofany desk power rail, and includes 6foot liquid-tight conduit and pigtailfor connection to floor or wallelectrical box. Panel/desk connectortransmits power between the end ofa desk support rail and any panelbase power rail outlet position.
Hardwire infeed, used in all NewYork City installations, includesjunction box that mounts to theinside of a desk support corner leg.Electrical contractor suppliesconduit from building power supplyto box and trims power connector tolength. Hardwire kit includespainted finish cover panel.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the six circuits, A, B,C, X, Y, Z, and snap into anystandard outlet location. Duplexeson circuits X, Y, Z may be specifiedwith orange face or black face withorange triangle to signify protectedcircuits for electronic equipment; allother duplexes are black.
Grommet outlet module stands inany Morrison (not Options)worksurface grommet for convenientaccess. Grommet outlet moduleaccepts only special duplexes(MR1-DA or MR1-DB) on circuits Aor B.
Contact protectors enclose openconductors on power rail whereveroutlets or power connectors are notplanned.
Cable sleeves contain and protectpower and data cables passingbetween desk supports.
Morrison
170
Power distribution components3+3™ Racewaysix circuit, ten-wire raceway for desk supportsinfeeds, outlets and cable sleeves
description type pattern no. list price
Grommet outlet module Duplex outlet, circuit A MR1-DA $37.Duplex outlet, circuit B MR1-DB 37.From desk support MR3-NEGM 407.Hardwire MR3-EGMH 366.
Contact protectors (set of 10) MR3-CP 13.
Desk to desk cable sleeves (10) MN2-CS 48.
Order Code
Example: MR3-NTPI
MR3 Morrison racewayN Network desk supportT Ten wire 3 + 3PI Power infeed
Specification Information
Morrison 3 + 3™ Raceway is afour-circuit, eight-wire modularpower distribution system, for use inMorrison panels and Network desksupports. 3 + 3™ Racewaycomponents distribute three 20-ampconvenience circuits (A, B, C), withneutral and ground, and threeprotected 20-amp circuits (X, Y, Z)with separate neutral and ground.
Duplex outlet circuits aredesignated by white letters on blackbackground, or black letters onorange background.
Specify paint finishes for hardwireinfeed kit.
Application Notes
Power infeeds connect buildingpower supply to a cluster ofinterconnected power rails. Desksupport infeed snaps into the end ofany desk power rail, and includes 6foot liquid-tight conduit and pigtailfor connection to floor or wallelectrical box. Panel/desk connectortransmits power between the end ofa desk support rail and any panelbase power rail outlet position.
Hardwire infeed, used in all NewYork City installations, includesjunction box that mounts to theinside of a desk support corner leg.Electrical contractor suppliesconduit from building power supplyto box and trims power connector tolength. Hardwire kit includespainted finish cover panel.
Duplex outlets are preconfigured toaccess one of the six circuits, A, B,C, X, Y, Z, and snap into anystandard outlet location. Duplexeson circuits X, Y, Z may be specifiedwith orange face or black face withorange triangle to signify protectedcircuits for electronic equipment; allother duplexes are black.
Grommet outlet module stands inany Morrison (not Options)worksurface grommet for convenientaccess. Grommet outlet moduleaccepts only special duplexes(MR1-DA or MR1-DB) on circuits Aor B.
Contact protectors enclose openconductors on power rail whereveroutlets or power connectors are notplanned.
Cable sleeves contain and protectpower and data cables passingbetween desk supports.
Morrison
171
Wor
ksur
face
Pla
nnin
g
Floorstanding pedestals18�D, 24�D, and 30�D
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2
2 box, 1 file Desk height 147/8� 18� 265/8� MD6-S2B1F( )-( ) $1,116. $1,116. $1,171. $1,430. $1,622.147/8� 24� 265/8� MD6-D2B1F( )-( ) 1,251. 1,251. 1,315. 1,581. 1,733.147/8� 30� 265/8� MD6-E2B1F( )-( ) 1,393. 1,393. 1,463. 1,694. 1,866.
Double file Desk height 147/8� 18� 265/8� MD6-S0B2F( )-( ) 990. 990. 1,038. 1,248. 1,386.147/8� 24� 265/8� MD6-D0B2F( )-( ) 1,123. 1,123. 1,179. 1,373. 1,516.147/8� 30� 265/8� MD6-E0B2F( )-( ) 1,257. 1,257. 1,320. 1,503. 1,640.
Order Code
Example: MD6-D2B1F-612-612
MD6 PedestalD Deep2B1F Configuration612 Paint finish for case612 Veneer/paint finish for
drawer fronts
Specification Information
Specify finishes for case and front.
All drawer pulls are matte black.
All pedestals are equipped withlocks. Order pedestal locks with aKnollKey order form.
Application Notes
18�D pedestals may be used underany Morrison worksurface. 24�Dpedestals can be used under 30�and 36�D worksurfaces, withoutobstructing wire managementthrough worksurface grommets.
24�D pedestals may also beinstalled under 24�D surfaceswithout grommets; 30�D pedestalsmay be used only under 30�Dsurfaces without grommets.
Pedestals are bolted into either endof any worksurface over 30�W.Insert locations and caseconstruction permit use of pedestalsas worksurface support, with orwithout universal desk end panels.
One box drawer divider is includedwith each 2 box, 1 file and 1 box, 1file pedestal. Drawers accept up to 7dividers, or 6 stationery insert trays.
All file drawers accommodate letterwidth filing front-to-back. 18�D filedrawers accommodate legal filesside-to-side. 24� and 30�D filedrawer pedestals include one filesupport for legal filing, side-to-side.
Order file supports separately toequip other drawer in 24� or 30�deep 2 file.
Morrison
172
Double-width floorstanding pedestals and cabinetsNetwork Double Wide
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2
Double-wide, 2 file 30�W 293/4� 18� 265/8� MD6-W0B2F-( )-( ) $1,709. $1,709. $1,794. $2,161. $2,473.36�W 353/4� 18� 265/8� MD6-X0B2F-( )-( ) 2,146. 2,146. 2,253. 2,739. 3,075.
Double door cabinet 30�W 293/4� 18� 265/8� MD4-WDD30-( )-( ) 1,492. 1,492. 1,565. 1,977. 2,304.
Letter filing kits 30�W 27� – 9� MD6-WDK 373.36�W 33� – 9� MD6-XDK 373.
Vertical dividers Set of 10 MD6-VP 145.
Order Code
Example: MD6-W0B2F-612-612
MD6 PedestalW 2 file, double width0B2F Configuration612 Paint finish for case612 Veneer/paint finish for
fronts
Specification Information
Specify finishes for case and front.
All drawer pulls are matte black.
All pedestals are equipped withlocks. Order pedestal locks with aKnollKey order form.
Application Notes
Double-wide pedestals can be usedunder 18�, 24�, 30� and 36�Dworksurfaces.
2-file pedestals allow legal filingside-to-side or front-to-back.Double door cabinet includes oneadjustable shelf.
30�W pedestals are bolted intoeither end of any worksurface, 30�Wor more. Insert locations and caseconstruction permit use of pedestalsas worksurface support, with orwithout universal desk end panels.
Weight distribution limitationspreclude using only double-widthpedestals and worksurfaces tocreate freestanding credenzas.
Letter filing partition kits include 2vertical dividers and 2 movablebacks, to allow side-to-side letterwidth filing.
Morrison
173
Sto
rage
Double-width floorstanding pedestals and cabinetsOptions Double Wide
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2
Double-wide, 2 file 30�W 30� 19� 267/8� MD7 DW30C( )( ) $1,493. $1,493. $1,566. $1,877. $2,152.36�W 36� 19� 267/8� MD7 DW36C( )( ) 1,894. 1,894. 1,986. 2,381. 2,676.
Double door cabinet 30�W 30� 19� 267/8� MD7 DC30C( )( ) 1,296. 1,296. 1,364. 1,669. 1,946.
Order Code
Example: MD7-DW30C-612-612
MD7 PedestalDW 2 file, double width30C Configuration612 Paint finish for case612 Veneer/paint finish for
fronts
Specification Information
Specify finishes for case and front.
All pedestals are equipped withlocks. Order pedestal locks with aKnollKey order form.
Application Notes
Options double-wide pedestals canbe used under 18�, 24�, 30� and36�D worksurfaces in panelplanning applications only.
2-file pedestals allow legal filingside-to-side or front-to-back.Double door cabinet includes oneadjustable shelf.
Weight distribution limitationspreclude using only double-widthpedestals and worksurfaces tocreate freestanding credenzas.
Morrison
174
Mobile pedestals18�D
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V1 V2
1 box, 1 file Machine or desk height 147/8� 18� 233/8� MD6-M1B1F-( )-( ) $1,530. $1,530. $1,603. $1,765. $1,885.
2 box, 1 file Freestanding 147/8� 18� 295/8� MD6-M2B1F-( )-( ) 1,870. 1,870. 1,963. 2,173. 2,357.
2 file Freestanding 147/8� 18� 295/8� MD6-M0B2F-( )-( ) 1,601. 1,601. 1,684. 1,858. 1,978.
Pencil tray 131/4� 57/8� 1� MD7-PT(C) 47.131/4� 57/8� 1� MD7-PT(N) 40.
Order Code
Example: MD6-M1B1F-612-612
MD6 PedestalM Mobile1B1F Configuration612 Painted finish for case612 Veneer/paint finish for
fronts
Specification Information
Specify finishes for case and front.
All drawer pulls are matte black.
All pedestals are equipped withlocks.
Order locks with a KnollKey orderform.
Pencil tray is molded plastic andavailable in black or clear.Black: NClear: C
Application Notes
Mobile pedestals include top withfinger grip, locking casters, andcounter weight. One box, one filemobile pedestal will fit under anyMorrison worksurface at desk ormachine height.
Pencil tray must be orderedseparately.
2 box/file or 2 file mobile pedestalsare higher than standard deskheight worksurfaces.
One box drawer divider is includedwith each 2 box, 1 file and 1 box, 1file pedestal. Drawers accept up to 7dividers or 5 stationery insert trays.
Mobile pedestal handle attaches toeither height mobile pedestal top foreasier movement around a facility.Handle stores on top of pedestal andunfolds for use. Handle is orderedseparately.
Morrison
175
Sto
rage
Pedestal accessoriesMorrison Pedestals
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Pencil tray 131/4� 57/8� 1� MD7-PT(C) $47.131/4� 57/8� 1� MD7-PT(N) 40.
Stationery inserts, set of four trays – – – MD6-ST 175.
Drawer divider Box MD6-BD 37.File MD6-FD 37.
File support (set of 2) MD6-FS 12.
Mobile pedestal handle MD6-PULL-( ) 169.
Order Code
Example: MD7-PT
MD7 PedestalPT Pencil tray
Pencil tray is molded plastic andavailable in black or clear.Black: NClear: C
Application Notes
Pencil tray rests on any box drawerand is specified separately.
Stationery inserts are sloped traysfor 18�D box drawer.
Specify two sets of inserts for 24� or30�D box drawers.
Drawer dividers are sloped U-shapeinserts for box or file drawers.
Specify file support for side-to-sidefilling in 24� or 30� file drawers.
Mobile pedestal handle attaches toeither height mobile pedestal top foreasier movement around a facility.Handle stores on top of pedestal andunfolds for use.
Morrison
176
Intermediate shelvesDesigned by John Rizzi
description type w d h pattern no. Paint
Full width 60� 60� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS60F( ) $415.66� 66� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS66F( ) 471.72� 72� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS72F( ) 522.78� 78� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS78F( ) 600.
Returns 60� 60� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS60R( ) 365.66� 66� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS66R( ) 415.72� 72� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS72R( ) 471.78� 78� 10� 3/4� MM3-IS78R( ) 522.
Half round endpiece 11� 22� 3/4� MM3-ISE( ) 183.
Quarter round endpiece 10� 10� 3/4� MM3-ISX( ) 106.
Order Code
Example: MM3-IS72R-612
MM3 AccessoryIS Intermediate shelves72 WidthR Return612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish.
Specify return shelves by numberthat corresponds to total returndimension (depth of desk and widthof return).
Application Notes
Intermediate shelves provide anadditional level of storage betweenthe worksurface and standardoverhead storage.
Intermediate shelves includebrackets for cantilever support fromvertical panel connector tracks.
Intermediate shelves may bemounted on 1� increments of heightup to 1� from top of panel.Recommended position is 6� - 7�above the worksurface.
Use full width shelves with backpanels of the same total width. Addreturns to form a continuous ‘‘L’’.Half-round endpiece joinsback-to-back shelves over ahalf-round conference worksurface.Quarter round terminates anintermediate shelf at a straightpanel connection.
Intermediate shelves cannot bemounted to freestanding desks oroverhead supports.
Use full width intermediate shelvesthat correspond with actualworkstation width.
Morrison
177
Sto
rage
Aluminum shelf
description w d h pattern no. list
Aluminum shelf with panel brackets 24� 8� 1� MM3-AS24-( ) $469.30� 8� 1� MM3-AS30-( ) 498.36� 8� 1� MM3-AS36-( ) 529.42� 8� 1� MM3-AS42-( ) 555.48� 8� 1� MM3-AS48-( ) 580.60� 8� 1� MM3-AS60-( ) 635.72� 8� 1� MM3-AS72-( ) 685.
Order Code
Example: MM3-AS48-613
MM3 AccessoryAS Aluminum Shelf48 Width613 Bracket finish
Specification Information
Specify shelf width and paint finishfor brackets.
Shelf is extruded aluminum with ananodized finish. Shelf end caps arepainted silver.
Application Notes
Aluminum display shelves providean additional level of storagebetween the worksurface andstandard overhead storage.
Aluminum display shelves includebrackets for support from verticalpanel connector tracks.
Shelves may be mounted on anycombination of vertical panels of thesame total width.
Shelves may extend 12� past themounting bracket on either side.
Morrison
178
Shelves and flush counter surfaces, 13/4�panel or wall mountedsteel bookshelves
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Steel bookshelves 24� 13� 13/4� MS1-S2413-( ) $295.30� 13� 13/4� MS1-S3013-( ) 315.36� 13� 13/4� MS1-S3613-( ) 339.42� 13� 13/4� MS1-S4213-( ) 388.48� 13� 13/4� MS1-S4813-( ) 488.60� 13� 13/4� MS1-S6013-( ) 556.
Brackets Bookend (pair) – 13� 6� MB1-B13-( ) 90.Shelf auxiliary support – – – MB2-AUX-S-( ) 45.Tie clip, adjacent – – – MB1-TC-( ) 10.Undershelf (pair) – 13� 8� MB1-C13-( ) 90.
Shelf organizers, black (10) – – – MS1-SO 45.
Transaction shelf brackets (set of four) 1� 4� 6� MB2-TS-( ) 102.
Order Code
Example: MS1-S2413-612
MS1W Shelf24 Width13 Depth612 Surface finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for brackets andsteel shelves.
Application Notes
All steel bookshelves have holes forshelf organizers (do not add -H).
13�D shelves hold binders, booksand other reference material. Orderbrackets and shelf organizers, ifapplicable, separately.
13�D steel bookshelves come withholes for shelf organizers. Onlybookend-style brackets areapproved for use with steel shelves.
Standard 13� deep shelves doubleas flush counter surfaces. Specifyundershelf or transaction shelfbrackets for this application. Eachset supports a maximum span of48�. Shelves over 60�W requireMB2-AUX-S auxiliary supportbrackets.
All shelf brackets accept task lightfixtures with the exception of thetransaction shelf bracketsMB2-TS-( ). Adjacent bookend-styleshelf brackets require MB1-TC tieclip to secure full-width task light.
For wall mounting shelves see page186.
Desk mounted counter surfaces donot accept task lights.
Morrison
179
Sto
rage
Shelves and flush counter surfaces, 13/4�panel or wall mountedlaminate and veneer shelves
description w d h pattern no.
with holes(suffix-H)
lam V1 V2
withoutholes
lam V1 V2
Panel mounted shelves and flush countersurfaces
24� 13� 13/4� MS2-W2413-( ) $305. $469. $659. $287. $450. $643.30� 13� 13/4� MS2-W3013-( ) 332. 514. 729. 316. 499. 713.36� 13� 13/4� MS2-W3613-( ) 374. 601. 844. 356. 585. 827.42� 13� 13/4� MS2-W4213-( ) 419. 693. 983. 402. 678. 961.48� 13� 13/4� MS2-W4813-( ) 467. 765. 1,119. 448. 749. 1,102.60� 13� 13/4� MS2-W6013-( ) 510. 897. 1,279. 494. 882. 1,263.66� 13� 13/4� MS2-W6613-( ) 555. 988. 1,397. 536. 968. 1,379.72� 13� 13/4� MS2-W7213-( ) 597. 1,054. 1,485. 580. 1,034. 1,469.78� 13� 13/4� MS2-W7813-( ) 643. 1,145. 1,623. 626. 1,124. 1,602.84� 13� 13/4� MS2-W8413-( ) 687. 1,235. 1,760. 673. 1,218. 1,743.90� 13� 13/4� MS2-W9013-( ) 732. 1,323. 1,873. 715. 1,306. 1,861.
Order Code
Example: MS2-W4213-612-H
MS2W Shelf42 Width13 Depth612 Surface finishH With holes
Specification Information
Specify finish for shelves.
Application Notes
Note:Add H to pattern number for shelfholes that accept shelf organizers.
13�D shelves hold binders, booksand other reference material. Orderbrackets and shelf organizers, ifapplicable, separately.
13�D steel bookshelves come withholes for shelf organizers. Onlybookend-style brackets areapproved for use with steel shelves.
Standard 13� deep shelves doubleas flush counter surfaces. Specifyundershelf or transaction shelfbrackets for this application. Eachset supports a maximum span of48�. Shelves over 60�W requireMB1-AUX-S auxiliary supportbrackets.
All shelf brackets accept task lightfixtures with the exception of thetransaction shelf bracketsMB2-TS-( ). Adjacent bookend-styleshelf brackets require MB1-TC tieclip to secure full-width task light.
For wall mounting shelves see page186.
Desk mounted counter surfaces donot accept task lights.
Morrison
180
Shelves and flush counter surfaces, 11/4�panel or wall mountedlaminate and veneer shelves
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V1 V2
Shelves without holes 24� 13� 11/4� MS2-U2413( ) $205. $372. $544.30� 13� 11/4� MS2-U3013( ) 241. 398. 602.36� 13� 11/4� MS2-U3613( ) 284. 498. 711.42� 13� 11/4� MS2-U4213( ) 307. 557. 816.48� 13� 11/4� MS2-U4813( ) 350. 642. 943.60� 13� 11/4� MS2-U6013( ) 414. 734. 1,074.66� 13� 11/4� MS2-U6613( ) 447. 789. 1,153.72� 13� 11/4� MS2-U7213( ) 482. 848. 1,238.78� 13� 11/4� MS2-U7813( ) 510. 909. 1,321.84� 13� 11/4� MS2-U8413( ) 544. 960. 1,404.90� 13� 11/4� MS2-U9013( ) 576. 1,021. 1,487.
Shelves with holes 24� 13� 11/4� MS2-U2413( )H 226. 390. 561.30� 13� 11/4� MS2-U3013( )H 263. 414. 622.36� 13� 11/4� MS2-U3613( )H 304. 513. 728.42� 13� 11/4� MS2-U4213( )H 328. 576. 835.48� 13� 11/4� MS2-U4813( )H 366. 657. 956.60� 13� 11/4� MS2-U6013( )H 433. 751. 1,089.66� 13� 11/4� MS2-U6613( )H 464. 807. 1,170.72� 13� 11/4� MS2-U7213( )H 498. 870. 1,257.78� 13� 11/4� MS2-U7813( )H 528. 921. 1,337.84� 13� 11/4� MS2-U8413( )H 561. 982. 1,424.90� 13� 11/4� MS2-U9013( )H 593. 1,034. 1,505.
Order Code
Example: MS2-U-4213-612-H
MS2 ShelfU 11/4� thick42 Width13 Depth612 Surface finishH With holes
Specification Information
Specify finish.
Specify suffix H for shelf holes thataccept shelf organizers.
Application Notes
Panel mounted shelves arecantilevered from vertical panelconnector tracks with bookend orundershelf brackets. 11/4� shelvesmust be midspan supported every48�.
13�D shelves hold binders, booksand other reference material. Orderbrackets and shelf organizers, ifapplicable, separately.
Bookend-style brackets keepmaterial upright when verticalpanels are not used at the ends ofshelves (brackets are shipped inpairs.)
Standard 13� deep shelves doubleas flush counter surfaces. Specifyundershelf brackets or desk-mountstanchions for this application.
For wall mounted shelves see page186.
All shelves accept task lights.Adjacent bookend-style shelvesrequire MB1-TC tie clip to securefull width task light.
Transaction shelf brackets supportpanel-mounted shelves withoutholes. Each set supports a maximumspan of 48�.
Morrison
181
Sto
rage
Shelves and flush counter surfaces, 11/4�panel or wall mountedshelf brackets
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Brackets 11/4� shelf auxiliary support – – – MB1-UAUXS-( ) $45.Bookend (pair) – 13� 6� MB1-B13-( ) 90.Tie clip, adjacent shelves – – – MB1-TC( ) 10.Undershelf (pair), 11/4� – 13� 8� MB1-UC13-( ) 90.
Shelf organizers, black (10) – – – MS1-SO 45.
Transaction shelf brackets (set of four) 1� 4� 6� MB2-TS-( ) 102.
Order Code
Example: MB1-UAUXS-611
MB1-UAUXS
Shelf bracket
611 Finish
Application Notes
Panel mounted shelves arecantilevered from vertical panelconnector tracks with bookend orundershelf brackets. 11/4� shelvesmust be midspan supported every48�.
13�D shelves hold binders, booksand other reference material. Orderbrackets and shelf organizers, ifapplicable, separately.
Bookend-style brackets keepmaterial upright when verticalpanels are not used at the ends ofshelves (brackets are shipped inpairs.)
Standard 13� deep shelves doubleas flush counter surfaces. Specifyundershelf brackets or desk-mountstanchions for this application.
For wall mounted shelves see page186.
All shelves accept task lights.Adjacent bookend-style shelvesrequire MB1-TC tie clip to securefull width task light.
Transaction shelf brackets supportpanel-mounted shelves withoutholes. Each set supports a maximumspan of 48�.
Morrison
182
Morrison overhead cabinetspanel mounted
description w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Painted or veneer front, panel mounted - lock 30� 14� 173/4� MO8-30-( )-( )-N-L $912. $1,080. $1,211.36� 14� 173/4� MO8-36-( )-( )-N-L 1,051. 1,236. 1,368.42� 14� 173/4� MO8-42-( )-( )-N-L 1,216. 1,407. 1,550.48� 14� 173/4� MO8-48-( )-( )-N-L 1,352. 1,569. 1,728.60� 14� 173/4� MO8-60-( )-( )-N-L 1,630. 1,896. 2,114.
Painted or veneer front, panel mounted - No lock 30� 14� 173/4� MO8-30-( )-( )-N-N 828. 1,001. 1,131.36� 14� 173/4� MO8-36-( )-( )-N-N 970. 1,154. 1,287.42� 14� 173/4� MO8-42-( )-( )-N-N 1,129. 1,329. 1,470.48� 14� 173/4� MO8-48-( )-( )-N-N 1,268. 1,487. 1,650.60� 14� 173/4� MO8-60-( )-( )-N-N 1,543. 1,816. 2,034.
Vertical dividers (10) – – – MO7-VD-( ) 157.
Order Code
Example: MO8-60-612-612-N-N
MO8 Overhead cabinet60 Width612 Paint finish for case612 Surface finish for doorN Black pullsN No lock
Specification Information
Specify finishes for case and front.
Overhead cabinet door pulls arematte black.
Order overhead cabinet locks with aKnollKey order form.
Application Notes
Overhead cabinets are hung fromvertical panels with removablebrackets. Cabinet door recedeswithin cabinet to allow use of top ofoverhead for storage or lighting.
Interior shelves have slots forvertical dividers.
Order vertical dividers separately.
Morrison
183
Sto
rage
Task lights for panel or wall mounted storageMorrison shelves and overheads
description w d h pattern no. list price light light with dimmer
Task 30� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F30-( ) $282. $360.36� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F36-( ) 324. 402.42� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F42-( ) 361. 444.48� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F48-( ) 424. 502.60� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F60-( ) 464. 544.66� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F66-( ) 505. 584.72� 121/2� 21/4� ML5-F72-( ) 546. 622.
Wire managers (set of 10) – – – ML2-WM 132.
Order Code
Example: ML5-F48-612
ML5 LightingF Fixture type48 Width612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Insert suffix ‘‘D’’ for dimmer switchafter the F in pattern number.
For Chicago task lights, add CH topattern number and $45 list.
For New York task lights, add NY topattern number.
Application Notes
Task lights include standardfluorescent cool white lamp, 9�grounded cordset, prismatic lens,electronic ballast, and integralmounting brackets.
Task lights may be mounted to anyequal-width combination of shelvesor overheads; not for use withMorrison Options.
Lights with dimmer include two2-position rocker switches.
Morrison Network lighting is ULlisted. UL File E 182396. Can behardwired where required.
Cordsets on 30�-72� lights exit atcenter of fixture.
Morrison
184
Morrison Network overhead storagedesk mounted Morrison overheads
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Stanchion mounted overhead cabinets Lock 30� 14� 173/4� MO8-N30( )( )NL $912. $1,080. $1,211.36� 14� 173/4� MO8-N36( )( )NL 1,051. 1,236. 1,368.42� 14� 173/4� MO8-N42( )( )NL 1,216. 1,407. 1,550.48� 14� 173/4� MO8-N48( )( )NL 1,352. 1,569. 1,728.60� 14� 173/4� MO8-N60( )( )NL 1,630. 1,896. 2,114.
No lock 30� 14� 173/4� MO8-N30( )( )NN 828. 1,001. 1,131.36� 14� 173/4� MO8-N36( )( )NN 970. 1,154. 1,287.42� 14� 173/4� MO8-N42( )( )NN 1,129. 1,329. 1,470.48� 14� 173/4� MO8-N48( )( )NN 1,268. 1,487. 1,650.60� 14� 173/4� MO8-N60( )( )NN 1,543. 1,816. 2,034.
Back for stanchion mounted overheads 30� 3/8� 173/4� MO7-NB30( ) 292.36� 3/8� 173/4� MO7-NB36( ) 312.42� 3/8� 173/4� MO7-NB42( ) 335.48� 3/8� 173/4� MO7-NB48( ) 353.60� 3/8� 173/4� MO7-NB60( ) 398.
Order Code
Example: MO8-N60-612-612-N-N
MO8 Overhead cabinetN Network mounted60 Width612 Paint finish for case612 Surface finish for doorN Black pullsN No lock
Specification Information
Specify finish for case and front.
Order overhead cabinet locks with aKnollKey order form.
Interior shelves have slots forvertical dividers. Order verticaldividers separately.
Desk mounted MO8 overheads alignwith 64�H panel and verticalstorage.
Overhead cabinet door pulls arematte black.
Application Notes
Stanchion mounted overheadcabinets attach to overheadsupports. Specify overhead backsseparately for finished appearancein back-to-back or exposedapplications.
Specify conversion kit MO7-SMBonly if converting panel hungoverheads to stanchion mounted.
Wall-mounting Morrison overheadcabinets: Use MO8-WMR to mountup to 120� of MO8 overheads.Specify one MO8-WMB for eachoverhead.
For Options overheads or Morrisonor Options shelves, useMO6-WMSK to wall mount up to 9�of shelves or overheads. Kitincludes wall mount rail and onevertical standard. Specify oneadditional MO6 WMSB for eachshelf or overhead. Morrison shelvesalso require MB1-B13 shelfbrackets.
Wall mount rails may be trimmed tolength.
Specify conversion kit MO7-PMBonly if converting stanchionmounted overheads to panel hung.
Wall mount wire manager istwo-part wire concealment kit,22�H.
Morrison
185
Sto
rage
Morrison Network overhead storagedesk or wall mounted Morrison overheads, shelf and overheadwall-mount kits
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Conversion kit, mounting brackets for overheadsupports
MO7-SMB $53.
Vertical dividers (set of 10) MO7-VD( ) 157.
Morrison, Network overheadwall mount rail
120� 1� 31/2� MO8-WMR-( ) 351.
Morrison, Network overheadwall mount brackets (2)
– – – MO8-WMB-( ) 135.
Wall mounting kit for shelves andOptions overheads
111� 1� 2� MO6-WMSK-( ) 351.
Wall mounting vertical standardfor shelves and Options overheads
3/4� 1� 18� MO6-WMSB-( ) 93.
Conversion kits, panel mount - brackets foroverheads
– – – MO7-PMB-( ) 53.
Wall mount wire managers, set of 10 MWM-J 175.
Order Code
Example: MO8-N60-612-612-N-N
MO8 Overhead cabinetN Network mounted60 Width612 Paint finish for case612 Surface finish for doorN Surface finish for pullsN No lock
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for brackets.
Application Notes
Stanchion mounted overheadcabinets attach to overheadsupports. Specify overhead backsseparately for finished appearancein back-to-back or exposedapplications.
Specify conversion kit MO7-SMBonly if converting panel hungoverheads to stanchion mounted.
Wall-mounting Morrison overheadcabinets: Use MO8-WMR to mountup to 120� of MO8 overheads.Specify one MO8-WMB for eachoverhead.
For Options overheads or Morrisonor Options shelves, useMO6-WMSK to wall mount up to 9�of shelves or overheads. Kitincludes wall mount rail and onevertical standard. Specify oneadditional MO6 WMSB for eachshelf or overhead. Morrison shelvesalso require MB1-B13 shelfbrackets.
Wall mount rails may be trimmed tolength.
Specify conversion kit MO7-PMBonly if converting stanchionmounted overheads to panel hung.
Wall mount wire manager istwo-part wire concealment kit,22�H.
Morrison
186
Morrison Network overhead storageMorrison overhead supports
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Overhead support for 13/4� worksurfaces 30� 29� 13� 17� MN2-S3017( ) $716.36� 35� 13� 17� MN2-S3617( ) 739.42� 41� 13� 17� MN2-S4217( ) 755.48� 47� 13� 17� MN2-S4817( ) 784.54� 53� 13� 17� MN2-S5417( ) 799.60� 59� 13� 17� MN2-S6017( ) 824.66� 65� 13� 17� MN2-S6617( ) 848.72� 71� 13� 17� MN2-S7217( ) 870.78� 77� 13� 17� MN2-S7817( ) 910.
Overhead support for 11/4� worksurfaces 30� 29� 13� 171/2� MN2-S3018( ) 716.36� 35� 13� 171/2� MN2-S3618( ) 739.42� 41� 13� 171/2� MN2-S4218( ) 755.48� 47� 13� 171/2� MN2-S4818( ) 784.54� 53� 13� 171/2� MN2-S5418( ) 799.60� 59� 13� 171/2� MN2-S6018( ) 824.66� 65� 13� 171/2� MN2-S6618( ) 848.72� 71� 13� 171/2� MN2-S7218( ) 870.78� 77� 13� 171/2� MN2-S7818( ) 910.
Order Code
Example: MN2-S7217-612
MN2 NetworkS Overhead support72 Width17 Height612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish.
Application Notes
Overhead supports are bolted todesk supported worksurfaces withgrommets. Overheads may span overend of worksurface and width ofreturn worksurface if grommets anddesk support legs align withstanchions.
Overhead supports include 2stanchions with cover plates,mounting hardware, and fullplatform for overheads.
Overhead supports arepre-configured for the followingcombinations of overhead storageunits:Support Overheadwidth storage30� one 30�36� one 36�42� one 42�48� one 48�54� one 54�60� one 60� or two 30�66� one 30� and one 36�72� two 36�78� one 36� and one 42�
Stanchions may be equipped withdesktop power module (page 167)and stanchion outlets cover (page162).
Overhead supports are used onlywith Morrison overhead cabinets.For desk-mounted Reuteroverheads, specify stanchions (page198).
Morrison
187
Sto
rage
Overhead StorageTask Lights for Morrison Network
description type w d h pattern no. list
T5 Standard Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 18� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E19S $231.Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E25S 248.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E37S 286.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E49S 362.
T5 Advanced Task Light Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E25A 449.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E37A 472.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� MN2T5E49A 491.
Order Code
T5 Standard Task Light
Example: MN2T5E19S
MN2 Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast25 WidthS Standard
Specification Information
T5 Task Lights:120v and includes T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcordset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.Housings are black.
Application Notes
T5 Task Lights:Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: DL3T5E25S-CH
Cordset is center exit. On smallerunits cord exit is off-center, but stillnot handed.
T5 advanced task lights are fittedwith ballasts and lamps compliantwith LEED requirements, meetingthe LEED EB standard for mercurycontent.
Notes:All task lights mount into the recessin the underside of overheadcabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than task light width.
All task lights are TCLP compliantand meet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 20 and Title 24.
Morrison
188
Morrison Options overhead cabinets and shelvespanel or wall mounted
description type w d h pattern no. Paint V1 V2
Overhead cabinet Lock 24� 13� 143/4� LO2-24-( )( )-L $615. $744. $832.30� 13� 143/4� LO2-30-( )( )-L 689. 832. 918.36� 13� 143/4� LO2-36-( )( )-L 760. 918. 1,002.42� 13� 143/4� LO2-42-( )( )-L 835. 1,002. 1,106.48� 13� 143/4� LO2-48-( )( )-L 910. 1,086. 1,206.60� 13� 143/4� LO2-60-( )( )-L 1,016. 1,244. 1,401.
No lock 24� 13� 143/4� LO2-24-( )( )-N 548. 677. 762.30� 13� 143/4� LO2-30-( )( )-N 616. 762. 847.36� 13� 143/4� LO2-36-( )( )-N 689. 847. 933.42� 13� 143/4� LO2-42-( )( )-N 762. 933. 1,037.48� 13� 143/4� LO2-48-( )( )-N 837. 1,022. 1,145.60� 13� 143/4� LO2-60-( )( )-N 947. 1,176. 1,331.
Vertical dividers (6) – – – LO2-VD-( ) 193.
Steel bookshelves 24� 13� 73/4� LS1-S2413-( ) 206.30� 13� 73/4� LS1-S3013-( ) 228.36� 13� 73/4� LS1-S3613-( ) 240.42� 13� 73/4� LS1-S4213-( ) 262.48� 13� 73/4� LS1-S4813-( ) 276.60� 13� 73/4� LS1-S6013-( ) 314.
Wall mounting kit for shelves andOptions overheads
111� 1� 2� MO6-WMSK-( ) 351.
Wall mounting vertical standardfor shelves and Options overheads
3/4� 1� 18� MO6-WMSB-( ) 93.
Order Code
Example: LO2-60-612-612-N
LO2 Overhead cabinet60 Width612 Paint finish for case612 Surface finish for doorN No lock
Specification Information
Order overhead cabinet locks with aKnollKey order form.
Application Notes
Overhead cabinets are hung fromvertical panels with integralbrackets. Cabinet door opens overthe top of the cabinet. Overheadcabinets cannot be used in Networkfreestanding applications.
Order vertical dividers separately.
13�D shelves hold binders, booksand other reference material.
Bookshelves consist of two steelside panels with integral brackets.
All shelves accept task lightfixtures.
For Options overheads or shelves,use MO6-WMSK to wall mount upto 9� of shelves or overheads. Kitincludes wall mount rail and onevertical standard. Specify oneadditional MO6 WMSB for eachshelf or overhead.
Wall mount rails may be trimmed tolength.
Morrison
189
Sto
rage
Morrison OptionsTask Lights
description type w d h pattern no. list
T5 Standard Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 19� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E19S $184.Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E25S 233.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E37S 261.Use with 60� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E49S 310.
T5 Advanced Task Light Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E25A 449.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E37A 472.Use with 60� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� LL2T5E49A 491.
Order Code
T5 Standard Task Light
Example: LL2T5E19S
LL2 Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast19 WidthS Standard
Specification Information
T5 Task Lights:120v and includes T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcordset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.Housings are black.
Application Notes
T5 Task Lights:Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: DL3T5E25S-CH
Cordset is center exit. On smallerunits cord exit is off-center, but stillnot handed.
T5 advanced task lights are fittedwith ballasts and lamps compliantwith LEED requirements, meetingthe LEED EB standard for mercurycontent.
Notes:All task lights mount into the recessin the underside of overheadcabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than task light width.
All task lights are TCLP compliantand meet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 20 and Title 24.
Morrison
190
Morrison Optionsoverhead brackets
description w d h pattern no. paint
Morrison Options overhead downmount bracketsand back panel (for Currents 64�H wall only)
24� AA1-LO24 DN( ) $288.30� AA1-LO30 DN( ) 298.36� AA1-LO36 DN( ) 304.42� AA1-LO42 DN( ) 312.48� AA1-LO48 DN( ) 320.
Order Code
Example: AA1-LO36 DN-612
AA1 Currents accessoryLO Overhead cabinet36 Case widthDN Downmount612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for overheaddownmount kit.
Application Notes
Morrison Options overheaddownmount bracket kits includeback panel and brackets to suspendOptions overhead cabinets from64�H Currents service wall crown.
Morrison
191
Sto
rage
Reuter open shelfDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3
Open shelf Morrison panel brackets 24� 13� 8� RS1-M24( ) $355. $355. $374.30� 13� 8� RS1-M30( ) 389. 389. 409.36� 13� 8� RS1-M36( ) 439. 439. 462.42� 13� 8� RS1-M42( ) 475. 475. 498.48� 13� 8� RS1-M48( ) 509. 509. 534.60� 13� 8� RS1-M60( ) 594. 594. 625.
Open shelf no mounting hardware 24� 13� 8� RS1-N24( ) 339. 339. 355.30� 13� 8� RS1-N30( ) 375. 375. 392.36� 13� 8� RS1-N36( ) 425. 425. 445.42� 13� 8� RS1-N42( ) 458. 458. 480.48� 13� 8� RS1-N48( ) 493. 493. 517.60� 13� 8� RS1-N60( ) 577. 577. 607.
Interior partitions Vertical, set of 5 – 12� 6� RS1-VP 93.
Horizontal, set of 10 6� 12� – RO1-HP6 154.9� 12� – RO1-HP9 193.12� 12� – RO1-HP12 230.15� 12� – RO1-HP15 268.
Order Code
Example: RS1-N48-612
RS1 Reuter shelfN No mounting hardware48 Width612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finishes for shelf.
Application Notes
Interior partitions are black paintedsteel finish.
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Morrison orother Knoll systems.
Open shelves may be mounted onany combination of vertical panelsthe same width. Reuter openshelves may be Morrison Networkdesk-mounted, mounted on otherKnoll systems, cantilevered abovepanels, or wall-mounted. SpecifyReuter shelves with no mountinghardware, and brackets separately.
Vertical interior partitions may bepositioned on 11/2� increments ofwidth anywhere across shelf, 11/2� infrom each side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting threehorizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than shelf width. Availablein sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�, 15� widths.
Morrison
192
Reuter open overheadDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3 V1
Open overhead Morrison panel brackets 30� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM30( ) $577. $577. $607.36� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM36( ) 662. 662. 693.42� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM42( ) 747. 747. 785.48� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM48( ) 829. 829. 872.60� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM60( ) 967. 967. 1,014.72� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM72( ) 1,137. 1,137. 1,194.
Open overhead no mounting hardware 30� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON30( ) 561. 561. 588.36� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON36( ) 643. 643. 676.42� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON42( ) 730. 730. 767.48� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON48( ) 816. 816. 855.60� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON60( ) 948. 948. 998.72� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON72( ) 1,118. 1,118. 1,173.
Interior partitions Vertical, set of 5 – 11� 12� RO3-VP 99.
Horizontal, set of 10 6� 11� – RO1-HP6 154.9� 11� – RO1-HP9 193.12� 11� – RO1-HP12 230.15� 11� – RO1-HP15 268.
Door retrofit kit, with lock For open overhead 30� RO3-RD30( )L 392. 392. 414. 758.36� RO3-RD36( )L 425. 425. 445. 823.42� RO3-RD42( )L 496. 496. 519. 893.48� RO3-RD48( )L 543. 543. 568. 958.60� RO3-RD60( )L 828. 828. 870. 1,539.72� RO3-RD72( )L 931. 931. 977. 1,678.
Door retrofit kit, no lock For open overhead 30� RO3-RD30( )N 300. 300. 315. n/a36� RO3-RD36( )N 347. 347. 364. n/a42� RO3-RD42( )N 420. 420. 439. n/a48� RO3-RD48( )N 464. 464. 487. n/a60� RO3-RD60( )N 674. 674. 710. n/a72� RO3-RD72( )N 778. 778. 819. n/a
Order Code
Example: RO3-ON30-612
RO3-O Reuter open overheadN No mounting hardware30 Width612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify finish for case and door.
Application Notes
Interior partitions are black paintedsteel finish.
Door retrofit kits convert an openoverhead to an enclosed cabinet andinclude Reuter overhead door, leftand right arm mechanisms, and lockor lock plug.
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Morrison orother Knoll systems. Openoverheads may be mounted on anycombination of vertical panels thesame width or up to 12� less thanshelf width.
Reuter open overheads may bedesk-mounted, mounted on otherKnoll systems, cantilevered abovepanels, or wall-mounted. Specifyopen overhead with no mountinghardware and brackets separately.
Vertical interior partitions may bepositioned on 11/2� increments ofwidth anywhere across shelf, 11/2� infrom each side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting threehorizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than shelf width. Availablein sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�, 15� widths.
Morrison
193
Sto
rage
Reuter overhead cabinetMorrison panel mountedDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3 V1
Enclosed cabinet, with lock (Morrison panelbrackets) - One door
24� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M24( )( )L $800. $800. $839. $1,202.30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M30( )( )L 895. 895. 936. 1,294.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M36( )( )L 1,031. 1,031. 1,081. 1,448.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M42( )( )L 1,191. 1,191. 1,249. 1,607.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M48( )( )L 1,325. 1,325. 1,392. 1,760.
Enclosed cabinet, with lock (Morrison panelbrackets) - Two doors
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M60( )( )L 1,681. 1,681. 1,761. 2,421.66� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M66( )( )L 1,829. 1,829. 1,924. 2,593.72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M72( )( )L 1,959. 1,959. 2,056. 2,736.
Enclosed cabinet, no lock (Morrison panelbrackets) - One door
24� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M24( )( )N 724. 724. 759.30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M30( )( )N 819. 819. 860.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M36( )( )N 956. 956. 1,001.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M42( )( )N 1,114. 1,114. 1,168.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M48( )( )N 1,248. 1,248. 1,310.
Order Code
Example: RO3-M48-612-M-L
RO3 Reuter overhead cabinetM Morrison panel mounted48 Width612 Case finishM Front finishL With lock
Specification Information
First suffix is for case, second isdoor finish.
Specify finish for case and door:Interior partitions are black paintedsteel finish.
Application Notes
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Morrison orother Knoll systems. Overheadcabinets may be mounted on anycombination of vertical panels thesame width or up to 12� less thancabinet width. Cabinet door rotatesabove cabinet on side pivots,counterbalanced by two pneumaticcylinders. Two door cabinets havecenter divider and four pneumaticcylinders.
Reuter overheads may be mountedon other Knoll systems, cantileveredabove 42� or 56� Morrison panels, orwall-mounted.
Vertical interior partitions may bepositioned on 11/2� increments ofwidth anywhere across shelf, 11/2� infrom each side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting fivehorizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than cabinet width.Available in sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�,15� widths.
Ganging bracket (page 199) joinsadjacent overheads or shelves foradditional stiffness and alignment.
Order locks for overheads with aKnollKey order form. Please notethat Reuter overhead cabinets 60�Wor wider require two lock cores.
Reuter overhead doors without locksinclude black, Knoll-logo insert, inthe same position.
Insert may be removed to retrofit alock later.
Morrison
194
Reuter overhead cabinetMorrison panel mountedDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3 V1
Enclosed cabinet, no lock (Morrison panelbrackets) - Two doors
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M60( )( )N $1,524. $1,524. $1,599. n/a66� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M66( )( )N 1,678. 1,678. 1,757. n/a72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-M72( )( )N 1,800. 1,800. 1,892. n/a
Interior partitions Horizontal,set of 10
6� 11� – RO1-HP6 154.
Horizontal,set of 10
9� 11� – RO1-HP9 193.
Horizontal,set of 10
12� 11� – RO1-HP12 230.
Horizontal,set of 10
15� 11� – RO1-HP15 268.
Vertical,set of 5
– 11� 12� RO3-VP 99.
Order Code
Example: RO3-M48-612-M-L
RO3 Reuter overhead cabinetM Morrison panel mounted48 Width612 Case finishM Front finishL With lock
Specification Information
First suffix is for case, second isdoor finish.
Specify finish for case and door:Interior partitions are black paintedsteel finish.
Application Notes
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Morrison orother Knoll systems. Overheadcabinets may be mounted on anycombination of vertical panels thesame width or up to 12� less thancabinet width. Cabinet door rotatesabove cabinet on side pivots,counterbalanced by two pneumaticcylinders. Two door cabinets havecenter divider and four pneumaticcylinders.
Reuter overheads may be mountedon other Knoll systems, cantileveredabove 42� or 56� Morrison panels, orwall-mounted.
Vertical interior partitions may bepositioned on 11/2� increments ofwidth anywhere across shelf, 11/2� infrom each side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting fivehorizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than cabinet width.Available in sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�,15� widths.
Ganging bracket (page 199) joinsadjacent overheads or shelves foradditional stiffness and alignment.
Order locks for overheads with aKnollKey order form. Please notethat Reuter overhead cabinets 60�Wor wider require two lock cores.
Reuter overhead doors without locksinclude black, Knoll-logo insert, inthe same position.
Insert may be removed to retrofit alock later.
Morrison
195
Sto
rage
Reuter overhead cabinetdesk, wall, or other Knoll system mountedDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3 V1
Enclosed cabinet, with lock (no mountinghardware) - One door
24� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N24( )( )L $785. $785. $823. $1,182.30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N30( )( )L 873. 873. 920. 1,275.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N36( )( )L 1,010. 1,010. 1,062. 1,429.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N42( )( )L 1,172. 1,172. 1,233. 1,589.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N48( )( )L 1,310. 1,310. 1,373. 1,745.
Enclosed cabinet, with lock (no mountinghardware) - Two doors
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N60( )( )L 1,657. 1,657. 1,743. 2,405.66� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N66( )( )L 1,815. 1,815. 1,901. 2,578.72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N72( )( )L 1,938. 1,938. 2,035. 2,720.
Enclosed cabinet, no lock (no mountinghardware) - One door
24� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N24( )( )N 705. 705. 739. n/a30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N30( )( )N 799. 799. 838. n/a36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N36( )( )N 934. 934. 981. n/a42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N42( )( )N 1,097. 1,097. 1,151. n/a48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N48( )( )N 1,231. 1,231. 1,294. n/a
Enclosed cabinet, no lock (no mountinghardware) - Two doors
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N60( )( )N 1,503. 1,503. 1,579. n/a66� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N66( )( )N 1,656. 1,656. 1,740. n/a72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N72( )( )N 1,787. 1,787. 1,876. n/a
Order Code
Example: RO3-N48-613-613-L
RO3 Reuter overhead cabinetN No brackets48 Width613 Case finish613 Front finishL With lock
Specification Information
Specify finish for case and door.
Application Notes
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Knollsystems.
Cabinet door rotates above cabineton side pivots, counterbalanced bytwo pneumatic cylinders. Two-doorcabinets have center divider andfour pneumatic cylinders.Verticalinterior partitions may be positionedon 11/2� increments of widthanywhere across shelf, 11/2� in fromeach side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting up tofive horizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.
Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than cabinet width.Available in sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�,15� widths.
Order locks for overheads with aKnollKey order form. Please notethat Reuter overhead cabinets 60�Wor wider require two lock cores.
Reuter overhead doors without locksinclude black, Knoll-logo insert, inthe same position. Insert may beremoved to retrofit a lock later.
Morrison
196
Reuter overhead cabinetdesk, wall, or other Knoll system mountedDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3 V1
Interior partitions Vertical,set of 5
– 11� 12� RO3-VP $99.
Horizontal,set of 10
6� 11� – RO1-HP6 154.
Horizontal,set of 10
9� 11� – RO1-HP9 193.
Horizontal,set of 10
12� 11� – RO1-HP12 230.
Horizontal,set of 10
15� 11� – RO1-HP15 268.
Order Code
Example: RO3-N48-613-613-L
RO3 Reuter overhead cabinetN No brackets48 Width613 Case finish613 Front finishL With lock
Specification Information
Specify finish for case and door.
Application Notes
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Knollsystems.
Cabinet door rotates above cabineton side pivots, counterbalanced bytwo pneumatic cylinders. Two-doorcabinets have center divider andfour pneumatic cylinders.Verticalinterior partitions may be positionedon 11/2� increments of widthanywhere across shelf, 11/2� in fromeach side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting up tofive horizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.
Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than cabinet width.Available in sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�,15� widths.
Order locks for overheads with aKnollKey order form. Please notethat Reuter overhead cabinets 60�Wor wider require two lock cores.
Reuter overhead doors without locksinclude black, Knoll-logo insert, inthe same position. Insert may beremoved to retrofit a lock later.
Morrison
197
Sto
rage
Reuter overhead storagedesk and panel mounting optionsDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black paint
Stanchions for Network desk mount, pair 11/4� worksurface 5� 5� 201/2� RO2-NS21( ) $532.13/4� worksurface 5� 5� 20� RO2-NS20( ) 532.
Stanchion outlets cover 11/4� worksurface 7� 1/2� 151/2� MN2SO21( ) 48.13/4� worksurface 7� 1/2� 15� MN2SO20( ) 48.
Panel mount brackets, pair, overhead cabinet For Dividends panels RO1-DPB 63.For Equity panels RO1-EPB 51.For Morrison panels RO1-MPB 51.For Reff System panels RO1-RPB 51.
Note : Reff System panels require 2 pair for 60�, 66� and 72� long Reuters.
Panel mount brackets, pair, open shelf For Dividends panels RS1-DPB 63.For Equity panels RS1-EPB 43.For Morrison panels RS1-MPB 43.For Reff / AutoStrada panels RS1-RPB 43.
Note : Reff System panels require 2 pair for 60�, 66� and 72� long Reuters.
Upmount brackets For Equity panels RO1-ECB( ) 110.For Morrison panels 1/2� 10� 10� RO1-CB( ) 110.For Reff / AutoStrada panels RO1-RCB( ) 110.
Order Code
Example: RO2-NS21-612
RO2 Reuter overheadNS Network stanchions21 Height612 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for stanchionsand upmount brackets.
Panel mount brackets are paintedblack finish.
Application Notes
Reuter overhead cabinets andshelves may be mounted on Networkdesks or other Knoll systems,upmounted, or wall-mounted. Usebracket kits on this page withReuter storage without mountinghardware.
For Morrison Network desk mountapplications, overhead cabinet orshelf width must correspond to desksupport width and worksurface withgrommet. Stanchions bolt to desksupport corner leg. Top of cabinet onstanchions aligns with adjacent64�H vertical panels or verticalstorage.
Specify 22�H privacy screens (to49�H) to enclose space betweenoverhead and desk.
Specify stanchion outlets coverwhen planning PDC modules and/orpower module in overhead support.See page for information on desktoppower module.
Upmount brackets support bottom ofReuter storage 1� or 2� above, orflush with top of correspondingwidth Morrison, Equity or Reffpanel.
Overhead storage may be centeredon, or mount to either side of Equitypost. Note that full 6� modular widthReuter storage is wider than Equitycenterline-width panel surrounds.
Morrison
198
Reuter overhead storagewall-mounting options and ADA pullDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black
Wall mount frames, overhead cabinet 24� or 30�W overheads 23� 1/2� 13� RO1-WMF2 $96.36� or 42�W overheads 35� 1/2� 13� RO1-WMF3 105.48� or 60�W overheads 47� 1/2 13� RO1-WMF4 110.
Wall mount frames, shelf 24�W shelf 23� 11/2� 6� RS1-WMF24 96.30�W shelf 29� 11/2� 6� RS1-WMF30 101.36�W shelf 35� 11/2� 6� RS1-WMF36 105.42�W shelf 41� 11/2� 6� RS1-WMF42 108.48�W shelf 47� 11/2� 6� RS1-WMF48 110.60�W shelf 59� 11/2� 6� RS1-WMF60 117.
Wall mount wire manager, set of 10 MWM-J 175.
Ganging bracket RO1-GB 14.
ADA pull RO1-PULL 56.
Order Code
Example: RO1-GB
RO1 Reuter overheadGB Ganging bracket
Specification Information
Wall mount frames are paintedblack finish.
ADA pull is stainless steel.
Application Notes
Wall mount frames secure Reuteroverhead cabinet or shelf to wall(frame/wall mounting hardware isnot included). Frame is concealedbehind storage. Use twoRO1-WMF2 to wall-mount 66�- and72�-wide Reuter overheads.
Reuter open shelves 66� and 72�Ware for stanchion support only.
Wall mount wire manager istwo-part wire concealment kit, 22�H(medium grey only).
Ganging bracket joins adjacentReuter overheads or shelves foradditional stiffness and alignmentwhen storage is planned on only oneside of a panel run.
ADA pull mounts to Reuter paintedfront overhead door to allow seatedusers to close door easily. Specifyone for each cabinet 24� - 48�, twofor cabinets 60� - 72�.
ADA pull cannot be mounted onwood front Reuter doors.
Morrison
199
Sto
rage
Reuter flat front overhead cabinetflat frontDesigned by Robert Reuter
description w d h pattern no. P1/P2/P3 L V1 V2 V3
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Onedoor, no pull, no lock
30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A30NN ( )( )( )( ) n/a $1,162. $1,264. $1,320. $1,598.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A36NN ( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,319. 1,466. 1,543. 1,969.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A42NN ( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,498. 1,699. 1,815. 2,432.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A48NN ( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,691. 1,840. 1,976. 2,821.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Twodoors, no pull, no lock
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A60NN ( )( )( )( ) n/a 2,253. 2,352. 2,474. 3,064.72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A72NN ( )( )( )( ) n/a 2,545. 2,728. 2,896. 3,799.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Onedoor, no pull, with lock
30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A30NL ( )( )( )( ) 1,161. 1,236. 1,340. 1,394. 1,671.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A36NL ( )( )( )( ) 1,299. 1,393. 1,540. 1,620. 2,043.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A42NL ( )( )( )( ) 1,442. 1,574. 1,779. 1,889. 2,509.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A48NL ( )( )( )( ) 1,680. 1,765. 1,916. 2,050. 2,896.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Twodoors, no pull, with lock
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A60NL ( )( )( )( ) 2,230. 2,401. 2,499. 2,623. 3,217.72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A72NL ( )( )( )( ) 2,521. 2,693. 2,879. 3,043. 3,946.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Onedoor, with pull, no lock
30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A30PN ( )( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,378. 1,481. 1,536. 1,814.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A36PN ( )( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,537. 1,686. 1,761. 2,188.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A42PN ( )( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,721. 1,924. 2,035. 2,653.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A48PN ( )( )( )( )( ) n/a 1,917. 2,068. 2,203. 3,048.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Twodoors, with pull, no lock
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A60PN ( )( )( )( )( ) n/a 2,684. 2,783. 2,905. 3,496.72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A72PN ( )( )( )( )( ) n/a 2,978. 3,164. 3,329. 4,234.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Onedoor, with pull, with lock
30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A30PL ( )( )( )( )( ) 1,374. 1,452. 1,555. 1,611. 1,887.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A36PL ( )( )( )( )( ) 1,517. 1,612. 1,759. 1,836. 2,263.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A42PL ( )( )( )( )( ) 1,661. 1,794. 1,997. 2,110. 2,726.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A48PL ( )( )( )( )( ) 1,902. 1,991. 2,143. 2,279. 3,122.
Enclosed cabinet (no mounting hardware) - Twodoors, with pull, with lock
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A60PL ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,660. 2,833. 2,931. 3,053. 3,646.60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-A72PL ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,955. 3,128. 3,315. 3,479. 4,380.
Order Code
Example: RO3-A30PL-117-V-H-Y316 AA
RO3 Reuter overheadA flat front30 widthP with pullL with lock117 case finishV front finish typeH front grain directionY316 front colorAA pull finish
Specification Information
Specify mounting hardwareseparately.
Optional anodized aluminum orpainted front pull trims the entirewidth of cabinet door.
Specify paint finishes for case. Finishtypes for front:L laminateP paintV veneer or techwood
Specify grain direction for veneerfronts.
Please refer to the AutoStrada pricelist for finishes available on ReuterFlat Front overhead cabinets fronts.
Application Notes
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable Knoll systems.
Cabinet door rotates above cabineton side pivots, counterbalanced bytwo pneumatic cylinders. Two-doorcabinets have center divider andfour pneumatic cylinders.Verticalinterior partitions may be positionedon 11/2� increments of widthanywhere across shelf, 11/2� in fromeach side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting up tofive horizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.
Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than cabinet width.Available in sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�,15� widths.
Order locks for overheads with aKnollKey order form. Please notethat Reuter overhead cabinets 60�Wor wider require two lock cores.
Morrison
200
Task Lights for Reuter Overhead Storage
description type w d h pattern no. list
T5 Standard Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 19� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E19S $241.Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E25S 259.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E37S 280.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E49S 303.Use with 66� and wider overhead 61� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E61S 322.
T5 Advanced Task Light Use with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E25A 447.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E37A 470.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E49A 489.Use with 66� and wider overhead 61� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E61A 509.
LED Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead (24 LED’s) 17� 2� 1/2� ML4L17 495.Use with 36� and wider overhead (48 LED’s) 31� 2� 1/2� ML4L31 825.Use with 48� and wider overhead (72 LED’s) 44� 2� 1/2� ML4L44 1,075.Use with 66� and wider overhead (96 LED’s) 58� 2� 1/2� ML4L58 1,350.
Order Code
T5 Standard Task Light
Example: RTAT5E25S
RTA Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast25 WidthS StandardLED Task Light
Example: ML4L17ML4 Task LightL LED17 Width
Specification Information
T5 Task Lights:120v and includes T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcordset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.Housings are black.
LED Task Lights:Includes LED’s, power supply with9-12’ cord and mounting hardware.Housings are clear anodizedaluminum with white colorend-caps.
Application Notes
T5 Task Lights:Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: DL3T5E25S-CH
Cordset is center exit. On smallerunits cord exit is off-center, but stillnot handed.
T5 advanced task lights are fittedwith ballasts and lamps compliantwith LEED requirements, meetingthe LEED EB standard for mercurycontent.
Notes:All task lights mount into the recessin the underside of overheadcabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than task light width.
All task lights are TCLP compliantand meet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 20 and Title 24.
Morrison
201
Sto
rage
Morrison Network privacy screensback screens
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Back of worksurface screens to 42�H 30� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B3015-( ) $239. $269. $276. $303. $340. $378.36� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B3615-( ) 287. 313. 320. 352. 387. 416.42� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B4215-( ) 352. 368. 380. 418. 456. 487.48� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B4815-( ) 395. 411. 423. 465. 520. 556.54� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B5415-( ) 461. 475. 488. 540. 589. 625.60� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B6015-( ) 508. 518. 536. 587. 655. 696.66� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B6615-( ) * 558. * * * *72� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B7215-( ) * 619. * * * *78� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B7815-( ) * 679. * * * *
Back of worksurface screens to overhead supportheight, 46�H
30� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B3019-( ) 304. 331. 340. 372. 409. 445.36� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B3619-( ) 375. 394. 405. 446. 476. 506.42� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B4219-( ) 444. 454. 464. 514. 567. 600.48� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B4819-( ) 504. 516. 528. 582. 672. 685.54� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B5419-( ) 574. 577. 597. 656. 704. 748.60� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B6019-( ) 619. 636. 655. 724. 769. 820.66� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B6619-( ) * 697. * * * *72� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B7219-( ) * 762. * * * *78� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B7819-( ) * 826. * * * *
Back of worksurface screens, to Reuter overheadsupport height, 49�H
30� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B3022-( ) 372. 391. 400. 445. 476. 508.36� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B3622-( ) 460. 475. 488. 538. 576. 597.42� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B4222-( ) 528. 538. 556. 610. 679. 711.48� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B4822-( ) 619. 620. 639. 706. 754. 821.54� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B5422-( ) 680. 681. 706. 782. 831. 877.60� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B6022-( ) 724. 758. 782. 862. 912. 944.66� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B6622-( ) * 843. * * * *72� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B7222-( ) * 904. * * * *78� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B7822-( ) * 973. * * * *
Order Code
Example: MZ1-B6619-15-W210/20
MZ1 Morrison Networkprivacy screen
B Back of worksurface66 Width19 Height15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
Morrison Network screens may beused with Plannable Upstart tables.Refer to front of Upstart price bookfor planning information.
* Screens 66�w and wider areavailable with fabric railroaded to fitthe screens’ width. Please contactKnoll Custom Product Developmentto establish pattern numbers.
Application Notes
Back of worksurface screensprovide visual barrier and tackablesurface from underside ofworksurface to a height of 42�, 46�or 49�.
Screen widths should correspond tostraight worksurface width, or sumof VDT corner and return widths.
Use back of worksurface screen forVDT applications where one side isbacked by a vertical panel.
VDT worksurfaces will accept backscreens on only one back edge.
Back screens may not be used at theend of a straight worksurface; useend screens in this application.
Privacy screens are not available ina combination of fabrics.
Back of worksurface screens are fulldimension: two smaller screens maybe substituted for a larger one. Forexample, if using fabric grades20-70, specify two 36� screens for a72� surface.
Between back-to-back straight orVDT worksurfaces specify asingle3/4� back screen. This allowsback-to-back 235/8�D or 295/8�Dworksurfaces to plan on a precise 6�module.
15� high screens are used for a 42�horizon.
19�H screens are used to fill inspace between worksurface andMorrison overhead.
22�H screens fill the space betweenworksurface and Reuter overhead.
All but shared end screens start atthe bottom of the worksurface.
Privacy screens are supported bybrackets fastened at worksurfaceinserts. Privacy screens includemounting brackets, insert kit, andstiffener clip.
For replacement screen stiffenerssee Accessories page.
Privacy screens may be specified toachieve ASTM E-84 Class ‘‘A’’flamespread rating.
Morrison
202
Morrison Network privacy screensVDT screens
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
Back of VDT screens To 42�H 355/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V3615-( ) $287. $313. $320. $340. $378. $416.415/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V4215-( ) 352. 368. 380. 409. 445. 487.475/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V4815-( ) 395. 411. 423. 456. 506. 556.595/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V6015-( ) 502. 520. 538. 575. 635. 688.715/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V7215-( ) * 626. * * * *
To 46�H 355/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V3619-( ) 379. 392. 405. 431. 462. 506.415/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V4219-( ) 444. 454. 464. 495. 556. 600.475/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V4819-( ) 504. 518. 536. 570. 620. 685.595/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V6019-( ) 632. 654. 678. 734. 813. 881.715/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V7219-( ) * 789. * * * *
To 49�H 355/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V3622-( ) 460. 475. 488. 522. 556. 597.415/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V4222-( ) 528. 538. 556. 582. 665. 711.475/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V4822-( ) 619. 622. 641. 681. 685. 821.595/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V6022-( ) 733. 761. 784. 854. 942. 1,022.715/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V7222-( ) * 912. * * * *
Order Code
Example: MZ1-V4822-15-W210/20
MZ1 Morrison Networkprivacy screen
V VDT48 Width22 Height15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
VDT worksurfaces will not acceptback screens on both back edges.Use VDT screens on at least oneback edge.
VDT screens are not in pairs;specify one for each back edge orone VDT screen and one backscreen.
* Screens 66�w and wider areavailable with fabric railroaded to fitthe screens’ width. Please contactKnoll Custom Product Developmentto establish pattern numbers.
Application Notes
Privacy screens are supported bybrackets fastened at worksurfaceinserts. Privacy screens includemounting brackets, insert kit andstiffener clip.
15� high screens are used for a 42�horizon.
19�H screens are used to fill inspace between worksurface anddesk mounted Morrison Networkoverheads.
22�H screens fill the space betweenworksurface and desk mountedReuter overheads.
Privacy screens may be specified toachieve ASTM E-84 Class ‘‘A’’flamespread rating.
* Morrison Network screens may beused with Plannable Upstart tables.Refer to front of Upstart price bookfor planning information.
Morrison
203
Sto
rage
Morrison Network privacy screensend screens
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45
End screens for outside application To 42�H 24� 3/4� 15� MZ1-E2415-W/U-( ) $228. $260. $268. $280. $323. $368.30� 3/4� 15� MZ1-E3015-W/U-( ) 254. 277. 287. 308. 345. 392.
To 46�H 24� 3/4� 19� MZ1-E2419-W/U-( ) 275. 300. 304. 333. 368. 412.30� 3/4� 19� MZ1-E3019-W/U-( ) 318. 344. 352. 378. 412. 460.
To 49�H 24� 3/4� 22� MZ1-E2422-W/U-( ) 323. 343. 349. 375. 414. 458.30� 3/4� 22� MZ1-E3022-W/U-( ) 387. 409. 415. 446. 484. 527.
End screens for shared application To 42�H 24� 3/4� 13� MZ1-S2415-W/U-( ) 219. 249. 258. 270. 313. 353.30� 3/4� 13� MZ1-S3015-W/U-( ) 239. 269. 276. 297. 332. 378.
To 46�H 24� 3/4� 17� MZ1-S2419-W/U-( ) 263. 287. 297. 317. 353. 398.30� 3/4� 17� MZ1-S3019-W/U-( ) 304. 331. 340. 363. 398. 445.
To 49�H 24� 3/4� 20� MZ1-S2422-W/U-( ) 308. 330. 335. 361. 399. 444.30� 3/4� 20� MZ1-S3022-W/U-( ) 372. 391. 400. 431. 462. 508.
Order Code
Example: MZ1-S3019W15-W210/20
MZ1 Morrison Networkprivacy screen
S Shared30 Width19 HeightW For 13/4� worksurface15 Surface type and group
no.W210/20 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3040- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
End screens specify:W- For use with 13/4� thick
worksurfacesU- For use with 11/4� thick
worksurfaces
* Morrison Network screens may beused with Plannable Upstart tables.Refer to front of Upstart price bookfor planning information.
End screens must be used at theend of straight or rounded endworksurfaces.
End screens for outside applicationcover the end of the worksurfaceand align with adjacent backscreens.
End screens for shared applicationbegin above the worksurface toallow modular planning whenstraight worksurfaces areend-to-end.
When specifying end screens under64�H panel mounted MorrisonNetwork overheads with task lights,only screens to 42�H will fit.
With 64�H panel-mounted Reuteroverheads any screen up to 49�Hmay be planned perpendicular tostorage.
Application Notes
Privacy screens are supported bybrackets fastened at worksurfaceinserts. Privacy screens includemounting brackets, insert kit andstiffener clip.
15� high screens are used for a 42�horizon.
19�H screens are used to fill inspace between worksurface anddesk mounted Morrison Networkoverheads.
22�H screens fill the space betweenworksurface and desk mountedReuter overheads.
All but shared end screens start atthe bottom of the worksurface.
Privacy screens may be specified toachieve ASTM E-84 Class ‘‘A’’flamespread rating.
Morrison
204
Kiosk vertical storagefreestanding
description type w d h pattern no. Black Paint
Options Kiosk 4 files/coats 24� 24� 64� LV4-S64(L/R)-( )( ) $4,255.Cupola 24� 24� 41/2� MV2-STC( ) 638.Extended depth cupola 24� 261/4� 41/2� MV1-STCX( ) 638.Extended depth flat top cap 24� 261/4� 1� MV1-SFCX( ) 273.Flat top cap 24� 24� 1� MV1-SFC( ) 273.
Standard 24�W x 24�D 4 files/coats (front access) 24� 24� 56� MV4-S56F-(L/R)-( ) 6,900.4 files/coats (front access) 24� 24� 64� MV4-S64F-(L/R)-( ) 7,283.Cupola 24� 24� 41/2� MV2-STC( ) 638.Extended depth cupola 24� 261/4� 41/2� MV1-STCX( ) 638.Extended depth flat top cap 24� 261/4� 1� MV1-SFCX( ) 273.Flat top cap 24� 24� 1� MV1-SFC( ) 273.Top cabinet (side access) 24� 24� 18� MV2-S18S-(L/R)-( ) 1,728.
Deep 24�W x 30�D 4 files/coats (front access) 24� 30� 56� MV4-D56F-(L/R)-( ) 7,092.4 files/coats (front access) 24� 30� 64� MV4-D64F-(L/R)-( ) 7,471.Cupola 24� 30� 41/2� MV1-DTC( ) 731.Extended depth cupola 24� 321/4� 41/2� MV1-DTCX( ) 731.Extended depth flat top cap 24� 321/4� 1� MV1-DFCX( ) 364.Flat top cap 24� 30� 1� MV1-DFC( ) 364.Top cabinet (side access) 24� 30� 18� MV2-D18S-(L/R)-( ) 1,769.
Back panel for Kiosk 24� 2� 56� MV1-BP5624( ) 1,188.24� 2� 64� MV1-BP6424( ) 1,225.
Adjustable shelf kit (3 shelves) Deep 9� 24� 1� MV1-DAS 510.Standard 9� 18� 1� MV1-SAS 510.
File support (set of 2) MD6-FS 13.
Order Code
Example: MV3-D64F-R612
MV3 Vertical storageD 30� deep64 HeightF Front accessR Right door hinge612 Case and front finish
Specification Information
Specify Melamine finishes for sides,top, and back of Options Kiosk.
Options Kiosk fronts may bespecified in any standard Morrisonpainted finish. Sides, top and backare available in melamine only.
Melamine finishes:128 Fog119 Pumice114 Folkstone Grey
Kiosk storage is available in fullpainted finishes only.S- 24�W x 24�DD- 24�W x 30�DL- Hinged door for coats
(shelves) on leftR- Hinged door for coats
(shelves) on right
All kiosks have KnollKey lock fordoor, and internal sliding lockswitch for files.
Application Notes
Options Kiosks are freestandingwood construction vertical storagewith four Morrison file drawers,hinged door cabinet, and coatstorage with door. Options Kioskshave painted fronts and melaminesides, back and interior. Themelamine top is finished, with lockcams and a few pilot holes visible.
Kiosks are identical to Optionskiosks but painted on all surfaces.
64�H Kiosks include cabinet withhinged door over the file drawers.
18�H top cabinet attaches to 56�HKiosk to create 74�H storage unit.Top cabinet includes front accesshinged door storage over the coatstorage and open shelves accessiblefrom the sides.
File supports for kiosk drawers mustbe ordered separately.
Flat top caps may be specifiedseparately to coordinate withMorrison panel top caps;vault-shaped cupolas may also beused to prevent storage above kiosk.
Kiosk back panels and extendeddepth top caps or cupolas are usedwith adjacent vertical panels.
Back panel is notched to connect topanel with brackets and trimincluded.
Specify straight connector tracksame height as vertical panel, andhi/low top cap for postconfigurations, in width of adjacentpanel.
Morrison
205
Sto
rage
Accessories
description type w d h pattern no. list price L V1 V2
Pencil drawer 141/2� 15� 11/4� MM1-PD-( ) $265.
Coathooks (10) – – – MM2-CH 80.
Pencil tray 131/4� 57/8� 1� MD7-PT(C) 47.131/4� 57/8� 1� MD7-PT(N) 40.
Stationery inserts – – – MD6-ST 175.
Stabilizer foot 2� 13� 14� MM1-SF-( ) 302.
Carpet grips (10) Panel – – – MM2-CG 23.Pedestal or desk support – – – MM2-NCG 23.
Worksurface insert package Package of 10 MM1-IN10 3.Package of 100 MM1-IN100 38.
Replacement grommets (10) Thin surface 3� 3� 11/4� MM1UG 109.Thick surface 3� 3� 13/4� MM1WG 109.
Privacy screen alignment clips, set of 10 Corner MZ1-LS 37.Straight MZ1-SS 37.
Desk-to-desk cable sleeves (10) MN2-CS 48.
Wire managers (set of 10) – – – ML2-WM 132.
Sample Worksurface Currents for Morrison 16� 16� 1� AWMSAMP1616 95. 122. 253.Morrison 16� 16� 11/4� MSAMP1616 95. 122. 253.
Order Code
Example: MM1-PD-612
MM1 AccessoryPD Height612 Medium grey
Specification Information
Specify paint finishes.
Pencil tray is molded plastic andavailable in black or clear.Black: NClear: C
Stabilizer foot attaches to connectortrack to stabilize panel runs.
Carpet grips snap under panelglides to prevent panel runs fromsliding. Glide rotates in carpet gripto permit leveling.Coathooks engagebelow the top cap at any point onthe vertical panel.
Pencil drawer secures underneath aworksurface.
Morrison
206
Wall Mounting Suggestions The following information is provided only as a guide, and represents minimum recommendations only. Knoll does not accept responsibility for the attachment of any Knoll product to a Customer’s site wall. Wall specification/construction is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architect. Failure to properly attach Knoll products to adequate wall structures can lead to property damage and/or personal injury.
You should consult your own structural engineers and/or architects and must not rely on the information provided herein.
It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineers/architects to verify that the permanent structural walls (studs, blocks, solid masonry, etc.) on which the Knoll products are intended to be mounted are designed appropriately to support the product weight, PLUS 3 lbs. per linear inch for each useable shelf length
NOTE: A cabinet’s top is considered a “useable shelf” and MUST be included in the calculation of the total load for an overhead cabinet.
It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architects to specify the fasteners and method for attaching the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. to the supporting wall and to confirm that the installers have adhered to these specifications. For all local building standards and codes, and additional requirements (including, but not limited to, seismic conditions) the Customer should always consult local code agencies.
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Morrison
207
NEW CONSTRUCTION
Cinder Block or Poured Concrete Masonry Wall
Wood Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above
Wood Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height
Steel Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above
Steel Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height
Stud Specification
Wood studs, grade #2 or better, 3 1/2" minimum width, OR Metal studs, minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
The wall must be a minimum of 6" thick, and must be full height to the roof/floor structure above
Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width
Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width
Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
Stud Centers
Metal and wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
N/A Wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Wood studs must be spaced at 16"" c/c maximum"
Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Stud Height
Metal and wood studs must extend upwards, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Wood studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Affix #2 grade 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof/floor structure above
Metal studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Affix metal bracing 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof / floor structure above
Mounting the Knoll Supplied Cleat, Bracket, Frame, etc*
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a DanbackTM flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the studs to accommodate the full width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block. (Fasten the Danback™ as directed by the manufacturer)
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc directly to each wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
Fasten the Knoll supplied cabinet wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. directly to the masonry wall every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wall every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to the wall every 16"
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
*Graham Wall Hung Shelf
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting brackets directly to the masonry wall, using the holes provided in each bracket
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall cleat with...
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
3/16" x 3 1/2" Tapcon Masonry Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c with
1-1/4" embedment, screwed directly into the masonry wall
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Morrison
208
pattern no. page
AA1 39E 78
AA1 48E 78
AA1 64E 78
AA1 RE 78
AA1 T06 78
AA1 T18 78
AA1 T24 78
AA1 T30 78
AA1 T36 78
AA1 T42 78
AA1 T48 78
AA1 T60 78
AA1 T72 78
AA1 TML2 78
AA1 TMP1 78
AA1 TMS2 78
AA1 TMT3 78
AA1 TMX4 78
AA1-LO24 DN 191
AA1-LO30 DN 191
AA1-LO36 DN 191
AA1-LO42 DN 191
AA1-LO48 DN 191
AC1-39E1 78
AC1-48E1 78
AC1-64E1 78
AWM1 S36 136
AWM1 S42 136
AWM1 S48 136
AWM1 S60 136
AWM1 S66 136
AWM1 S72 136
AWM1 S78 136
AWM1 S84 136
AWM2 C3660 S 134
AWM2 C3672 S 134
AWM2 C4242 D 132
AWM2 C4242 L 132
AWM2 C4242 R 132
AWM2 C4242 S 132
AWM2 C4260 L 134
AWM2 C4260 R 134
AWM2 C4260 S 134
AWM2 C4272 L 134
AWM2 C4272 R 134
AWM2 C4272 S 134
AWM2 C4848 D 132
AWM2 C4848 L 132
AWM2 C4848 R 132
AWM2 C4848 S 132
AWM2 C4860 D 134
AWM2 C4860 L 134
AWM2 C4860 R 134
AWM2 C4860 S 134
AWM2 C4872 D 134
AWM2 C4872 L 134
AWM2 C4872 R 134
AWM2 C4872 S 134
AWM2 C4884 D 134
AWM2 C4884 L 134
AWM2 C4884 R 134
pattern no. page
AWM2 C4884 S 134
AWM2 C6036 S 133
AWM2 C6042 L 133
AWM2 C6042 R 133
AWM2 C6042 S 133
AWM2 C6048 D 133
AWM2 C6048 L 133
AWM2 C6048 R 133
AWM2 C6048 S 133
AWM2 C6060 D 132
AWM2 C6060 L 132
AWM2 C6060 R 132
AWM2 C6060 S 132
AWM2 C7236 S 133
AWM2 C7242 L 133
AWM2 C7242 R 133
AWM2 C7242 S 133
AWM2 C7248 D 133
AWM2 C7248 L 133
AWM2 C7248 R 133
AWM2 C7248 S 133
AWM2 C8448 D 133
AWM2 C8448 L 133
AWM2 C8448 R 133
AWM2 C8448 S 133
AWM2 F2424 131
AWM2 F3024 131
AWM2 F3030 131
AWM2 F3624 131
AWM2 F3630 131
AWM2 F4224 131
AWM2 F4230 131
AWM2 F4824 131
AWM2 F4830 131
AWM2 F5424 131
AWM2 F5430 131
AWM2 F6024 131
AWM2 F6030 131
AWM2 F6624 131
AWM2 F6630 131
AWM2 F7224 131
AWM2 F7230 131
AWM2 F7824 131
AWM2 F7830 131
AWM2 F8424 131
AWM2 F8430 131
AWM2 F9024 131
AWM2 F9030 131
AWM2 F9624 131
AWM2 F9630 131
AWM2 P4875 S 135
AWM2 P4887 S 135
AWM2 P7548 S 135
AWM2 P8748 S 135
AWMSAMP1616 206
AY1 CS 86, 88
AY1 ML16 86
AY1 ML25 86
AY1 MP16 86
AY1 MP25 86
AY1 MT16 86
pattern no. page
AY1 MT25 86
AY1 MX16 86
AY1 MX25 86
AY1 SML16 88
AY1 SMP16 88
AY1 SMT16 88
AY1 SMX16 88
AY1-1618M-A 83
AY1-1618M-W 84
AY1-1618S-A 83
AY1-1618S-W 84
AY1-1624M 85
AY1-1624M-A 83
AY1-1624M-W 84
AY1-1624S 85
AY1-1624S-A 83
AY1-1624S-W 84
AY1-1630M 85
AY1-1630M-A 83
AY1-1630M-W 84
AY1-1630S 85
AY1-1630S-A 83
AY1-1630S-W 84
AY1-1636M 85
AY1-1636M-A 83
AY1-1636M-W 84
AY1-1636S 85
AY1-1636S-A 83
AY1-1636S-W 84
AY1-1642M 85
AY1-1642M-A 83
AY1-1642M-W 84
AY1-1642S 85
AY1-1642S-A 83
AY1-1642S-W 84
AY1-1648M 85
AY1-1648M-A 83
AY1-1648M-W 84
AY1-1648S 85
AY1-1648S-A 83
AY1-1648S-W 84
AY1-1660M 85
AY1-1660M-A 83
AY1-1660M-W 84
AY1-1660S 85
AY1-1660S-A 83
AY1-1660S-W 84
AY1-2518M-A 83
AY1-2518M-W 84
AY1-2524M 85
AY1-2524M-A 83
AY1-2524M-W 84
AY1-2530M 85
AY1-2530M-A 83
AY1-2530M-W 84
AY1-2536M 85
AY1-2536M-A 83
AY1-2536M-W 84
AY1-2542M 85
AY1-2542M-A 83
AY1-2542M-W 84
pattern no. page
AY1-2548M 85
AY1-2548M-A 83
AY1-2548M-W 84
AY1-2560M 85
AY1-2560M-A 83
AY1-2560M-W 84
AY1-CE 86, 88
AY1-HLA 88
AY1-MMK 87
AY1-SMK 88
AYI-DMK 42, 43
LL2T5E19S 190
LL2T5E25A 190
LL2T5E25S 190
LL2T5E37A 190
LL2T5E37S 190
LL2T5E49A 190
LL2T5E49S 190
LO2-24 189
LO2-30 189
LO2-36 189
LO2-42 189
LO2-48 189
LO2-60 189
LO2-VD 189
LS1-S2413 189
LS1-S3013 189
LS1-S3613 189
LS1-S4213 189
LS1-S4813 189
LS1-S6013 189
LU1-C4040SS 130
LU1-C4242SS 125
LU1-C4646DD 130
LU1-C4646SS 130
LU1-C4848DD 125
LU1-C4848DS 125
LU1-C4848SD 125
LU1-C4848SS 125
LU1-C4860DS 125
LU1-C4860SD 125
LU1-C4860SS 125
LU1-C4872DS 125
LU1-C4872SD 125
LU1-C4872SS 125
LU1-C6048DS 125
LU1-C6048SD 125
LU1-C6048SS 125
LU1-C7248DS 125
LU1-C7248SD 125
LU1-C7248SS 125
LU1-D36S-B 128
LU1-D42S-B 128
LU1-D48S-B 128
LU1-M48S-BLL 129
LU1-M48S-BRL 129
LU1-R3050-B 126
LU1-R6330B 126
LU1-R7530B 126
LU1-S10818-A 120
LU1-S10818-B 120
Alpha-Numeric Index
209
pattern no. page
LU1-S10824-A 121
LU1-S10824-B 121
LU1-S12018-A 120
LU1-S12018-B 120
LU1-S12024-A 121
LU1-S12024-B 121
LU1-S2424-A 121
LU1-S2424-B 121
LU1-S3018-A 120
LU1-S3018-B 120
LU1-S3024-A 121
LU1-S3024-B 121
LU1-S3030-A 122
LU1-S3030-B 122
LU1-S3423-B 130
LU1-S3429-B 130
LU1-S3618-A 120
LU1-S3618-B 120
LU1-S3624-A 121
LU1-S3624-B 121
LU1-S3630-A 122
LU1-S3630-B 122
LU1-S4023-B 130
LU1-S4029-B 130
LU1-S4218-A 120
LU1-S4218-B 120
LU1-S4224-A 121
LU1-S4224-B 121
LU1-S4230-A 122
LU1-S4230-B 122
LU1-S4623-B 130
LU1-S4629-B 130
LU1-S4635-B 130
LU1-S4818-A 120
LU1-S4818-B 120
LU1-S4824-A 121
LU1-S4824-B 121
LU1-S4830-A 122
LU1-S4830-B 122
LU1-S5223-B 130
LU1-S5229-B 130
LU1-S5235-B 130
LU1-S5418-A 120
LU1-S5418-B 120
LU1-S5424-A 121
LU1-S5424-B 121
LU1-S5430-A 122
LU1-S5430-B 122
LU1-S5823-B 130
LU1-S5829-B 130
LU1-S5835-B 130
LU1-S6018-A 120
LU1-S6018-B 120
LU1-S6024-A 121
LU1-S6024-B 121
LU1-S6030-A 122
LU1-S6030-B 122
LU1-S6423-B 130
LU1-S6429-B 130
LU1-S6435-B 130
LU1-S6618-A 120
LU1-S6618-B 120
LU1-S6624-A 121
LU1-S6624-B 121
LU1-S6630-A 122
pattern no. page
LU1-S6630-B 122
LU1-S7023-B 130
LU1-S7029-B 130
LU1-S7035-B 130
LU1-S7218-A 120
LU1-S7218-B 120
LU1-S7224-A 121
LU1-S7224-B 121
LU1-S7230-A 122
LU1-S7230-B 122
LU1-S7818-A 120
LU1-S7818-B 120
LU1-S7824-A 121
LU1-S7824-B 121
LU1-S7830-A 122
LU1-S7830-B 122
LU1-S8418-A 120
LU1-S8418-B 120
LU1-S8424-A 121
LU1-S8424-B 121
LU1-S8430-A 122
LU1-S8430-B 122
LU1-S9018-A 120
LU1-S9018-B 120
LU1-S9024-A 121
LU1-S9024-B 121
LU1-S9030-A 122
LU1-S9030-B 122
LU1-S9618-A 120
LU1-S9618-B 120
LU1-S9624-A 121
LU1-S9624-B 121
LU1-S9630-A 122
LU1-S9630-B 122
LU1-T48A-L 123
LU1-T48A-R 123
LU1-T48B-L 123
LU1-T48B-R 123
LU1-T54A-L 123
LU1-T54A-R 123
LU1-T54B-L 123
LU1-T54B-R 123
LU1-T60A-L 123
LU1-T60A-R 123
LU1-T60B-L 123
LU1-T60B-R 123
LU1-T72A-L 123
LU1-T72A-R 123
LU1-T72B-L 123
LU1-T72B-R 123
LU1-V3618-A 124
LU1-V3624-A 124
LU1-V4224-A 124
LU1-V4230-A 124
LU1-V4824-A 124
LU1-V4830-A 124
LU1-W36AL 127
LU1-W36AR( ) 127
LU1-W36BL 127
LU1-W36BR 127
LU1-W42AL( ) 127
LU1-W42AR( ) 127
LU1-W42BL 127
LU1-W42BR 127
LU1-W48AL( ) 127
pattern no. page
LU1-W48AR 127
LU1-W48BL 127
LU1-W48BR 127
LU1-Y36S-B 128
LU1-Y42S-B 128
LU1-Y48S-B 128
LU1-Y60S-B 128
LU1-YTS 128
LV4-S64(L/R) 205
M2-1*** 66, 67
M2-1**0 64
M2-1*0* 64
M2-1**0 65
M2-1*0* 65
M2-1060 60, 61
M2-1080 60, 61
M2-1*1* 66
M2-11** 66
M2-1*1* 67
M2-11** 67
M2-1*10 64
M2-11*0 64
M2-1*10 65
M2-11*0 65
M2-111* 66, 67
M2-1600 62, 63
M2-1800 62, 63
M2-5*** 66, 67
M2-5**0 64
M2-5*0* 64
M2-5**0 65
M2-5*0* 65
M2-5030 60, 61
M2-5040 60, 61
M2-5080 60, 61
M2-5300 62, 63
M2-5400 62, 63
M2-5*5* 66
M2-55** 66
M2-5*5* 67
M2-55** 67
M2-5*50 64
M2-55*0 64
M2-5*50 65
M2-55*0 65
M2-555* 66, 67
M2-5800 62, 63
M2-6*** 66, 67
M2-6**0 64
M2-6*0* 64
M2-6**0 65
M2-6*0* 65
M2-6030 60, 61
M2-6040 60, 61
M2-6050 60, 61
M2-6080 60, 61
M2-6300 62, 63
M2-6400 62, 63
M2-6500 62, 63
M2-6*6* 66
M2-66** 66
M2-6*6* 67
M2-66** 67
M2-6*60 64
M2-66*0 64
pattern no. page
M2-6*60 65
M2-66*0 65
M2-666* 66, 67
M2-6800 62, 63
M2-8*** 66, 67
M2-8**0 64
M2-8*0* 64
M2-8**0 65
M2-8*0* 65
M2-8030 60, 61
M2-8040 60, 61
M2-8090 60, 61
M2-8300 62, 63
M2-8400 62, 63
M2-8*8* 66
M2-88** 66
M2-8*8* 67
M2-88** 67
M2-8*80 64
M2-88*0 64
M2-8*80 65
M2-88*0 65
M2-888* 66, 67
M2-8900 62, 63
M2-9030 60, 61
M2-9300 62, 63
M2-9303 64, 65
M2-9330 64, 65
M2-9333 66, 67
M2-9390 64, 65
M2-9393 66, 67
M2-9930 64, 65
M2-9933 66, 67
M2-9993 66, 67
MA1-CE 75
MA1-CI48 74
MA1-CI60 74
MA1-CI72 74
MA1-CL 75
MA1-CP 75
MA1-CS 75
MA1-CT 75
MA1-CX 75
MA1-F14C 73
MA1-F22C 73
MA1-F32C 73
MA1-F38C 73
MA1-F4200 72
MA1-F4240 72
MA1-F4244 72
MA1-F4288 72
MA1-F42C 73
MA1-F42F 73
MA1-F4800 72
MA1-F4840 72
MA1-F4844 72
MA1-F4888 72
MA1-F48C 73
MA1-F48F 73
MA1-F5600 72
MA1-F5640 72
MA1-F5644 72
MA1-F5688 72
MA1-F56C 73
MA1-F56F 73
Morrison
210
pattern no. page
MA1-F6400 72
MA1-F6440 72
MA1-F6444 72
MA1-F6488 72
MA1-F64C 73
MA1-F64F 73
MA1-F8000 72
MA1-F8040 72
MA1-F8044 72
MA1-F8088 72
MA1-F80C 73
MA1-F80F 73
MA1-H18 75
MA1-H24 75
MA1-H30 75
MA1-H36 75
MA1-H42 75
MA1-H48 75
MA1-H6 75
MA1-H60 75
MA1-HCS10 76
MA1-HCS14 76
MA1-HCS16 76
MA1-HCS18 76
MA1-HCS22 76
MA1-HCS26 76
MA1-HCS32 76
MA1-HCS6 76
MA1-HCS8 76
MA1-HCS9 76
MA1-HHL18 75
MA1-HHL24 75
MA1-HHL30 75
MA1-HHL36 75
MA1-HHL42 75
MA1-HHL48 75
MA1-HHL6 75
MA1-HHL60 75
MA1-PDC-T 98
MA1-TATT2 98
MA1-TATT3 98
MA1-TC18 77
MA1-TC24 77
MA1-TC30 77
MA1-TC36 77
MA1-TC42 77
MA1-TC48 77
MA1-TC6 77
MA1-TC60 77
MA1-TCE 77
MA1-TCL 77
MA1-TCP 77
MA1-TCS 77
MA1-TCT 77
MA1-V4206 72
MA1-V4806 72
MA1-V5606 72
MA1-V6406 72
MA1-V8006 72
MA1-VWM39 76
MA1-VWM42 76
MA1-VWM48 76
MA1-VWM56 76
MA1-VWM64 76
MA1-VWM80 76
pattern no. page
MB1-AUX-C 150
MB1-AUX-DM 153
MB1-AUX-DW 153
MB1-B13 179, 182
MB1-C13 179
MB1-CB18M 151
MB1-CB18W 151
MB1-CB24M 151
MB1-CB24W 151
MB1-CB30M 151
MB1-CB30W 151
MB1-D 153
MB1-DB24 161
MB1-DB30 161
MB1-FV26-(L/R) 152
MB1-L1 153
MB1-NM-(L/R) 152
MB1-NW-(L/R) 152
MB1-SB18(L/R) 161
MB1-SB24(L/R) 161
MB1-SB30(L/R) 161
MB1-T18M 153
MB1-T18W 153
MB1-T24M 153
MB1-T24W 153
MB1-TC 179, 182
MB1-UAUXS 182
MB1-UC13 182
MB1-VP-1224M 151
MB1-VP-1224W 151
MB1-VP-1226M 151
MB1-VP-1226W 151
MB1-W20M-(L/R) 152
MB1-W20W-(L/R) 152
MB1-WS54 161
MB1-WS60 161
MB1-WS66 161
MB1-WS72 161
MB2-AUX-S 179
MB2-C18M-(L/R) 150
MB2-C18W-(L/R) 150
MB2-C24M-(L/R) 150
MB2-C24W-(L/R) 150
MB2-C30M-(L/R) 150
MB2-C30W-(L/R) 150
MB2-RD3026-(L/R) 152
MB2-RD3626-(L/R) 152
MB2-RS2426-(L/R) 152
MB2-RS3026-(L/R 152
MB2-TS 179, 182
MB2-YM-(L/R) 150
MB2-YW-(L/R) 150
MB3-E18M 148
MB3-E18W 148
MB3-E24M 148
MB3-E24W 148
MB3-E30M 148
MB3-E30W 148
MB3-E36M 148
MB3-E36W 148
MB3-EC18M 148
MB3-EC18W 148
MB3-EC24M 148
MB3-EC24W 148
MB3-EC30M 148
pattern no. page
MB3-EC30W 148
MB3-EV36M 148
MB3-EV36W 148
MB3-EV42M 148
MB3-EV42W 148
MB3-EV48M 148
MB3-EV48W 148
MB3-F18M 151, 161
MB3-F18W 151
MB3-F24M 151, 161
MB3-F24W 151
MB3-F30M 151, 161
MB3-F30W 151
MB3-V36M 148
MB3-V36W 149
MB3-V42M 148
MB3-V42W 149
MB3-V48M 148
MB3-V48W 149
MC1-30E1 54, 55
MC1-30L2 54, 55
MC1-30S1 54, 55
MC1-30T3 54, 55
MC1-30V2 56, 57
MC1-30X4 54, 55
MC1-30Y3 57
MC1-39E1 54, 55
MC1-39L2 54, 55
MC1-39S1 54, 55
MC1-39T3 54, 55
MC1-39V2 56, 57
MC1-39X4 54, 55
MC1-39Y3 57
MC1-42E1 54, 55
MC1-42L2 54, 55
MC1-42S1 54, 55
MC1-42T3 54, 55
MC1-42V2 56, 57
MC1-42X4 54, 55
MC1-42Y3 57
MC1-48E1 54, 55
MC1-48L2 54, 55
MC1-48S1 54, 55
MC1-48T3 54, 55
MC1-48V2 56, 57
MC1-48X4 54, 55
MC1-48Y3 57
MC1-56E1 54, 55
MC1-56L2 54, 55
MC1-56S1 54, 55
MC1-56T3 54, 55
MC1-56V2 56, 57
MC1-56X4 54, 55
MC1-56Y3 57
MC1-64E1 54, 55
MC1-64H1 58, 59
MC1-64L2 54, 55
MC1-64S1 54, 55
MC1-64T3 54, 55
MC1-64V2 56, 57
MC1-64X4 54, 55
MC1-64Y3 57
MC1-80E1 54, 55
MC1-80L2 54, 55
MC1-80S1 54, 55
pattern no. page
MC1-80T3 54, 55
MC1-80V2 56, 57
MC1-80X4 54, 55
MC1-80Y3 57
MC1-A09E1 50, 52
MC1-A09L2 50, 52
MC1-A09P1 50, 52
MC1-A09S1 50, 52
MC1-A09S2 51, 53
MC1-A09T3 50, 52
MC1-A09X4 50, 52
MC1-A16E1 50, 52
MC1-A16L2 50, 52
MC1-A16P1 50, 52
MC1-A16S1 50, 52
MC1-A16S2 51, 53
MC1-A16T3 50, 52
MC1-A16X4 50, 52
MC1-A18E1 50, 52
MC1-A18L2 50, 52
MC1-A18P1 50, 52
MC1-A18S1 50, 52
MC1-A18S2 51, 53
MC1-A18T3 50, 52
MC1-A18X4 50, 52
MC1-A22E1 50, 52
MC1-A22L2 50, 52
MC1-A22P1 50, 52
MC1-A22S1 50, 52
MC1-A22S2 51, 53
MC1-A22T3 50, 52
MC1-A22X4 50, 52
MC1-A32E1 50, 52
MC1-A32L2 50, 52
MC1-A32P1 50, 52
MC1-A32S1 50, 52
MC1-A32S2 51, 53
MC1-A32T3 50, 52
MC1-A32X4 50, 52
MCE1BD6648D(L/R) 138
MCE1BD6648S(L/R) 138
MCE1BD7248D(L/R) 138
MCE1BD7248S(L/R) 138
MCE1BD7848D(L/R) 138
MCE1BD7848S(L/R) 138
MCE1BD8448D(L/R) 138
MCE1BD8448S(L/R) 138
MCE1CR24L 142
MCE1CR24N 142
MCE1CR24R 142
MCE1H4818 142
MCE1H4818P 142
MCE1H6024 142
MCE1H6024P 142
MCE1L3636SSN 139
MCE1L4242DSN 139
MCE1L4242SDN 139
MCE1L4242SSN 139
MCE1L4260SSN 140
MCE1L4266SSN 140
MCE1L4272SSN 140
MCE1L4278SSN 140
MCE1L4848DDN 139
MCE1L4848DSN 139
MCE1L4848SDN 139
Morrison
211
pattern no. page
MCE1L4848SSN 139
MCE1L4860DSN 140
MCE1L4860SDN 140
MCE1L4860SSN 140
MCE1L4866DSN 140
MCE1L4866SDN 140
MCE1L4866SSN 140
MCE1L4872DSN 140
MCE1L4872SDN 140
MCE1L4872SSN 140
MCE1L4878SSN 140
MCE1L4884SSN 140
MCE1L6042SSN 140
MCE1L6048DSN 140
MCE1L6048SDN 140
MCE1L6048SSN 140
MCE1L6642SSN 140
MCE1L6648DSN 140
MCE1L6648SDN 140
MCE1L6648SSN 140
MCE1L7242SSN 140
MCE1L7248DSN 140
MCE1L7248SDN 140
MCE1L7248SSN 140
MCE1L7842SSN 141
MCE1L7848SSN 141
MCE1L8448SSN 141
MCE1R1212G 142
MCE1R2424N 137
MCE1R2430N 137
MCE1R3024N 137
MCE1R3030N 137
MCE1R3624N 137
MCE1R3630N 137
MCE1R4224N 137
MCE1R4230N 137
MCE1R4824N 137
MCE1R4830N 137
MCE1R5424N 137
MCE1R5430N 137
MCE1R6024N 137
MCE1R6030N 137
MCE1R6624N 137
MCE1R6630N 137
MCE1R7224N 137
MCE1R7230N 137
MCE1R7824N 137
MCE1R7830N 137
MCE1R8424N 137
MCE1R8430N 137
MCE1R9024N 137
MCE1R9030N 137
MCE1R9624N 137
MCE1R9630N 137
MCE1W362430N 143
MCE1W363024N 143
MCE1W422430N 143
MCE1W423024N 143
MCE1W482430N 143
MCE1W483024N 143
MCE1W722430N 143
MCE1W723024N 143
MD4-WDD30 173
MD6-BD 176
MD6-D0B2F( ) 172
pattern no. page
MD6-D2B1F( ) 172
MD6-E0B2F( ) 172
MD6-E2B1F( ) 172
MD6-FD 176
MD6-FS 176, 205
MD6-M0B2F 175
MD6-M1B1F 175
MD6-M2B1F 175
MD6-PULL 176
MD6-S0B2F( ) 172
MD6-S2B1F( ) 172
MD6-ST 176, 206
MD6-VP 173
MD6-W0B2F 173
MD6-WDK 173
MD6-X0B2F 173
MD6-XDK 173
MD7 DC30C 174
MD7 DW30C 174
MD7 DW36C 174
MD7-PT(C) 175, 176, 206
MD7-PT(N) 175, 176, 206
MHD-8036-(L/R)-(P/L/V) 43
MHD-8042-(L/R)-(P/L/V) 43
MK4-B3026-(P/V) 147
MK4-B3626-(P/V) 147
MK4-B4226-(P/V) 147
MK4-B4826-(P/V) 147
MK4-B6026-(P/V) 147
MK4-B6626-(P/V) 147
MK4-B7226-(P/V) 147
MK4-C2618-P/V 144
MK4-C2624-P/V 144
MK4-C2630-P/V 144
MK4-C2636-P/V 144
MK4-K6026-P/V 146
MK4-K6626-P/V 146
MK4-K7226-P/V 146
MK4-K7826-P/V 146
MK4-R3026-(P/V) 147
MK4-R3626-(P/V) 147
MK4-R4226-(P/V) 147
MK4-R4826-(P/V) 147
MK4-R6026-(P/V) 147
MK4-R6626-(P/V) 147
MK4-R7226-(P/V) 147
MK4-T6026-P/V 146
MK4-T6626-P/V 146
MK4-T7226-P/V 146
MK4-T7826-P/V 146
MK4-U2618-P/V 144
MK4-U2624-P/V 144
MK4-U2630-P/V 144
MK4-U2636-P/V 144
MK4-V2636-P/V 145
MK4-V2642-P/V 145
MK4-X2636-P/V 145
MK4-X2642-P/V 145
ML1-HCWM24 92, 167
ML2-WM 184, 206
ML4L17 201
ML4L31 201
ML4L44 201
ML4L58 201
ML5-F30 184
pattern no. page
ML5-F36 184
ML5-F42 184
ML5-F48 184
ML5-F60 184
ML5-F66 184
ML5-F72 184
MM1-CNP2 69
MM1-DSL2 42, 43
MM1-DSP1 42, 43
MM1-DSS1 42, 43
MM1-IN10 206
MM1-IN100 206
MM1-PD 206
MM1-PSL2 69
MM1-PSS1 69
MM1-SF 69, 206
MM1UG 206
MM1WG 206
MM1-WS30 68
MM1-WS39 68
MM1-WS42 68
MM1-WS48 68
MM1-WS56 68
MM1-WS64 68
MM1-WS80 68
MM2-CG 69, 206
MM2-CH 206
MM2-L26 108, 114, 115, 116, 119, 126, 129
MM2-NCG 206
MM3-AS24 178
MM3-AS30 178
MM3-AS36 178
MM3-AS42 178
MM3-AS48 178
MM3-AS60 178
MM3-AS72 178
MM3-IS60F 177
MM3-IS60R 177
MM3-IS66F 177
MM3-IS66R 177
MM3-IS72F 177
MM3-IS72R 177
MM3-IS78F 177
MM3-IS78R 177
MM3-ISE 177
MM3-ISX 177
MN1-DP 161
MN2-CS 167, 171, 206
MN2-D0024 158
MN2-D0030 158
MN2-D0036 158
MN2-D0042 158
MN2-D0048 158
MN2-D0054 158
MN2-D0060 158
MN2-D0066 158
MN2-D0072 158
MN2-D0078 158
MN2-D2400 158
MN2-D3000 158
MN2-D3600 158
MN2-D3636 158
MN2-D4200 158
MN2-D4242 158
MN2-D4800 158
pattern no. page
MN2-D4848 158
MN2-D5400 158
MN2-D6000 158
MN2-D6060 158
MN2-D6600 158
MN2-D7200 158
MN2-D7272 158
MN2-D7800 158
MN2-DD 161
MN2-E06 159
MN2-E09 159
MN2-E12 159
MN2-E18 159
MN2-E24 159
MN2-EW18 159
MN2-EW24 159
MN2-F24 160
MN2-F30 160
MN2-F36 160
MN2-F42 160
MN2-F48 160
MN2-F54 160
MN2-F60 160
MN2-F66 160
MN2-F72 160
MN2-F78 160
MN2-NS14 162
MN2-OF 97, 163
MN2-PMU 162
MN2-PMW 162
MN2-RDR 159, 161
MN2-RER 159
MN2-RSAK 159, 161
MN2-S3017 187
MN2-S3018 187
MN2-S3617 187
MN2-S3618 187
MN2-S4217 187
MN2-S4218 187
MN2-S4817 187
MN2-S4818 187
MN2-S5417 187
MN2-S5418 187
MN2-S6017 187
MN2-S6018 187
MN2-S6617 187
MN2-S6618 187
MN2-S7217 187
MN2-S7218 187
MN2-S7817 187
MN2-S7818 187
MN2-SO20 163
MN2SO20 198
MN2-SO21 163
MN2SO21 198
MN2T5E19S 188
MN2T5E25A 188
MN2T5E25S 188
MN2T5E37A 188
MN2T5E37S 188
MN2T5E49A 188
MN2T5E49S 188
MO6-WMSB 186, 189
MO6-WMSK 186, 189
MO7-NB30 185
Morrison
212
pattern no. page
MO7-NB36 185
MO7-NB42 185
MO7-NB48 185
MO7-NB60 185
MO7-PMB 186
MO7-SMB 186
MO7-VD 183, 186
MO8-30 183
MO8-36 183
MO8-42 183
MO8-48 183
MO8-60 183
MO8-N30 185
MO8-N36 185
MO8-N42 185
MO8-N48 185
MO8-N60 185
MO8-WMB 186
MO8-WMR 186
MP2-3018 10, 12
MP2-3018-C/T 11
MP2-3018-N 10
MP2-3018-V 13
MP2-3024 10, 12
MP2-3024-C/T 11
MP2-3024-N 10
MP2-3024-V 13
MP2-3030 10, 12
MP2-3030-C/T 11
MP2-3030-N 10
MP2-3030-V 13
MP2-3036 10, 12
MP2-3036-C/T 11
MP2-3036-N 10
MP2-3036-V 13
MP2-3042 10, 12
MP2-3042-C/T 11
MP2-3042-N 10
MP2-3042-V 13
MP2-3048 10, 12
MP2-3048-C/T 11
MP2-3048-N 10
MP2-3048-V 13
MP2-3060 10
MP2-3060-N 10
MP2-3918 14, 16
MP2-3918-C/T 15
MP2-3918-N 14
MP2-3918-P 38
MP2-3918-V 17
MP2-3924 14, 16
MP2-3924-C/T 15
MP2-3924-N 14
MP2-3924-P 38
MP2-3924-V 17
MP2-3930 14, 16
MP2-3930-C/T 15
MP2-3930-N 14
MP2-3930-P 38
MP2-3930-V 17
MP2-3936 14, 16
MP2-3936-C/T 15
MP2-3936-N 14
MP2-3936-P 38
MP2-3936-V 17
pattern no. page
MP2-3942 14, 16
MP2-3942-C/T 15
MP2-3942-N 14
MP2-3942-P 38
MP2-3942-V 17
MP2-3948 14, 16
MP2-3948-C/T 15
MP2-3948-N 14
MP2-3948-P 38
MP2-3948-V 17
MP2-3960 14
MP2-3960-N 14
MP2-4218 18, 20
MP2-4218-C/T 19
MP2-4218-N 18
MP2-4218-P 38
MP2-4218-V 21
MP2-4224 18, 20
MP2-4224-C/T 19
MP2-4224-N 18
MP2-4224-P 38
MP2-4224-V 21
MP2-4230 18, 20
MP2-4230-C/T 19
MP2-4230-N 18
MP2-4230-P 38
MP2-4230-V 21
MP2-4236 18, 20
MP2-4236-C/T 19
MP2-4236-N 18
MP2-4236-P 38
MP2-4236-V 21
MP2-4242 18, 20
MP2-4242-C/T 19
MP2-4242-N 18
MP2-4242-P 38
MP2-4242-V 21
MP2-4248 18, 20
MP2-4248-C/T 19
MP2-4248-N 18
MP2-4248-P 38
MP2-4248-V 21
MP2-4260 18
MP2-4260-N 18
MP2-4818 22, 24
MP2-4818-C/T 23
MP2-4818N 22
MP2-4818-P 38
MP2-4818-V 25
MP2-4824 22, 24
MP2-4824-C/T 23
MP2-4824-M 40, 41
MP2-4824N 22
MP2-4824-P 38
MP2-4824-V 25
MP2-4830 22, 24
MP2-4830-C/T 23
MP2-4830-M 40, 41
MP2-4830N 22
MP2-4830-P 38
MP2-4830-V 25
MP2-4836 22, 24
MP2-4836-C/T 23
MP2-4836-M 40, 41
MP2-4836N 22
pattern no. page
MP2-4836-P 38
MP2-4836-V 25
MP2-4842 22, 24
MP2-4842-C/T 23
MP2-4842-M 40, 41
MP2-4842N 22
MP2-4842-P 38
MP2-4842-V 25
MP2-4848 22, 24
MP2-4848-C/T 23
MP2-4848-M 40, 41
MP2-4848N 22
MP2-4848-P 38
MP2-4848-V 25
MP2-4860 22
MP2-4860N 22
MP2-5618 26, 28
MP2-5618-C/T 27
MP2-5618N 26
MP2-5618-P 39
MP2-5618-V 29
MP2-5624 26, 28
MP2-5624-C/T 27
MP2-5624-M 40, 41
MP2-5624N 26
MP2-5624-P 39
MP2-5624-V 29
MP2-5630 26, 28
MP2-5630-C/T 27
MP2-5630-M 40, 41
MP2-5630N 26
MP2-5630-P 39
MP2-5630-V 29
MP2-5636 26, 28
MP2-5636-C/T 27
MP2-5636-M 40, 41
MP2-5636N 26
MP2-5636-P 39
MP2-5636-V 29
MP2-5642 26, 28
MP2-5642-C/T 27
MP2-5642-M 40, 41
MP2-5642N 26
MP2-5642-P 39
MP2-5642-V 29
MP2-5648 26, 28
MP2-5648-C/T 27
MP2-5648-M 40, 41
MP2-5648N 26
MP2-5648-P 39
MP2-5648-V 29
MP2-5660 26
MP2-5660N 26
MP2-6418 30, 32
MP2-6418-C/T 31
MP2-6418N 30
MP2-6418-P 39
MP2-6418-V 33
MP2-6424 30, 32
MP2-6424-C/T 31
MP2-6424-M 40, 41
MP2-6424N 30
MP2-6424-P 39
MP2-6424-V 33
MP2-6430 30, 32
pattern no. page
MP2-6430-C/T 31
MP2-6430-M 40, 41
MP2-6430N 30
MP2-6430-P 39
MP2-6430-V 33
MP2-6436 30, 32
MP2-6436-C/T 31
MP2-6436-M 40, 41
MP2-6436N 30
MP2-6436-P 39
MP2-6436-V 33
MP2-6442 30, 32
MP2-6442-C/T 31
MP2-6442-M 40, 41
MP2-6442N 30
MP2-6442-P 39
MP2-6442-V 33
MP2-6448 30, 32
MP2-6448-C/T 31
MP2-6448-M 40, 41
MP2-6448N 30
MP2-6448-P 39
MP2-6448-V 33
MP2-6460 30
MP2-6460N 30
MP2-8018 34, 36
MP2-8018-C/T 35
MP2-8018-N 34
MP2-8018-P 39
MP2-8018-V 37
MP2-8024 34, 36
MP2-8024-C/T 35
MP2-8024-M 40, 41
MP2-8024-N 34
MP2-8024-P 39
MP2-8024-V 37
MP2-8030 34, 36
MP2-8030-C/T 35
MP2-8030-M 40, 41
MP2-8030-N 34
MP2-8030-P 39
MP2-8030-V 37
MP2-8036 34, 36
MP2-8036-C/T 35
MP2-8036-M 40, 41
MP2-8036-N 34
MP2-8036-P 39
MP2-8036-V 37
MP2-8042 34, 36
MP2-8042-C/T 35
MP2-8042-M 40, 41
MP2-8042-N 34
MP2-8042-P 39
MP2-8042-V 37
MP2-8048 34, 36
MP2-8048-C/T 35
MP2-8048-M 40, 41
MP2-8048-N 34
MP2-8048-P 39
MP2-8048-V 37
MP3-A1618 47, 49
MP3-A1618N 48
MP3-A1624 47, 49
MP3-A1624-M 46
MP3-A1624N 48
Morrison
213
pattern no. page
MP3-A1630 47, 49
MP3-A1630-M 46
MP3-A1630N 48
MP3-A1636 47, 49
MP3-A1636-M 46
MP3-A1636N 48
MP3-A1642 47, 49
MP3-A1642-M 46
MP3-A1642N 48
MP3-A1648 47, 49
MP3-A1648-M 46
MP3-A1648N 48
MP3-A1660 47
MP3-A1660N 48
MP3-A1818 47, 49
MP3-A1818N 48
MP3-A1824 47, 49
MP3-A1824-M 46
MP3-A1824N 48
MP3-A1830 47, 49
MP3-A1830-M 46
MP3-A1830N 48
MP3-A1836 47, 49
MP3-A1836-M 46
MP3-A1836N 48
MP3-A1842 47, 49
MP3-A1842-M 46
MP3-A1842N 48
MP3-A1848 47, 49
MP3-A1848-M 46
MP3-A1848N 48
MP3-A1860 47
MP3-A1860N 48
MP3-A2218 47, 49
MP3-A2218N 48
MP3-A2224 47, 49
MP3-A2224-M 46
MP3-A2224N 48
MP3-A2230 47, 49
MP3-A2230-M 46
MP3-A2230N 48
MP3-A2236 47, 49
MP3-A2236-M 46
MP3-A2236N 48
MP3-A2242 47, 49
MP3-A2242-M 46
MP3-A2242N 48
MP3-A2248 47, 49
MP3-A2248-M 46
MP3-A2248N 48
MP3-A2260 47
MP3-A2260N 48
MP3-A3218 47, 49
MP3-A3218N 48
MP3-A3224 47, 49
MP3-A3224-M 46
MP3-A3224N 48
MP3-A3230 47, 49
MP3-A3230-M 46
MP3-A3230N 48
MP3-A3236 47, 49
MP3-A3236-M 46
MP3-A3236N 48
MP3-A3242 47, 49
MP3-A3242-M 46
pattern no. page
MP3-A3242N 48
MP3-A3248 47, 49
MP3-A3248-M 46
MP3-A3248N 48
MP3-A3260 47
MP3-A3260N 48
MP3-W0918-C/T 44
MP3-W0924-C/T 44
MP3-W0930-C/T 44
MP3-W0936-C/T 44
MP3-W0942-C/T 44
MP3-W0948-C/T 44
MP3-W0960-C/T 44
MP3-W1618-C/T 44
MP3-W1624-C/T 44
MP3-W1630-C/T 44
MP3-W1636-C/T 44
MP3-W1642-C/T 44
MP3-W1648-C/T 44
MP3-W1660-C/T 44
MP3-W1818-C/T 44
MP3-W1824-C/T 44
MP3-W1830-C/T 44
MP3-W1836-C/T 44
MP3-W1842-C/T 44
MP3-W1848-C/T 44
MP3-W1860-C/T 44
MP3-W2218-C/T 44
MP3-W2224-C/T 44
MP3-W2230-C/T 44
MP3-W2236-C/T 44
MP3-W2242-C/T 44
MP3-W2248-C/T 44
MP3-W2260-C/T 44
MP3-W3218-C/T 45
MP3-W3224-C/T 45
MP3-W3230-C/T 45
MP3-W3236-C/T 45
MP3-W3242-C/T 45
MP3-W3248-C/T 45
MP3-W3260-C/T 45
MR1-DA 92, 167, 171
MR1-DB 92, 167, 171
MR1-WC 92, 167
MR2-CHI-24 101
MR2-CHI-30 101
MR2-CHI-36 101
MR2-CHI-42 101
MR2-CHI-48 101
MR2-CHI-60 101
MR2-CHI-PT 101
MR2-NS-CHI 101
MR2-PICHI 101
MR2-RVR42-H2 101
MR2-RVR42-H4 101
MR2-RVR48-H2 101
MR2-RVR48-H4 101
MR3-CP 92, 167, 171
MR3-DA 91, 93, 165, 170
MR3-DATSHD 89, 94
MR3-DB 91, 93, 165, 170
MR3-DC 93, 170
MR3-DX 91, 93, 165, 170
MR3-DXO 91, 93, 165, 170
MR3-DXT 91, 94, 165, 170
pattern no. page
MR3-DY 91, 93, 165, 170
MR3-DYO 91, 93, 165, 170
MR3-DYT 91, 94, 165, 170
MR3-DZ 93, 170
MR3-DZO 93, 170
MR3-DZT 94, 170
MR3-E24 89
MR3-E30NS 89
MR3-E36NS 89
MR3-E42NS 89
MR3-E48-4 89
MR3-E48NS 89
MR3-E60-4 89
MR3-E60NS 89
MR3-EGM 92, 167
MR3-EGM48 92, 167
MR3-EGMH 92, 167, 171
MR3-EJ12 90, 165
MR3-EJ12P 90
MR3-EJ18 90, 165
MR3-EJ18P 90
MR3-EJ24 90, 165
MR3-EJ24P 90
MR3-EJ30 90, 165
MR3-EJ30P 90
MR3-EJ36 90, 165
MR3-EJ36P 90
MR3-EJ42 90, 165
MR3-EJ42P 90
MR3-EJ48 90, 165
MR3-EJ48P 90
MR3-EJ54P 90, 165
MR3-EJ6 90, 165
MR3-EJ60P 90, 165
MR3-EJ66P 90, 165
MR3-EJ6P 90
MR3-EJ72P 90, 165
MR3-EJ78P 90, 165
MR3-EJ84P 90
MR3-EJ90P 90
MR3-EJ96P 90
MR3-EPCM 90, 165
MR3-EPCPM 90
MR3-EPIC 91
MR3-EPNY1 91
MR3-EPNY2 91
MR3-EPSF 91
MR3-EPVR 91
MR3-ERPI 91
MR3-EV24 PC 99
MR3-EV36 PC 99
MR3-EV48 PC 99
MR3-EVB PC 99
MR3-EVI J 99
MR3-EVR 89
MR3-FDP 99
MR3-NE30 164
MR3-NE36 164
MR3-NE42 164
MR3-NE48 164
MR3-NE48-4 164
MR3-NE54 164
MR3-NE60 164
MR3-NE60-4 164
MR3-NE66 164
pattern no. page
MR3-NE66-4 164
MR3-NE72 164
MR3-NE72-4 164
MR3-NE78 164
MR3-NE78-4 164
MR3-NEGM 167, 171
MR3-NEPD 165, 166
MR3-NEPI 166
MR3-NEPNY 166
MR3-NESD 167, 168
MR3-NESH 92, 167, 168
MR3-NESP 92, 167, 168
MR3-NT30 168
MR3-NT36 168
MR3-NT42 168
MR3-NT48 168
MR3-NT48-4 168
MR3-NT54 168
MR3-NT60 168
MR3-NT60-4 168
MR3-NT66 168
MR3-NT66-4 168
MR3-NT72 168
MR3-NT72-4 168
MR3-NT78 168
MR3-NT78-4 168
MR3-NTPD 169, 170
MR3-NTPI 170
MR3-NTPNY 170
MR3-PDC-X 97
MR3-T24 93
MR3-T30NS 93
MR3-T36NS 93
MR3-T42NS 93
MR3-T48-4 93
MR3-T48NS 93
MR3-T60-4 93
MR3-T60NS 93
MR3-TJ12 96, 169
MR3-TJ12P 96
MR3-TJ18 96, 169
MR3-TJ18P 96
MR3-TJ24 96, 169
MR3-TJ24P 96
MR3-TJ30 96, 169
MR3-TJ30P 96
MR3-TJ36 96, 169
MR3-TJ36P 96
MR3-TJ42 96, 169
MR3-TJ42P 96
MR3-TJ48 96, 169
MR3-TJ48P 96
MR3-TJ54P 96, 169
MR3-TJ6 96, 169
MR3-TJ60P 96, 169
MR3-TJ66P 96, 169
MR3-TJ6P 96
MR3-TJ72P 96, 169
MR3-TJ78P 96, 169
MR3-TJ84P 96
MR3-TJ90P 96
MR3-TJ96P 96
MR3-TPCM 93, 169
MR3-TPCPM 93
MR3-TPIC 95
Morrison
214
pattern no. page
MR3-TPNY1 95
MR3-TPNY2 95
MR3-TPSF 95
MR3-TPVR 95
MR3-TRPI 95
MR3-TV24 PC 100
MR3-TV36 PC 100
MR3-TV48 PC 100
MR3-TVB PC 100
MR3-TVI J 100
MR3-TVR 93
MR3-UW-PDC 97
MR3-VDA 99
MR3-VDB 99
MR3-VDC 99
MR3-VDX 99
MR3-VDXO 99
MR3-VDXT 99
MR3-VDY 99
MR3-VDYO 99
MR3-VDYT 99
MR3-VDZ 99
MR3-VDZO 99
MR3-VDZT 99
MR3-VPBK 99
MRD-6436-(L/R) 42
MRD-6442-(L/R) 42
MRD-6448-(L/R) 42
MRD-8036-(L/R) 42
MRD-8042-(L/R) 42
MRD-8048-(L/R) 42
MRD-FT36 42
MRD-FT42 42
MRD-FT48 42
MS1-S2413 179
MS1-S3013 179
MS1-S3613 179
MS1-S4213 179
MS1-S4813 179
MS1-S6013 179
MS1-SO 179, 182
MS2-U2413 181
MS2-U3013 181
MS2-U3613 181
MS2-U4213 181
MS2-U4813 181
MS2-U6013 181
MS2-U6613 181
MS2-U7213 181
MS2-U7813 181
MS2-U8413 181
MS2-U9013 181
MS2-URC60-N 162
MS2-URC66-N 162
MS2-URC72-N 162
MS2-URC78-N 162
MS2-URC84-N 162
MS2-URC90-N 162
MS2-W2413 180
MS2-W3013 180
MS2-W3613 180
MS2-W4213 180
MS2-W4813 180
MS2-W6013 180
MS2-W6613 180
pattern no. page
MS2-W7213 180
MS2-W7813 180
MS2-W8413 180
MS2-W9013 180
MSAMP1616 206
MT1-09E1 70, 71
MT1-09L2 70, 71
MT1-09T3 70, 71
MT1-16E1 70, 71
MT1-16L2 70, 71
MT1-16T3 70, 71
MT1-18E1 70, 71
MT1-18L2 70, 71
MT1-18T3 70, 71
MT1-22E1 70, 71
MT1-22L2 70, 71
MT1-22T3 70, 71
MT1-30E1 70, 71
MT1-30L2 70, 71
MT1-30T3 70, 71
MT1-32E1 70, 71
MT1-32L2 70, 71
MT1-32T3 70, 71
MT1-39E1 70, 71
MT1-39L2 70, 71
MT1-39T3 70, 71
MT1-42E1 70, 71
MT1-42L2 70, 71
MT1-42T3 70, 71
MT1-48E1 70, 71
MT1-48L2 70, 71
MT1-48T3 70, 71
MT1-56E1 70, 71
MT1-56L2 70, 71
MT1-56T3 70, 71
MT1-64E1 70, 71
MT1-64L2 70, 71
MT1-64T3 70, 71
MT1-64XL2 42
MT1-64XT3 42
MT1-80E1 70, 71
MT1-80L2 70, 71
MT1-80T3 70, 71
MT1-80XL2 42, 43
MT1-80XT3 42, 43
MT5-CE1 79, 80
MT5-CH1 79, 80
MT5-CL2 79, 80
MT5-CP1 79, 80
MT5-CS2 79, 80
MT5-CT3 79, 80
MT5-CV2 56, 57
MT5-CX4 79, 80
MT5-CY3 56, 57
MT5-E24 79, 80
MT5-E30 79, 80
MT5-E36 79, 80
MT5-E42 79, 80
MT5-E48 79, 80
MT5-E60 79, 80
MT5-EX48 82
MT5-EX60 82
MT5-HLC18 81
MT5-HLC24 81
MT5-HLC30 81
pattern no. page
MT5-HLC36 81
MT5-HLC42 81
MT5-HLC48 81
MT5-HLC60 81
MT5-HLS18 81
MT5-HLS24 81
MT5-HLS30 81
MT5-HLS36 81
MT5-HLS42 81
MT5-HLS48 81
MT5-HLS60 81
MT5-N18 79, 80
MT5-N24 79, 80
MT5-N30 79, 80
MT5-N36 79, 80
MT5-N42 79, 80
MT5-N48 79, 80
MT5-N6 79, 80
MT5-N60 79, 80
MT5-PDC-24 82
MT5-PDC-30 82
MT5-PDC-36 82
MT5-PDC-42 82
MT5-PDC-48 82
MT5-PDC-60 82
MT6-E24 102
MT6-E30 102
MT6-E36 102
MT6-E42 102
MT6-E48 102
MT6-E60 102
MT6-PDC24 102
MT6-PDC30 102
MT6-PDC36 102
MT6-PDC42 102
MT6-PDC48 102
MT6-PDC60 102
MTBC3423 154
MTBC3429 154
MTBC4023 154
MTBC4029 154
MTBC4623 154
MTBC4629 154
MTBC5223 154
MTBC5229 154
MTBC5823 154
MTBC5829 154
MTBC6423 154
MTBC6429 154
MTBC7023 154
MTBC7029 154
MTBK464616 155
MTBT3029 156
MTBT3429 156
MTBT4629 155
MTBT5229 155
MTBT5829 155
MTBT6429 155
MTBT7029 155
MU1-C4242SS 117
MU1-C4848DD 117
MU1-C4848DS 117
MU1-C4848SD 117
MU1-C4848SS 117
MU1-C4860DS 117
pattern no. page
MU1-C4860SD 117
MU1-C4860SS 117
MU1-C4872DS 117
MU1-C4872SD 117
MU1-C4872SS 117
MU1-C6048DS 117
MU1-C6048SD 117
MU1-C6048SS 117
MU1-C7248DS 117
MU1-C7248SD 117
MU1-C7248SS 117
MU1-M48S-AL 119
MU1-M48S-AR 119
MU1-P72SA 116
MU1-P78DA 116
MU1-R3048-B 115
MU1-R3050-B 115
MU1-R6330B 114
MU1-R6330E 114
MU1-R7530B 114
MU1-R7530E 114
MU1-S2424-A 110
MU1-S2424-B 110
MU1-S3018-B 109
MU1-S3024-A 110
MU1-S3024-B 110
MU1-S3030-A 111
MU1-S3030-B 111
MU1-S3618-B 109
MU1-S3624-A 110
MU1-S3624-B 110
MU1-S3630-A 111
MU1-S3630-B 111
MU1-S4218-B 109
MU1-S4224-A 110
MU1-S4224-B 110
MU1-S4230-A 111
MU1-S4230-B 111
MU1-S4818-B 109
MU1-S4824-A 110
MU1-S4824-B 110
MU1-S4830-A 111
MU1-S4830-B 111
MU1-S5418-B 109
MU1-S5424-A 110
MU1-S5424-B 110
MU1-S5430-A 111
MU1-S5430-B 111
MU1-S6018-B 109
MU1-S6024-A 110
MU1-S6024-B 110
MU1-S6030-A 111
MU1-S6030-B 111
MU1-S6618-B 109
MU1-S6624-A 110
MU1-S6624-B 110
MU1-S6630-A 111
MU1-S6630-B 111
MU1-S7218-B 109
MU1-S7224-A 110
MU1-S7224-B 110
MU1-S7230-A 111
MU1-S7230-B 111
MU1-S7824-A 110
MU1-S7824-B 110
Morrison
215
pattern no. page
MU1-S7830-A 111
MU1-S7830-B 111
MU1-S8424-A 110
MU1-S8424-B 110
MU1-S8430-A 111
MU1-S8430-B 111
MU1-S9024-A 110
MU1-S9024-B 110
MU1-S9030-A 111
MU1-S9030-B 111
MU1-S9624-A 110
MU1-S9624-B 110
MU1-S9630-A 111
MU1-S9630-B 111
MU1-V3618-A 112
MU1-V3624-A 112
MU1-V3624-C 112
MU1-V4224-A 112
MU1-V4224-C 112
MU1-V4230-A 112
MU1-V4230-C 112
MU1-V42SS-A 113
MU1-V42SS-C 113
MU1-V4824-A 112
MU1-V4824-C 112
MU1-V4830-A 112
MU1-V4830-C 112
MU1-V48DS-A 113
MU1-V48DS-C 113
MU1-V48SS-A 113
MU1-V48SS-C 113
MU1-Y36S-AL 118
MU1-Y36S-AR 118
MU1-Y42S-AL 118
MU1-Y42S-AR 118
MU1-Y48S-AL 118
MU1-Y48S-AR 118
MU1-Y60S-AL 118
MU1-Y60S-AR 118
MU1-YTS 118
MV1-BP5624 205
MV1-BP6424 205
MV1-DAS 205
MV1-DFC 205
MV1-DFCX 205
MV1-DTC 205
MV1-DTCX 205
MV1-SAS 205
MV1-SFC 205
MV1-SFCX 205
MV1-STCX 205
MV2-D18S-(L/R) 205
MV2-S18S-(L/R) 205
MV2-STC 205
MV4-D56F-(L/R) 205
MV4-D64F-(L/R) 205
MV4-S56F-(L/R) 205
MV4-S64F-(L/R) 205
MW2-R6330B 108
MW2-R6330E 108
MW2-R7530B 108
MW2-R7530E 108
MW2-R8730B 108
MW2-R8730E 108
MW2-S2424-A 104
pattern no. page
MW2-S2424-B 104
MW2-S3018-B 103
MW2-S3024-A 104
MW2-S3024-B 104
MW2-S3030-A 105
MW2-S3030-B 105
MW2-S3618-B 103
MW2-S3624-A 104
MW2-S3624-B 104
MW2-S3630-A 105
MW2-S3630-B 105
MW2-S4218-B 103
MW2-S4224-A 104
MW2-S4224-B 104
MW2-S4230-A 105
MW2-S4230-B 105
MW2-S4818-B 103
MW2-S4824-A 104
MW2-S4824-B 104
MW2-S4830-A 105
MW2-S4830-B 105
MW2-S5418-B 103
MW2-S5424-A 104
MW2-S5424-B 104
MW2-S5430-A 105
MW2-S5430-B 105
MW2-S6018-B 103
MW2-S6024-A 104
MW2-S6024-B 104
MW2-S6030-A 105
MW2-S6030-B 105
MW2-S6618-B 103
MW2-S6624-A 104
MW2-S6624-B 104
MW2-S6630-A 105
MW2-S6630-B 105
MW2-S6636-B 106
MW2-S6636-R 106
MW2-S7218-B 103
MW2-S7224-A 104
MW2-S7224-B 104
MW2-S7230-A 105
MW2-S7230-B 105
MW2-S7236-B 106
MW2-S7236-R 106
MW2-S7824-A 104
MW2-S7824-B 104
MW2-S7830-A 105
MW2-S7830-B 105
MW2-S7836-B 106
MW2-S7836-R 106
MW2-S8424-A 104
MW2-S8424-B 104
MW2-S8430-A 105
MW2-S8430-B 105
MW2-S9024-A 104
MW2-S9024-B 104
MW2-S9030-A 105
MW2-S9030-B 105
MW2-S9624-A 104
MW2-S9624-B 104
MW2-S9630-A 105
MW2-S9630-B 105
MW2-V3618-A 107
MW2-V3624-A 107
pattern no. page
MW2-V3624-C 107
MW2-V4224-A 107
MW2-V4224-C 107
MW2-V4230-A 107
MW2-V4230-C 107
MW2-V4824-A 107
MW2-V4824-C 107
MW2-V4830-A 107
MW2-V4830-C 107
MWM-J 186, 199
MZ1-B3015 202
MZ1-B3019 202
MZ1-B3022 202
MZ1-B3615 202
MZ1-B3619 202
MZ1-B3622 202
MZ1-B4215 202
MZ1-B4219 202
MZ1-B4222 202
MZ1-B4815 202
MZ1-B4819 202
MZ1-B4822 202
MZ1-B5415 202
MZ1-B5419 202
MZ1-B5422 202
MZ1-B6015 202
MZ1-B6019 202
MZ1-B6022 202
MZ1-B6615 202
MZ1-B6619 202
MZ1-B6622 202
MZ1-B7215 202
MZ1-B7219 202
MZ1-B7222 202
MZ1-B7815 202
MZ1-B7819 202
MZ1-B7822 202
MZ1-E2415-W/U 204
MZ1-E2419-W/U 204
MZ1-E2422-W/U 204
MZ1-E3015-W/U 204
MZ1-E3019-W/U 204
MZ1-E3022-W/U 204
MZ1-LS 206
MZ1-S2415-W/U 204
MZ1-S2419-W/U 204
MZ1-S2422-W/U 204
MZ1-S3015-W/U 204
MZ1-S3019-W/U 204
MZ1-S3022-W/U 204
MZ1-SS 206
MZ1-V3615 203
MZ1-V3619 203
MZ1-V3622 203
MZ1-V4215 203
MZ1-V4219 203
MZ1-V4222 203
MZ1-V4815 203
MZ1-V4819 203
MZ1-V4822 203
MZ1-V6015 203
MZ1-V6019 203
MZ1-V6022 203
MZ1-V7215 203
MZ1-V7219 203
pattern no. page
MZ1-V7222 203
RO1-CB 198
RO1-DPB 198
RO1-ECB 198
RO1-EPB 198
RO1-GB 199
RO1-HP12 192, 193, 195, 197
RO1-HP15 192, 193, 195, 197
RO1-HP6 192, 193, 195, 197
RO1-HP9 192, 193, 195, 197
RO1-MPB 198
RO1-PULL 199
RO1-RCB 198
RO1-RPB 198
RO1-WMF2 199
RO1-WMF3 199
RO1-WMF4 199
RO2-NS20 162, 198
RO2-NS21 162, 198
RO3-A30NL 200
RO3-A30NN 200
RO3-A30PL 200
RO3-A30PN 200
RO3-A36NL 200
RO3-A36NN 200
RO3-A36PL 200
RO3-A36PN 200
RO3-A42NL 200
RO3-A42NN 200
RO3-A42PL 200
RO3-A42PN 200
RO3-A48NL 200
RO3-A48NN 200
RO3-A48PL 200
RO3-A48PN 200
RO3-A60NL 200
RO3-A60NN 200
RO3-A60PL 200
RO3-A60PN 200
RO3-A72NL 200
RO3-A72NN 200
RO3-A72PL 200
RO3-A72PN 200
RO3-M24 194
RO3-M30 194
RO3-M36 194
RO3-M42 194
RO3-M48 194
RO3-M60 194, 195
RO3-M66 194, 195
RO3-M72 194, 195
RO3-N24 196
RO3-N30 196
RO3-N36 196
RO3-N42 196
RO3-N48 196
RO3-N60 196
RO3-N66 196
RO3-N72 196
RO3-OM30 193
RO3-OM36 193
RO3-OM42 193
RO3-OM48 193
RO3-OM60 193
RO3-OM72 193
Morrison
216
pattern no. page
RO3-ON30 193
RO3-ON36 193
RO3-ON42 193
RO3-ON48 193
RO3-ON60 193
RO3-ON72 193
RO3-RD30 193
RO3-RD36 193
RO3-RD42 193
RO3-RD48 193
RO3-RD60 193
RO3-RD72 193
RO3-VP 193, 195, 197
RS1-DPB 198
RS1-EPB 198
RS1-M24 192
RS1-M30 192
RS1-M36 192
RS1-M42 192
RS1-M48 192
RS1-M60 192
RS1-MPB 198
RS1-N24 192
RS1-N30 192
RS1-N36 192
RS1-N42 192
RS1-N48 192
RS1-N60 192
RS1-RPB 198
RS1-VP 192
RS1-WMF24 199
RS1-WMF30 199
RS1-WMF36 199
RS1-WMF42 199
RS1-WMF48 199
RS1-WMF60 199
RTAT5E19S 201
RTAT5E25A 201
RTAT5E25S 201
RTAT5E37A 201
RTAT5E37S 201
RTAT5E49A 201
RTAT5E49S 201
RTAT5E61A 201
RTAT5E61S 201
SISAWDSIK 157
SISDDPS 157
SISLC4 157
Morrison
217
This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions
of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada aremade only on the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms andconditions. This sale is expressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions mayapply to KnollStudio and KnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by anauthorized representative of Seller. These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence betweenPurchaser and Seller. Written quotations expire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during thatperiod. Where Purchaser and Seller have entered into the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and otherbusiness communications placed or transmitted in accordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signedand shall be valid for all purposes as if they were originated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days afterorder entry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, noother charges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is generally issued uponshipment. In case of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion maybe deducted and the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a fifty percent (50%) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with theremainder due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax andcharges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) depositis due at time of order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due priorto shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment inadvance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be addedto the outstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’sfees and costs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes andCancellation
Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited deliveryprograms, may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States for orders placed with Knoll, Inc.and within Canada, excluding the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland for orders placed with Knoll North America Corp. Packing istested for rigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protect furniture from all conditions. If special packaging is required for any reason,please consult with your sales representative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. Freight for all KnollTextiles orders isprepaid and added to the invoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any specialservices in excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicleand extra, export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Claims All shipments for Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. All risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of deliveryto carrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are,or should be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to notify Seller during the ten (10) working day periodshall constitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. For all claims relating to Product damaged in transit orfor any other claims relating to or arising out of the transportation of the Product, Purchaser must seek recovery from the carrier and Seller has no liabilityto Purchaser for such claims. Seller may, upon request, assist Purchaser with filing of such claims with the carrier, but Seller will not be liable for any ofthese transportation related claims.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, includingbut not limited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call CustomerService. All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Productsnot currently offered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition andin the original Seller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requestsa delay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when theorder is ready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, includingdemurrage, preparation for storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to theProduct shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.
Selling Policy
218June 2013
Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requestedmaterial to Seller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets anyrequirements of Underwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For adescription of the procedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have noresponsibility for the appearance, condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnifyand hold Seller harmless for any damages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship andmaterials, during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Warranty period set forth below is for 24-hour, 7 days a week, multi shift use (includes parts and labor to repair).Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment,Seller shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends Horizon, Equity, Morrison, Reff Profiles laminate, Series 2Storage, Template and other non-wood components (except cascade edge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting, Series 2 VeneerFront Storage, special or custom products, see below)12 Years: Chadwick, Essentials Work Chairs, Generation by Knoll, Life, Moment, MultiGeneration by Knoll, ReGeneration by Knoll, RPM, Sapper andToboggan seating (except seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes, see below).10 Years: Anchor Storage, Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table, Dividends Horizon, Reff Profiles, Template wood components, Series 2Veneer Front Storage, cascade edge worksurfaces, Wood Casegoods (The Graham Collection) (except wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, see below),Interaction tables (except height adjustment mechanisms for Counterforce, crank-adjustable, and split-top tables and worksurfaces, see below), Reuteroverheads, Reuter vertical storage, KnollExtra Sapper Monitor Arm Collection, Adjustable keyboard mechanisms and platforms, Communication Boards(except fabric board textiles, see below), Smokador collection (except leathers, see below), and Orchestra Universal Systems Accessories.5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting (except light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, see below), special or custom product, wood veneerproducts, Currents handcrank, Interaction Counterforce, Interaction crank-adjustable, and split-top mechanisms, KnollStudio, Spark Series seatingstructural elements, Richard Schultz outdoor products, KnollExtra CPU storage and all universal storage drawers and Power Collection.3 Years: Seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes. Fabric boards textiles and Smokador Collection leathers.2 Years: All other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces. KnollStudio MayaLin and Spark Series seating finishes.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification, improper use or installation of Products).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a Knoll Dealer.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Changes in surface finishes, including colorfastness due to aging or exposure to light.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles (consult current KnollTextiles price list for applicable warranty).Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matchingof the colors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROMCOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller,with respect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of anygovernmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond itsreasonable control. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocateavailable Product or cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against thePurchaser, and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunderconstitutes a direct or a contributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only ifPurchaser shall have made all payments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistancefor the defense of said claim, suit or proceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ABREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered intobetween the parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.
Selling Policy
219June 2013
KnollKey Lock Program
KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.
Knoll furniture can be ordered keyed-alike or random keyed. Key-alikeand random keying instructions cannot be mixed on any single order. Onlyone of the two instructions can be used on an individual order. When anorder is submitted with mixed (key-alike and random) instructions, Knollwill release the order as key-alike only and lock cores will have to bespecified separately.
Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.
Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.
There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.
IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.
If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.
Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.
KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.
Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.
Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.
Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. Random keyed product will havecores factory-installed.
How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.
Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.
Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.
5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station
Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5
Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix for thenumber of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add the suffix‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C
2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C
Your Key instructions are complete.
Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom Product Development.For additions to existing installations, specify desired key numbers inthe description.
Service PartsPattern # Description List Price
KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired
$10
KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $10
KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired
$22
KCHANGE Change Key $10
HLKRKMASTER* Master Key $10
*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.
220
General Ordering Information
The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.
SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius
PricingAll prices shown are list.
How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.
Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.
On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.
To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.
Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry
Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.
Sustainability Statement
Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.
For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’
221
top related